undergraduate catalog 2021-2022

255
UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG 2021-2022

Upload: khangminh22

Post on 26-Mar-2023

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

UNDERGRADUATE

CATALOG

2021-2022

2

Accreditation and Affirmative Action Statement

Notre Dame College is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission as a degree-granting

institution. Other college accreditation, program approvals and affiliations include:

• The American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education

• Registration for State Teachers’ Licenses by The State of Ohio Department of Education

• Association of American Colleges and Universities (AAC&U)

• Association of Catholic Colleges & Universities (ACCU)

• Association of Independent Colleges and Universities of Ohio (AICUO)

• College Entrance Examination Board (The College Board)

• College and University Personnel Association (CUPA)

• Council of Independent Colleges (CIC)

• Council of Independent Colleges Tuition Exchange Programs

• National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities (NAICU)

• Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP)

• Northeast Ohio Council on Higher Education (NOCHE)

• Ohio Board of Nursing (full approval for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program)

• Ohio Council of Teacher Education Organizations (OCTEO)

• Ohio Foundation of Independent Colleges (OFIC)

• The Baccalaureate and Master’s degree programs in nursing at Notre Dame College are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (http://www.ccneaccreditation.org).

Notre Dame College upholds the policy that there shall be no discrimination against any

student, faculty or staff because of race, color, religion, national origin, age or disability. The

fees, programs, and requirements contained in this catalog are necessarily subject to change

without notice at the discretion of Notre Dame College. It is the student’s responsibility to know

and follow current requirements and procedures.

3

Table of Contents

Accreditation and Affirmative Action Statement .............................................................. 2

Purpose of This Catalog .................................................................................................. 8

Academic Calendar ......................................................................................................... 8

Inquiries ......................................................................................................................... 8

Mission Statement ......................................................................................................... 9

Institutional Learning Outcomes ...................................................................................... 9

Catholic Identity Statement .......................................................................................... 9

The Campus .................................................................................................................. 10

Admission to Notre Dame College ........................................................................... 12 Traditional Students ............................................................................................................ 12 Transfer Students ................................................................................................................ 14

Office for Professional Development ............................................................................. 15

Student Financial Aid .................................................................................................... 15 Sources of Financial Aid ...................................................................................................... 16 Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy for Financial Aid ..................................................... 18 SAP Probation and Appeal Process .................................................................................... 21

Student Accounts .......................................................................................................... 22 Tuition and Fees ................................................................................................................. 22

Veteran Services and Policies ....................................................................................... 25

Student Life & Resources .............................................................................................. 26 Campus Ministry ................................................................................................................. 26 Career Services Center ....................................................................................................... 26 Counseling Center .............................................................................................................. 27 Dean of Students Office ...................................................................................................... 27 The Dwyer Learning Center ................................................................................................ 27 Honors Scholar Program ..................................................................................................... 27 International Educational Travel .......................................................................................... 28 Performing Arts ................................................................................................................... 28 Residence Life .................................................................................................................... 28 Student Conduct ................................................................................................................. 29 Student Disability Services .................................................................................................. 29 Student Engagement & Leadership ..................................................................................... 29 The Thrive Learning Center ................................................................................................. 29 Undergraduate Student Government ................................................................................... 30 Traditions ............................................................................................................................ 30

Intercollegiate Athletics ................................................................................................. 30

Academic Policies and Procedures ............................................................................... 31 Graduation Requirements for Bachelor Degree Programs .................................................. 31 Graduation Requirements for Associate Degree Programs ................................................. 31 Posthumous Degree Policy ................................................................................................. 31 Notre Dame Core Curriculum .............................................................................................. 31 Outcomes of the Notre Dame College Core Curriculum ...................................................... 32 Core Curriculum Descriptions and Outcomes ...................................................................... 32 Core Curriculum for Associate Degree Programs ................................................................ 36 Courses Approved to Fulfill Core Requirements as of March 2021 ...................................... 37 Degree Programs ................................................................................................................ 38

4

Associate Degree Program ............................................................................................................ 38 Bachelor Degree Programs ........................................................................................................... 38 Graduate Programs ........................................................................................................................ 42

Other Policies and Procedures ............................................................................................ 43 Classification of Students ............................................................................................................... 43 Academic Dishonesty ..................................................................................................................... 43 Students with Disabilities ............................................................................................................... 44

Transfer Policies for Notre Dame College ..................................................................................... 44 Transfer Policy with an Associate’s Degree................................................................................... 45 Cross-Registration ......................................................................................................................... 45 Academic Progress Standards ...................................................................................................... 45 Academic Standards and Grades .................................................................................................. 48 Class Attendance ........................................................................................................................... 51 Withdrawal from Courses ............................................................................................................... 52 Withdrawal from the College .......................................................................................................... 52

Honors and Awards ............................................................................................................. 53 The Finn Center Online Programs ....................................................................................... 55

Academic Programs ...................................................................................................... 60 ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE WITH A MAJOR IN LIBERAL STUDIES .................................. 60

ART ..................................................................................................................................... 61 GRAPHIC DESIGN MAJOR .......................................................................................................... 61 GRAPHIC DESIGN MINOR ........................................................................................................... 62

GAME DESIGN MINOR ................................................................................................................. 63 STUDIO ART MINOR .................................................................................................................... 63 COURSE OFFERINGS .................................................................................................................. 64

BIOLOGY ............................................................................................................................ 67 BIOLOGY PROGRAM CORE - ALL BIOLOGY MAJORS ............................................................. 67 BIOLOGY MAJOR (BA): EXERCISE SCIENCE CONCENTRATION ........................................... 68 BIOLOGY MAJOR (BA): GENERAL BIOLOGY CONCENTRATION ............................................ 68 BIOLOGY MAJOR (BS): COMPREHENSIVE BIOLOGY CONCENTRATION ............................. 69 MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE (BS) .................................................................................... 69 BIOLOGY MINOR .......................................................................................................................... 71 BINARY PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING ....................................................................................... 71

COURSE OFFERINGS .................................................................................................................. 71

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ........................................................................................... 77 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CORE COURSES ....................................................................... 78 ACCOUNTING ............................................................................................................................... 79 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ..................................................................................................... 80 FINANCE ....................................................................................................................................... 81 HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION ............................................................................................... 82 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................... 83 MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................................. 85 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS ................................................................................. 86 MARKETING .................................................................................................................................. 87 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT ...................................................................................................... 88 SPORT MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................ 89 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE WITH A MAJOR IN MANAGEMENT ....................................... 90

5

ACCOUNTING MINOR .................................................................................................................. 91 ENTREPRENEURSHIP MINOR .................................................................................................... 91 FINANCIAL SERVICES MANAGEMENT MINOR ......................................................................... 91 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MINOR .......................................................................................... 92 MANAGEMENT MINOR ................................................................................................................ 93

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS MINOR .................................................................... 93 MARKETING MINOR ..................................................................................................................... 93 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT MINOR ......................................................................................... 94 COURSE OFFERINGS .................................................................................................................. 95

CHEMISTRY ..................................................................................................................... 101 BIOCHEMISTRY (BS) .................................................................................................................. 101 CHEMISTRY MINOR ................................................................................................................... 102 Binary Program in Engineering .................................................................................................... 102 SUMMER LABORATORY RESEARCH INTERNSHIPS ............................................................. 102 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 103

COMMUNICATION & PUBLIC RELATIONS ..................................................................... 107 STRATEGIC COMMUNICATION AND PUBLIC RELATIONS MAJOR ...................................... 107 COMMUNICATION MINOR ......................................................................................................... 108

PUBLIC RELATIONS MINOR ...................................................................................................... 108 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 108

ECONOMICS .................................................................................................................... 111 ECONOMICS MINOR .................................................................................................................. 111

COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 112

EDUCATION ..................................................................................................................... 114 Admission to the Division of Professional Education ................................................................... 114

LICENSURE: EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (ECE) (GR. P-5) .......................................... 118 LICENSURE: MIDDLE CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (MCE) (GR. 4-9) ........................................ 119 LICENSURE: ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT (GR. 7-12) ................................................... 121 INTEGRATED LANGUAGE ARTS .............................................................................................. 122 INTEGRATED LIFE SCIENCES .................................................................................................. 123 INTEGRATED LIFE SCIENCE & CHEMISTRY........................................................................... 123 INTEGRATED MATHEMATICS ................................................................................................... 124 INTEGRATED SOCIAL STUDIES ............................................................................................... 125

MILD MODERATE INTERVENTION SPECIALIST (MMIS) (K-12) ............................................. 126 NON-LICENSURE PROGRAM: EDUCATION ............................................................................ 128 POST-BACCALAUREATE TEACHING LICENSE CERTIFICATE .............................................. 129 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 131

ENGINEERING (PRE-ENGINEERING PARTNERSHIP WITH CWRU) ............................. 136 ENGLISH .......................................................................................................................... 138

ENGLISH MAJOR ........................................................................................................................ 138 ENGLISH MINOR ........................................................................................................................ 139 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 140

ENTREPRENEURSHIP CO-MAJOR ................................................................................ 143 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 144

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE ........................................................................................... 146 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE MAJOR ....................................................................................... 146 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 147

6

HEALTH EDUCATION/ PHYSICAL EDUCATION ............................................................. 148 HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR .................................................................................................... 148 COACHING MINOR ..................................................................................................................... 148 SPORT MANAGEMENT MAJOR ................................................................................................ 149 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 149

HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION ................................................................................... 152 HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION MAJOR ............................................................................... 152 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 153

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS ..................................................................... 154 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS MAJOR ................................................................. 154 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT MAJOR ....................................................................................... 155 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT MINOR ....................................................................................... 156 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 156

MATHEMATICS ................................................................................................................ 159 PREPROFESSIONAL MATHEMATICS CONCENTRATION ...................................................... 159 MATHEMATICS MINOR .............................................................................................................. 160

Mathematics Placement Test ....................................................................................................... 160 Binary Program in Engineering .................................................................................................... 160 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 160

LANGUAGES .................................................................................................................... 164 ARABIC ........................................................................................................................................ 164 SPANISH ..................................................................................................................................... 164 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 165

NURSING ......................................................................................................................... 166 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................... 167 PRE-LICENSURE BSN TRACK ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ............................................... 167 PRE-LICENSURE TRACK REQUIREMENTS............................................................................. 170 NURSING MAJOR ....................................................................................................................... 171 RN TO BSN POST-LICENSURE TRACK .................................................................................... 171 RN to BSN Post-Licensure Track Support Courses .................................................................... 171 Nursing Major (RN-BSN).............................................................................................................. 172 RN to BSN Post-Licensure Track Admission Requirements ....................................................... 172

RN TO BSN POST-LICENSURE TRACK PRACTICE REQUIREMENT .................................... 173 COURSE OFFERINGS: PRE-LICENSURE PROGRAM ............................................................. 174

COURSE OFFERINGS: POST-LICENSURE PROGRAM .......................................................... 178

PERFORMING ARTS ....................................................................................................... 180 PERFORMING ARTS CORE COURSES .................................................................................... 180 MUSIC ENTREPRENEURSHIP .................................................................................................. 181 VOCAL MUSIC CONCENTRATION ............................................................................................ 181 INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC CONCENTRATION ............................................................................ 182 MUSIC COMPOSITION CONCENTRATION .............................................................................. 183 THEATRE ENTREPRENEURSHIP ............................................................................................. 184 PERFORMING ARTS MINOR ..................................................................................................... 185 MUSIC MINOR ............................................................................................................................. 186 THEATRE MINOR ....................................................................................................................... 188 MUSIC COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................... 189 THEATRE AND DANCE COURSE OFFERINGS ....................................................................... 191

7

PHILOSOPHY ................................................................................................................... 194 PHILOSOPHY MINOR ................................................................................................................. 194 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 195

PHYSICS .......................................................................................................................... 197 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 197

PSYCHOLOGY ................................................................................................................. 199 PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR .............................................................................................................. 200 PSYCHOLOGY MINOR ............................................................................................................... 201 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 201 COURSE OFFERINGS - Sociology ............................................................................................. 206

PUBLIC SERVICE & SECURITY STUDIES ...................................................................... 207 CRIMINAL JUSTICE STUDIES ................................................................................................... 207 CRIMINAL JUSTICE STUDIES MAJOR ...................................................................................... 208 “BADGE TO GRAD” PROGRAM ................................................................................................. 208 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 209 CYBERSECURITY ....................................................................................................................... 211

CYBERSECURITY MAJOR ......................................................................................................... 211 CYBERSECURITY MINOR.......................................................................................................... 212 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 212

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AND POLICY STUDIES ........................................................... 215 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 216 HISTORY ..................................................................................................................................... 218

HISTORY MAJOR ........................................................................................................................ 219 HISTORY MINOR ........................................................................................................................ 219 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 220

INTELLIGENCE STUDIES........................................................................................................... 223 INTELLIGENCE STUDIES MAJOR ............................................................................................. 224 INTELLIGENCE STUDIES MINOR ............................................................................................. 224 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 225 LEGAL STUDIES ......................................................................................................................... 227 LEGAL STUDIES MAJOR ........................................................................................................... 227 POLITICAL SCIENCE .................................................................................................................. 229 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 234

COURSE OFFERINGS - Geography and Anthropology ............................................................. 236

SOCIAL WORK ................................................................................................................. 237 SOCIAL WORK MAJOR (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE) ................................................................ 237 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 238

THEOLOGY ...................................................................................................................... 243 THEOLOGY MINOR .................................................................................................................... 243 COURSE OFFERINGS ................................................................................................................ 244

Administration and Faculty .......................................................................................... 247 Administration ................................................................................................................... 247 Faculty .............................................................................................................................. 248

Board of Trustees ........................................................................................................ 254 Officers: ............................................................................................................................. 254 Members: .......................................................................................................................... 254 Emeriti: .............................................................................................................................. 254

8

Purpose of This Catalog

This catalog serves two fundamental purposes. The primary purpose is to define the academic course

requirements of all NDC programs: the degrees, majors, minors, and concentrations. In this context, the

program of study outlined in the catalog of a student’s first semester of attendance defines the courses

required for that student to complete a given course of study. The secondary purpose is to articulate

policies and procedures related to the College. In this context, the current catalog applies to all students

regardless of when the student first enrolled at NDC. Changes in policies and procedures may occur at

any point during the year. As changes are approved, the online version of the catalog will be updated to

reflect those changes.

Academic Calendar

The Academic Calendar is located at http://notredamecollege.edu/academics/academic-

calendar.

Inquiries

See our website NotreDameCollege.edu

Send email to: [email protected]

Our mailing address is:

Notre Dame College 4545 College Road

South Euclid, Ohio 44121-4293

Phone: 216.373.5355

Toll Free: 877.NDC.OHIO (877.632.6446) ext. 5355

Admissions Fax: 216.937.0357

Undergraduate, Graduate and Online Learning Information: Office of Admissions, First Floor, Main

Administration Building 216.373.5355; toll free: 877.632.6446 ext. 5355; [email protected]

Registration, class schedules and acceptance of credits: Office of the Registrar, First Floor, Main

Administration Building, 216.373.5287

Financial aid, scholarship and loan inquiries:

Office of Financial Aid, First Floor, Main Administration Building, 216.373.5213

Housing inquiries:

Office of Residence Life, [email protected]

Athletics inquiries:

Office of Intercollegiate Athletics, Keller Center, 216.373.5138

Academic advising:

Student Success Center, Second Floor, Main Administration Building, 216.373.5383

Career development, internships, employment assistance:

Career Services Center, 216.373.5290

9

Mission Statement

Notre Dame College, a Catholic institution in the tradition of the Sisters of Notre Dame, educates a diverse

population in the liberal arts for personal, professional and global responsibility.

Institutional Learning Outcomes

Notre Dame College engages students, staff and the wider community in the educational experience.

Undergraduate students, as members of the Notre Dame College community will:

• Be Responsible: o Personally – Choose a life that honors values, purpose and accountability to self and

others. o Professionally – Contribute to and enrich one’s chosen discipline by acting morally and

ethically. o Globally – Appreciate the world at local, national, and global levels and strive to have a

positive impact.

• Communicate Effectively: Articulate thoughts and ideas clearly and effectively in written and oral forms in a variety of formats and situations.

• Think Critically: Exercise open-minded reflection and reasoning to analyze, evaluate and make decisions.

• Be Information Literate: Research and evaluate information for accuracy, value, context, and meaning in order to formulate an argument.

• Practice Ethical Inquiry: Investigate and apply ethical reasoning in decision-making using ethical principles, including Catholic social teaching.

Catholic Identity Statement

Given the saving death and resurrection of Jesus, Notre Dame College sees itself as having a mission

within the Church to extend Christ’s loving, saving activity in the world. The Gospel serves as guide and

goal.

• We live in a way that communicates that we are confident that life has meaning.

• We believe that in some way each of us is called to serve others and contribute to the “common good” in our immediate relationships and as a participant in the larger global community.

• Each one of us is called in Christ to respond to the fullness of gifts we have been given in the Spirit.

• As we exercise the gifts of the Spirit, we recognize the responsibility to live an honest, ethical and moral life so that our daily circles of influence are consistently marked in sometimes subtle or dramatic ways by the Notre Dame College mission.

Notre Dame College understands the unique role a Catholic College plays in the 21st century American

culture. Committed to our Catholic faith tradition of belief in God’s creating, saving and sustaining love,

we strive to daily live out the distinctive characteristics of a Catholic University identified by John Paul II.1

We give evidence of Christian inspiration and commitment as individuals and as a college community by

daily celebration of liturgy, active participation in Christian and ecumenical prayer and through our worship

spaces, Christ the King and Regina Chapels.

In both formal and informal settings, faculty and students conduct their academic work and reflection in

light of the Catholic faith “with due regard for academic freedom and the conscience of every individual.”

All undergraduates are required to take a scripture class, a social justice class and an ethics class in order to

graduate. Students and faculty are committed to the ideals, principles and teachings of the Catholic

Church. Students, staff and faculty are expected to develop and live a personal moral and ethical code that

reflects the values of the Catholic tradition.

10

The mission of Notre Dame College calls faculty, staff and students to service of others through personal,

professional and global responsibility. Students are involved in annual outreach including: Habitat for

Humanity, immersion experiences and summer service projects. Both faculty and students make individual

commitments to some local or national service project.

As a Catholic College, Notre Dame College was founded upon and continues to teach in light of our rich

Catholic tradition and Catholic principles. Relying on our expansive intellectual heritage, Catholic

intellectual life relies on a breath-taking body of works and treatise stretching “from Justin to Augustine to

Lonergan, from Origen to Anselm to Teilhard, from Aquinas to Newman, to Küng.3

Affirming the sacramental principle that the natural world as well as human culture can serve to mediate

God’s grace. This principle, as well as those that undergird our responsibility to educate for justice, reminds

us of our call to participate in the transformation of the world in light of the human dignity of all persons.

Prizing pluralism. The Catholic faith consistently confirms its universality and catholicity as it embraces all

people: young or old, believer or non-believer, from every nationality or social class with special gifts of

specific challenges.

The Campus

Notre Dame College is located in South Euclid, Ohio, a suburb less than 30 minutes east of downtown

Cleveland. A center of commerce and industry, Cleveland is home to many leading national and multi-

national corporations. Local businesses, schools, hospitals and civic organizations provide Notre Dame

College students with opportunities for internships. These experiences enhance the student employment

opportunities following graduation.

The Administration Building. The College sits on a wooded 48-acre campus. The Tudor Gothic

Administration Building houses classrooms and offices, the Dwyer Learning Center, science labs,

computer and multi-media labs, Christ the King Chapel, the Performing Arts Center and the Student

Success Center. Constructed in 1928, the Administration Building is listed on the National Register of

Historic Places by the U.S. Department of the Interior.

Student Success Center. The Student Success Center, on the second floor of the Administration Building,

combines academic support and advising services along with retention efforts. This philosophy enables the

college to foster interaction among our students, faculty and staff, and provides the necessary academic

and personal support students at Notre Dame College need to be successful.

Dwyer Learning Center. The Learning Center, a part of the Student Success Center, offers FREE

educational support for all NDC students. Services are designed to help all students achieve academic

success. Peer tutors are available for all subjects at various times throughout the week. All peer tutors are

Notre Dame College upperclassman who have completed the subject area with an A and were

recommended by a Faculty member. In addition, many tutors are also Education majors at the college with

training in teaching. Writing and research paper assistance is available from English faculty. The Director

has expertise in Math and Science and is often available to tutor students directly.

Free support services provided by the Student Success Center and the Dwyer Learning Center:

• Walk-in professional tutoring for writing provided by NDC English faculty

• Walk-in tutoring in all subjects by faculty recommended peer tutors

11

• Study groups in writing, math and accounting led by Graduate Assistants

• Academic Advising

• Financial Aid information and advising

• Assistance with acclimation to college life

• Mentoring programs

• Exam preparation and review

• Review and assistance with homework and class preparation

• Development of study skills

• Assistance with writing organization and grammar review

Clara Fritzsche Library. The Clara Fritzsche Library, dedicated in 1971, houses a collection of more than

95,000 volumes. Located next to the Keller Center and adjacent to the Administration Building, the two

story structure contains a general collection supporting all areas of the curriculum with a special emphasis

on education, literature, art, nursing and intelligence analysis. In addition, the Library maintains a

comprehensive juvenile collection, and a 5,000-volume Curriculum Library which provides a wealth of

resource materials for prospective teachers. In an effort to provide timely information for all disciplines,

the Clara Fritzsche Library is a member of OhioLINK, a network of 91 academic, public and special libraries

that provides access to over 49.5 million books and audiovisual materials, 62,000 e-books, thousands of

downloadable educational videos, images and sounds and 140 databases containing thousands of journal

titles and full text articles.

Student Center. The College’s Student Center, Falcons’ Nest, occupies 25,000 square feet on the first

floor of the Clara Fritzsche Library building. It includes exercise facilities with wifi; a game area with

billiards, air hockey and arcade games; a lounge with televisions and charging stations; a student art

gallery; computer and study spaces; and a conference room and student meeting areas, among other

amenities. It provides a centralized service, study and social hub on campus for all students.

Falcon Café. Adjoining Falcons’ Nest is the Falcon Café which features an area for live musical

performances and a spirit shop that features College apparel, health and beauty aids and other items for

sale. Regular and specialty coffee drinks, quick snacks and light lunches, soups and pastries make

Falcon Cafe a friendly place for students to study or relax with friends.

Joseph H. Keller Center. The Joseph H. Keller Center is an indoor recreational facility available for student,

staff, faculty and community use. Located within the facility is a gymnasium; A 25 yard, six lane pool for

collegiate competition, water exercise and lap swimming; six locker rooms, weight room, training room and

coaches offices.

Regina Hall The College acquired the former Regina High School property in 2010, greatly expanding the

number of classrooms and labs, accommodating faculty offices, and using the gymnasium and auditorium

to support the College’s increasing demands for larger accommodations for meetings and special events.

Regina Hall is also the home of the nursing division, The Thrive Learning Center for Students with

Learning Differences, the Finn Center for Adult, Graduate and Online Learning, Office of Professional

Development, performing arts, Regina Chapel, classrooms and offices for faculty and campus

organizations and athletics.

12

Admission to Notre Dame College

Undergraduate Admission

To fulfill its mission, Notre Dame College encourages students of diverse religious, racial, educational and

socioeconomic backgrounds to apply. Undergraduate admission decisions are based on a broad range of

criteria. A prospective student may apply for admission up to a year prior to the semester or summer session

for which admission is desired.

Admission Requirements

Notre Dame College admits students who demonstrate potential for academic success. The credentials of

each applicant are individually evaluated with consideration given to a combination of previous academic

records, standardized test scores and evidence of potential to succeed in college. The College has a very

fair and generous policy on the transfer of academic credit earned at regionally accredited colleges or

universities. Course work completed more than five years ago at a regionally accredited college or

university is evaluated on a course-by-course basis. Notre Dame College reserves the right to deny

admission to any applicant who does not meet its admission standards. Recognizing that the needs of a

diverse student body are equally diverse, Notre Dame College has established alternative admission

requirements for traditional, traditional transfer, adult and international degree- seeking and certificate-

seeking students.

Traditional Students Traditional students are those students who have graduated from high school within four years of their first

term of enrollment. A student planning to attend Notre Dame College should take the strongest possible

college preparatory program available.

Notre Dame College requires the following credentials from each traditional student seeking admission:

• Application for Undergraduate Admission

• Official high school transcript stating date of graduation, and

• Official ACT or SAT I score report (optional – see details below)

A test-optional policy is in place for applicable, first-time students. All students below a 2.25 accumulative

GPA must submit a letter of recommendation or statement of character. If eligible for admission, the

students will be granted provisional admission (see below for requirements). While no minimum grade

point average or standardized test score is specified, all aspects of a student's application are considered

and used as the primary means for informing an admission decision.

A test-optional college lets students decide whether they want to submit test scores with their application.

Most test-optional schools will consider SAT and ACT scores if they are submitted, but focus on other

factors they believe are stronger predictors of a student’s potential to succeed in college. These schools

look at a student’s essays, recommendations, grades, and coursework just as (or more) closely than your

test scores.

The admission committee carefully examines the academic achievement and aptitude of every candidate

for admission to Notre Dame College. The goal of the admission committee is to admit students who can

best benefit from and contribute to the academic program and life of the College.

Exceptions include homeschooled and international students. Athletes wishing to participate in a varsity

sport must submit their SAT or ACT score to be considered for eligibility purposes. Also, if a student

wishes to test out of entry-level English or Math, he/she must take the Accuplacer test or submit test

scores.

13

The Admissions Office will implement a self-report admit strategy based on this new model. Self-

reporting means that admit decisions are made on the basis of students’ self-reported high school

transcript and/or test score information, if applicable.

Academic transcripts must be submitted directly to the Office of Admissions by the issuing high school in

order to be considered official. Upon receipt of all necessary credentials, one of the following admission

decisions will be made:

Full Admission. Student will be granted full admission based on the evidence of the potential for

academic successes.

Provisional Admission. Traditional and international students will be granted Provisional Admission

when the cumulative grade point average or standardized entrance examination performance falls below

those standards necessary for Full Admission. A student admitted on a provisional basis will be limited to

registering for no more than sixteen (16) credit hours during the first term of enrollment and will be

required to use the services of the Dwyer Learning Center regularly. The student will meet with the

Director of the Learning Center to develop an action plan in order to afford the greatest possibility for

academic success. A student admitted provisionally is expected to achieve a 2.0 grade point average

upon completion of the first term of enrollment.

International Students

International students are those who legally reside in a country other than the United States. Form I-20, Certificate of Eligibility for Nonimmigrant F-1 Student Status, is issued by the Office of Admissions upon receipt of a signed Confirmation of Enrollment form. Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services (BCIS) regulations require foreign students on a student visa to carry a full course of study during each term of enrollment at Notre Dame College in order to maintain F-1 student status while in the United States.

Notre Dame College requires the following credentials from each International Student seeking

admission:

• Application for Undergraduate Admission for international students,

• Official academic transcript(s). (official translation required for any document in a language other than English),

• Competency in English – (see below – applicable only to non-native English speakers)

• International Student Financial Aid Form,

• Verification of Country of Birth and Citizenship form, and

Admission Requirements for International Students:

• 2.5 cumulative grade point average on a 4.0 scale (most recent academic work)

• Displayed competence in the English language as evidenced by one of the following:

o TOEFL (Test of English as a Second Language

o IELTS (International English Language Testing System)

o CAE (Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English)

o ELS Language Centers

o General Certificate of Education

• See page 40 for additional transfer policies

14

Transfer Students Traditional Transfer Students are those who have graduated from high school within four years of their

first term of enrollment and who have attended a regionally accredited institution of higher learning

following high school graduation. Adult Transfer Students are those students 23 years of age and older

who have graduated from high school five or more years prior to their first term of enrollment or who have

earned a General Education Diploma (GED), and who have attended a regionally accredited institution of

higher learning following either high school graduation or the completion of a GED.

• See page 40 for additional transfer policies

Notre Dame College requires the following credentials from each transfer student seeking admission:

• Application for Undergraduate Admission

• Official academic transcripts from each college or university previously attended and a

• Personal interview with an Admissions Counselor

• If you have completed less than 12 credit hours at a regionally accredited institution of higher learning than an official high school transcript is required

Academic transcripts must be submitted directly to the Office of Admissions or The Finn Center for Adult,

Graduate and Online Learning by the issuing high school and college(s) in order to be considered official.

Upon receipt of all necessary credentials, one of the following admission decisions will be made:

Full Admission. Student will be granted full admission based on the evidence of the potential for

academic successes.

Provisional Admission. A transfer student will be granted Provisional Admission when his/her

cumulative grade point average falls below those standards necessary for Full Admission. A student

admitted on a provisional basis may be limited to registering for no more than sixteen (16) credit hours

during the first term of enrollment. A student admitted provisionally will be expected to achieve a 2.0

grade point average upon completion of the first term of enrollment.

Denied Admission. A student may be Denied Admission when any requirement of admission is unmet and/or when there is a lack of evidence through evaluation of academic transcripts and/or a personal interview to support a student’s ability to succeed in college.

Readmission

Students who have been absent from the College for one calendar year or longer must reapply for

admission. For the purpose of readmission, one calendar year is defined as any consecutive combination of

a Fall Semester, Spring Semester and Summer Session. The Dean of Admissions determines the official

length of academic absence. Students seeking readmission are expected to follow the same admission

process as those prospective students who will be attending Notre Dame College for the first time.

Students readmitted to the College must follow the Catalog requirements and academic policies in effect at

the time of readmission regardless of the number of credits earned under a previous Catalog. Students who

were on academic probation when they left the College will be on probation when they return. Students

who were suspended for academic reasons must meet with the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs before

being allowed to return to Notre Dame College.

15

Office for Professional Development

Professional Development

The Finn Center Office of Professional Development at Notre Dame College offers flexibly scheduled

face-to-face and online courses covering a broad range of topics for those who want to attain or maintain

certificates or licensure in a particular field, learn new job skills, or simply want personal enrichment.

Endorsement Programs

4th/5th Grade Endorsement

Reading Endorsement

Principle Licensure Endorsement

Teacher Leader Endorsement (in cooperation with Instructional Delivery Services)

Continuing Education

Educators needing courses in graduate credit must seek approval from their Local Professional

Development Committee (LPDC).

Student Financial Aid

Financial assistance means freedom to choose a college based on academic programs rather than on

cost. Notre Dame College believes in the philosophy that all qualified students should have the

opportunity to attend regardless of personal financial situation. A student and his/her family, of course,

are expected to contribute to the cost of education to the extent that they are able.

Notre Dame College’s student financial assistance program is designed to help bridge the gap between

direct cost and a student’s ability to pay. We offer both need-based and merit-based aid to our students.

All financial assistance is awarded according to the eligibility requirements set forth for each type of aid.

Eligibility requirements vary considerably from fund to fund and are established by the funding agency or

source.

All financial assistance can be divided into two broad groups: grants and scholarships or self-help. Grants

and scholarships are forms of financial assistance that do not have to be repaid and that are generally

based on need, academic achievement or other special attribute. Self-help aid must be either repaid with

interest or earned through on-campus employment. Within the context of these two broad groups, Notre

Dame College awards student financial assistance from three general sources: federal programs, state

programs and private aid.

In order to receive federal or state aid, Notre Dame College requires students to file the Free Application

for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). This need analysis report must be completed to determine a student’s

need as determined by the Department of Education. To qualify for federal financial aid, a student must

be a United States citizen or an eligible non-citizen (For more information, visit the Federal Student Aid

website at https://studentaid.ed.gov/sa/eligibility/non-us-citizens). Additionally, a student must be enrolled

in a degree seeking program and maintain satisfactory academic progress to receive financial aid, and be

enrolled at least half-time to qualify for federal student loans.

16

Sources of Financial Aid Federal Financial Assistance Programs

• Federal Pell Grant

• Federal Direct Subsidized and Unsubsidized Loans

• Federal Direct PLUS (parent) Loan

• Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)

• Federal Perkins Loan

• Federal Work Study (FWS)

• Federal TEACH Grant

State Financial Assistance Programs

• Ohio College Opportunity Grant

• Ohio War Orphans Scholarship

• Ohio Nursing Education Assistance Loan Program (NEALP)

• Ohio National Guard Scholarship

Named Endowed Scholarship Funds and Awards

• Sr. Dolores Abood Scholarship

• Joseph M. & Aldemire Alfonso Award

• Notre Dame College Alumni Scholarship

• Edward J. & Stella Gunn Corbett Award

• Helen Adeline Corrigan and Marie Corrigan Scholarship

• Sister Jeanmarie DeChant Award

• Helen Schaffer DeGulis Scholarship

• Anne L. Deming International Student Fund Naomi Coyle Dempsey Scholarship

• Eleanor Durica Filak Endowment

• Sister Mary LeRoy Finn Scholarship

• Flynn Family Scholarship

• GAR Foundation Scholarship

• Carl and Dorothy Harig English and Communications Award

• Sister Mary Margaret Harig Endowed Internship in Campus Ministry

• Hoover-Takacs Scholarship

• Elizabeth Cantillon Hruby Scholarship

• Eleanor Malburg Scholarship

• Alice J. & Patricia A. McCann Endowment

• Ruth A. & Loretta E. Mersy Scholarship

• Joseph & Caroline Mersy Scholarship

• Frances A. Noetzel Endowed Scholarship Fund

• Sisters of Notre Dame Freshman Award

• Grace K. O’Donnell Scholarship

• Corrine O’Neill Scholarship

• F. J. O’Neill Scholarship

• H.M. O’Neill Scholarship

• Pauline Palub Endowment

• Bishop Anthony M. Pilla Scholarship Fund

• Josie Pophal Women in Mathematics Endowed Scholarship

• Thomas Quinlan Award

• Quinlivan/Burke Award

• Dr. Robert & Rosemary Racek Scholarship Fund

• Sister Mary Marthe Reinhard Scholarship

17

• Stanley I. Roediger Award

• Charles Schell Foundation Scholarship

• Marie M. Schoonmaker Scholarship

• Ruth M. Seegert Award

• James C. Sennett Endowment Fund

• Elizabeth Unkefer Award and Scholarship

• Timothy & Marie Welch Award

Historical Gifts Made to Advance Student Scholarship

• Arthur S. Armstrong Scholarship

• Edward Brandon Scholarship Fund

• Christopher Foundation Scholarship

• Sister Mary Aquinas & Sister Mary Clotilda Award

• F. J. Cole Scholarship

• Daniel S. Connelly Scholarship

• Albert & Veronica Conrad Award

• HCS Foundation Scholarship Fund

• Sister Mary Patricia Hlivak Award

• Reverend Henry Hofer Award

• Jean G. & Joseph H. Keller Scholarship

• Fred A. Lennon Scholarship

• Joseph and Eleanore Loehr Scholarship

• The Helen & Michael Earl McCloskey Award

• McHugh Award

• Catherine & F. Jerome McKeever Scholarship

• Sr. Mary Cesarie Miday Award

• Dorothy & Eugene J. Murray Scholarship

• Sr. Mary Patrice Award

• Sr. Mary Priscilla Award

• Regis & Leona Reinhard Award

• Mary Louise Ruffing Student Scholarship Fund

• Gertrude Schaefer Award

• Dan C. Smith Award

• Frank J. & Helena M. Smith Award

• Mary Strassmeyer Scholarship

• Marianne Artino Taylor Scholarship

• John and Alma Tercek Award

• Monsignor Angelo J. Trivisonno Award

• TRW Scholarship Fund

• John C. & Florence M. Wasmer Foundation Award

• Jeanne Ann Woessner Award

• Stella Scarana Zannoni Scholarship

Private Assistance Programs

• Batta Reading Fund

• The John Huntington Fund for Education Kathleen Kendel Scholarship

• The Laub Foundation

• Monaghan-Maher Scholarship Fund

• Ohio Foundation of Independent Colleges

• University Suburban Health Center Scholarship

18

• Sister Mary Marthe Reinhard Scholarship

• Stanley I. Roediger Award

• Gertrude Schaefer Award

• Marie M. Schoonmaker Scholarship

• Ruth M. Seegert Award

• Josephine Smutko Seymour Endowed Scholarship

• Frank J. & Helena M. Smith Award

• Mary Strassmeyer Scholarship Marianne

• Artino Taylor Scholarship

• John and Alma Tercek Award

• Monsignor Angelo J. Trivisonno Award

• Elizabeth Unkefer Award and Scholarship

• John C. and Florence M. Wasmer Foundation Award

• Timothy & Marie Welch Award

• Jeanne Ann Woessner Award

• Stella Scarano Zannoni Endowed Scholarship

• Edward Brandon Scholarship Fund

• James C. Sennett Endowment Fund

• Charles Schell Foundation Scholarship

• F.J. Cole Scholarship

• F.J. O’Neill Scholarship

• Sister Mary Margaret Harig Endowed Internship in Campus Ministry

• Eleanor Malburg

• Hoover-Takacs

• Naomi Dempsey

• Bernice Krumhansl

• Sister Dolores Abood Scholarship

Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy for Financial Aid Federal regulations require that Notre Dame College establish and implement a policy to measure

whether students applying for and/or receiving financial aid are making satisfactory academic progress

(SAP) towards a degree. This regulation applies to all students applying for aid, whether or not financial

aid has been previously received.

There are three measurements that are used to determine eligibility: (1) Grade Point Average, (2) Credit

Hour Requirement, and (3) Maximum Time Frame. Failure to meet one or more of these requirements

may result in loss of financial aid.

Monitoring of Academic Progress

Students’ progress will be reviewed after grades are finalized for each semester and a determination of

eligibility to receive financial aid for subsequent enrollment periods will be made. Although Notre Dame

College will send notification to the student, the student is fully responsible for monitoring their own

academic progress as it relates to financial aid eligibility. The student should review their grade report

each semester and compare it to the standards set forth in this SAP policy to determine if they are

meeting (or failing to meet) the established criteria.

Evaluations will be done in a timely manner; however the next semester may be in progress at the time

the Financial Aid office is able to notify students of their ineligibility. Students who are concerned that they

may not have met the requirements may contact the Financial Aid office during normal business hours.

19

Students will be notified via their Notre Dame e-mail account if they have failed one or more

measurements. Students may complete an appeal process by following the directions located on the

Notre Dame College website.

There are three (3) parts to the measurement:

1. Cumulative Grade Point Average Requirement: Reviewed Each Semester

Your cumulative grade point average (GPA) must be equal to, or higher than, the standard established

by Notre Dame College. The specific requirements are as follows:

Undergraduate students 2.00 GPA 60 + hours attempted

POST-BACCALAUREATE

TEACHING LICENSE

CERTIFICATE and RN to BSN

students

2.00 GPA Throughout entire program; reviewed each semester

Graduate students 3.00 GPA Throughout entire program; reviewed each semester

2. Credit hour Requirement: Reviewed Each Semester

Undergraduates and POST-BACCALAUREATE TEACHING LICENSE CERTIFICATE Students:

Students must successfully complete a minimum of 70% of the total number of hours for which they

have attempted after the drop/add period (first week of the semester or sub-session). First-time

freshmen with less than 32 credit hours attempted need only complete 60% of their attempted credit

hours. All courses for which the student is registered after the drop/add period of the semester are

counted as an attempted course whether the student withdraws from, receives a failing grade for, or

otherwise fails to complete the course. An accumulative (all attempted coursework) completion rate of

70% must also be maintained. To determine the number of credit hours required to successfully

complete during the academic year or cumulatively to remain in compliance, multiply the number of

hours for which the student is enrolled at the end of the drop/add period of the semester by 0.70 (70%)

rounded down to the nearest whole credit hour. For example:

First-time freshmen with less than 32 attempted credit hours:

Total Registered (Attempted) Hours

Hours Required (Earned)

Completion % Calculation

15 9 60% .60 x 15 = 9.0

30 18 60% .60 x 30 = 18.0

POST-BACCALAUREATE TEACHING LICENSE CERTIFICATE students and Undergraduate students

with 32+ attempted credit hours:

Total Registered (Attempted) Hours

Hours Required (Earned)

Completion % Calculation

32 22 70% .70 x 32 = 22.4

60 42 70% .70 x 60 = 42.0

90 63 70% .70 x 90 = 63.0

120 84 70% .70 x 120 = 84.0

20

Graduate/Professional Students: Students must successfully complete a minimum of 75% of the total

number of hours for which they are enrolled after the first week of the semester and cumulatively.

Successful completion of a course for all students, for purposes of SAP calculations, are grades of A, A-

, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, D-, P (Pass Credit or Developmental Courses). All other grades, including

F, W (Withdrawal), I (Incomplete), R, (Repeated), and NC or CR (No credit or Pass no credit) will not be

counted as a successful completion.

Incomplete (I) grades are counted as unsuccessful attempts. Only an incomplete that has been

changed to an A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, D- or P can be added to the number of hours

completed for the semester of the original registration. It is the students’ responsibility to notify the Office

of Financial Aid once an incomplete grade has been changed to a valid grade.

3. Maximum Time Frame for Eligibility: Reviewed Each Semester

Undergraduates: Students are required to complete their degree requirements within a specific time

frame. This time frame is a period no longer the 150% of the published length of the program. At Notre

Dame College that would mean 180 attempted credit hours. The maximum time frame allowance for

completion of the program is intended to be long enough to allow for changes in major, loss of credit

due to transfer, withdrawn coursework, minor, double majors, etc. Therefore, no extensions of the

maximum time frame will be granted for those reasons.

Graduates and POST-BACCALAUREATE TEACHING LICENSE CERTIFICATE : Students have until

they have attempted the number of credit hours required in their program. Additional courses unrelated

to the student’s major or licensure requirements will not be funded. A request for a list of remaining

courses maybe requested when the student appears to be within a year of completion of the number of

required courses as stated in the catalogue.

Transfer students: Transfer students are awarded aid first semester without regard to probation status

at the prior post-secondary institution. Academic progress will be reviewed to determine the status of

each student in relationship to her/his program’s maximum time frame. Once transfer credits are posted,

they will be considered in next SAP review. Transfer hours will be included in the cumulative number of

hours earned and attempted.

21

SAP Probation and Appeal Process Students who lose eligibility for financial aid may appeal the decision by following the procedures outlined

below. Those wishing to utilize this process must indicate mitigating circumstances that occurred during

the course of the semester in question that could not have been anticipated prior to that period, and that

adversely affected their ability to successfully complete their required coursework. (Events such as the

death of an immediate family member, extended illness suffered by the student, or other unforeseeable

events that may have caused significant hardship for the student may be considered as examples of

mitigating circumstances.)

Steps to Appeal:

1. Complete and submit an NDC SAP Appeal Form. The form is available on My.NDC and the

College website. The appeal requires a signature from an advisor or the person indicated on

the form. (Your appeal may be faxed, e-mailed, mailed, or submitted in person at the Student

Services Office.)

2. The appeal must contain an explanation as to why you were not able to complete your course

work, why your grades fell below the SAP requirement, or why you have not been able to

complete your degree requirements in an acceptable timeframe. Please indicate what plans

you have to change your academic performance in the future. Documentation should not only

indicate the mitigating circumstance that caused you to have academic problems during the

semester, but also must clearly indicate that the circumstances that caused the problems have

been rectified so that you will be able to successful in future semesters.

3. In most cases, the SAP Appeals Committee will render a decision within two weeks of receipt

of a fully completed appeal. All decisions of the SAP Appeals Committee are final. Notification

of the decision will be sent via your Notre Dame e-mail account.

4. If the SAP appeal is approved, you will receive an Academic Plan Form, which must be signed

and returned to the Office of Financial Aid before financial aid may be awarded (or reinstated)

for the next semester. You must meet the conditions of the Academic Plan (or SAP standards)

in order to continue to receive financial aid in subsequent semesters.

5. If the SAP appeal is denied, financial aid will be cancelled. If you have been denied aid please

review the section below (Regaining Financial Aid Edibility).

Regaining Financial Aid Eligibility

Students denied financial aid after completing the appeal process or who fail to meet their Academic Plan

can regain full eligibility for financial aid by:

Successfully completing coursework that will raise their cumulative GPA to meet or exceed the minimum

required for their total attempted hours.

Raising their overall cumulative completion rate for all coursework attempted to the 70% or 75% level as

required by their program.

Students who have reached their maximum time frame are not able to regain eligibility

Students who are ineligible to receive financial aid may use one or more of the following payment options

while attempting to regain eligibility: (1) student’s own resources, (2) Notre Dame College Payment Plan,

and/or (3) alternative/private educational loan.

Students who have taken the necessary measures to regain eligibility for financial aid must contact the

Office of Financial Aid immediately upon doing so and apply for Reinstatement of Eligibility. Students’

academic performance will then be reviewed, and if all required SAP criteria is met, full financial aid

eligibility will be reinstated, effective the following semester.

22

Student Accounts

Tuition and Fees Tuition and fees, residency charges and dining options are located at

http://notredamecollege.edu/admissions/financial-information/tuition-and-fees

Au Pairs

Tuition is $100 per credit hour. Students must pay in full at the time of registration.

Late Fees

Students making payments after the due date are subject to a late fee of $100 and 2% of the outstanding

past due balance.

Deposits

New, full-time students to Notre Dame College are required to make a confirmation deposit of $250.00

upon acceptance to the College. This deposit is NOT refundable after May 1, 2018. The deposit will be

applied to the student’s first term tuition balance.

Payment

It is the policy of Notre Dame College that tuition, room, board, and fees for a given term are to be paid in

full OR acceptable arrangements made by August 1st for Fall Semester, January 2nd for Spring Semester,

and by the first day of classes for Summer Semester. Acceptable arrangements are payment in full or

signing up for the payment plan and making on-time payments. Students who register after the deadline

are expected to make acceptable payment arrangements at the time of registration. Pending financial aid

is not an acceptable payment arrangement. An unpaid balance is considered an educational debt that is

not dischargeable in bankruptcy. An account is considered delinquent if the full payment is not received

and posted to your account by 3pm on the payment due date listed on the statement. Please be advised

that failure to read mail, email, or view online activity does not relieve a student of the responsibility to

make on-time payments in the correct amount. If you have not made a scheduled payment by the time the

next statement of the semester is mailed, you will be charged the $100 late fee and 2% interest plus you

could be removed from your classes and/or the residence halls. Each semester’s charges must be paid

in full prior to registration for the next term.

Notre Dame Deferred Payment Options

The in house payment plan is available through My.NDC.edu. There is no enrollment fee to participate in

the plan. The first installment must be paid in order to be considered an acceptable payment

arrangement. NDC calculates equal monthly installment payments by taking the balance due after financial

aid is posted and dividing it by five. All outstanding balances from the previous semester must be paid

before participating in the payment plan for the new semester. Students must be current with payment plan

prior to registration for the next term.

Payment Options

Payments can be made in person or by mail using cash or check. Online payments can also be made using

an electronic check or credit card through our online payment service – CASHNet. NDC CASHNet

accepts MasterCard, American Express or Discover. There is a 2.75% convenience fee for online credit

card use. There is no fee for an electronic check.

23

Employer Reimbursement

Many students who are employed full-time receive tuition reimbursement from their employer. The

benefits vary from company to company. It is the student’s responsibility to inquire about his/her

company’s benefit policy. Please note, many employers’ reimbursement plans may have specific GPA or

grade requirements that must be met before money will be disbursed.

Many companies and agencies use the third party billing method to pay tuition bills for their employees or

clients. Please be aware that the student is responsible for all tuition and fees and must make acceptable

payment arrangements to cover the balance until the third party payment has been received.

Refunds

Students with a credit balance resulting from Federal funds will be refunded within 14 days of either the aid

being credited to the student's account or the first day of the semester, whichever is later. All other refunds

will be available 14 days after the financial aid has been disbursed to the student’s account.

Tuition

Students who withdraw from classes during the semester will have refunds posted to their account as

indicated below. Any unpaid balance will become due immediately. Refunds will be made after written

notice of withdrawal is filed with the Registrar’s Office. The amount of the refund will be calculated from

the date appearing on the withdrawal form. Students who drop from full time (12 or more credit hours

during Fall Semester or Spring Semester) to part time prior to the start of a semester or online term will

have their Financial Aid revised to part time funding levels. Tuition refunds are determined by the official

date of withdrawal. Please refer to the semester course booklet for the correct dates and percentages.

Refunds on non-credit courses will be made on the percentage basis listed above. Refunds will be made

approximately one month after the date of withdrawal.

A student who withdraws from a course must give written notification to the Registrar’s office. Non-

attendance and/or non-payment DO NOT constitute official withdrawal from a course. If a student fails to

withdraw officially, he/she will be responsible for all tuition and fee charges.

Residency fees/meals:

Please refer to your housing contract for meal and residency refund policies.

Check Payment Policy

When you provide a check as payment, you authorize us either to use information from your check to

make a one-time electronic fund transfer from your account or to process the payment as a check

transaction.

When we use information from your check to make an electronic funds transfer, funds may be withdrawn

from your account as soon as the same day you make your payment.

A return check fee of $30.00, or maximum allowable by law, will be charged to your student account in

the event your electronic transfer is returned from your institution.

Return of Federal Financial Aid Funds Covered under Title IV Funding:

As part of the Higher Education Amendment Act of 1998, Congress passed regulations that dictate what

happens to a student’s federal financial aid when a student ‘completely’ withdraws, officially or unofficially,

from the college during any given semester. Even though students are awarded and have federal and/or

24

state funds disbursed to them at the beginning of the semester, students are required to “earn” the

financial aid disbursed to them by attending classes up the point that at least 60% of the semester has

expired.

If the College returns funds to the Title IV aid programs, the student MAY owe NDC charges that were

originally paid at the time of disbursement. Students may also be required to return funds released to

them for personal expenses. Students are responsible for any balance owed to Notre Dame because of

the repayment of Federal Aid Funds

Financial Holds

The Office of Student Accounts will place financial holds on all delinquent accounts. The College will not

issue transcripts until the student satisfies all financial obligations to the College. Students with financial

holds are not permitted to register, move into residence halls or obtain official transcripts.

Graduating seniors must have their accounts paid in full before picking up their cap and gown, participate in

commencement or receive their diplomas.

Collections

Every semester, all delinquent accounts are sent to collections. If your account is sent to collections, you

are responsible for paying the full balance plus the collection costs (1/3 of your balance) before obtaining

transcripts or registering for courses.

Registration Policy

By registering for courses at Notre Dame College, you accept responsibility for payment by the due date

of all college charges assessed to your student account, including tuition and fees, room and board and

late fees. You fully accept this educational debt as your personal financial responsibility. You

acknowledge that non-attendance does not relieve you of financial responsibility for the courses in which

you are enrolled and you understand that you must adhere to college procedures for dropping or

withdrawing from courses and the residence halls. You understand and agree that, should you fail to

make the required full payment, or sign up for the NDC Payment Plan and not make on time payments

each month or receive financial aid to meet the balance by the established deadline, you will be charged

late payment fees, be restricted from registering for additional courses, receiving transcripts or diplomas,

and a college wide hold will be placed on your account. Notre Dame College reserves the right to

administratively withdraw from courses and/or remove students from housing for non-payment on their

accounts.

Notre Dame College reserves the right to change at any time charges and fees as they appear here and

in the current catalog.

Your signature on the registration form indicates that you have read and understand the payment

conditions outlined above.

Withdrawing From Classes

If you determine that it is necessary to withdraw from a semester, you must submit a completed change of

schedule (withdrawal) form to the Registrar’s Office. Please note that non-attendance does not constitute

official withdrawal. Click here for additional information.

25

Veteran Services and Policies

The college will not impose any penalty, including the assessment of late fees, the denial of access to

classes, libraries or other institutional facilities, or the requirement that a Chapter 31 or Chapter 33

recipient borrow additional funds to cover the individual’s inability to meet his or her financial obligations

to the institution due to the delayed disbursement of a payment by the U.S. Department of Veterans

Affairs.

Using VA Educational Benefits at NDC

To start using VA educational benefits at NDC, veterans must email a copy of their “Certificate of

Eligibility” (COE) to [email protected]. The college will allow an individual to attend or participate in a

program if the Chapter 31 or Chapter 33 Beneficiary provides the school with a COE. A hard copy is

required before the Registrar’s Office can certify your enrollment to the VA. The only exception to this

policy, is if the college receives verbal authorization from the VA to certify the enrollment.

Approved Programs through VA

The VA has approved all of Notre Dame College’s current undergraduate and graduate programs through

the 2020-21 course catalog. We are currently in the process of getting approval for our new programs in

the 2021-22 course catalog (Legal Studies, Non-Licensure Education, and Social Work).

Degree Audit

Located on Home page of the student portal (My NDC) is a “Progress Towards Degree” Audit, which

details an individual student’s Core and Major course requirements as well as the 120 overall and 36

upper level credit requirements for degree completion. The audit will show Met, In-progress, and Not-Met

requirements for the student. Specific course rotation information can be requested of your Faculty

Advisor or the Division Chair.

Designated Points of Contact

Financial Aid – [email protected]

Registrar (SCO) – [email protected]

Student Accounts – [email protected]

Incomplete due to Active-Duty Orders

Students who have a reasonable amount of time before their leave are encouraged to speak with their

course instructors on the option of taking an Incomplete grade for their current classes. This can assist in

ensuring that the student takes the best course of action. Students will be required to complete the

coursework by the end of the following semester and it is their responsibility to ensure Incompletes are

remedied. If a student does not finish the work by the normal incomplete deadline, the grade will

automatically roll to a failing grade. However, a change of grade can be submitted for this student before

the last day of the following term and it will be posted by the Registrar’s Office. Upon receipt of the

veteran’s orders, the Registrar’s office will amend/adjust all applicable certification through VA ONCE.

Students with student loans will want to contact their lenders. The Office of the Registrar needs to be

contacted if one or more courses will be Incomplete and others withdrawn so the appropriate actions can

be taken.

Information when Called to Active Duty

Notre Dame College is a Veteran Friendly Institution and this policy exists to prevent those students from

being penalized for having to be absent from the college due to military obligation. Students must be sure

to submit all appropriate paperwork to The Office of the Registrar once they are notified of their active

26

duty requirements. Notices can be sent to [email protected], [email protected], and

[email protected]. See the sections on Withdrawals and Incompletes for further details. Students will

remain at an active status with NDC for one year.

Licensure Programs

All course and credit requirements for degree conferral are located on the Degree Audit via My NDC. Any

additional requirements to achieve actual licensure for the Education or Nursing programs are detailed in

the individual program areas of the course catalog.

Withdrawal due to Active-Duty Orders

If the student chooses to withdraw from their courses, they must submit a copy of their Notice of

Induction or Orders of Active Duty to the Office of the Registrar at [email protected]. Forms must be

sent to The Office of the Registrar within 2 weeks of notice of Active Duty. Once this information is

received, all of the student’s current courses will be shown as withdrawn and the student will receive a

refund. Upon receipt of the veteran’s orders, the Registrar’s office will amend/adjust all applicable

certification through VA ONCE. Students with student loans will want to contact their lenders. The student

must be enlisted in the military prior to the start of the term that they withdraw from in order to receive a

refund. Any student debt incurred for a Chapter 33 Veteran will be resolved directly with the VA versus a

refund.

Student Life & Resources

Campus Ministry Campus Ministry promotes the spiritual growth of the Notre Dame College community. Through the

Catholic identity of the institution and the charism of the Sisters of Notre Dame, Campus Ministry seeks to

foster personal and spiritual growth through which each person grows in understanding of themselves,

God, and the world. This is accomplished through vibrant and welcoming worship, faith formation and

theological reflection, justice education and advocacy, service, leadership development and community

building.

The Campus Ministry program supports multiple service trips each year intended to immerse students in

alternative cultures and offer them the opportunity to serve communities outside of their own. The

Campus Ministry Office employs numerous work study students and interns and offers opportunities for

students to use their gifts and develop as leaders.

The Campus Ministry Office exists to serve all who desire a deeper spiritual life. Our retreats, service

opportunities and other programs are open and available to the entire Notre Dame family. In the true spirit

of our Catholic heritage, all are welcome. More information can be found on the Campus Ministry

webpage.

Career Services Center The mission of the Career Services Center is to coach, support, and prepare students to identify and

pursue their career goals and to facilitate connections between employers and students through quality

services, internships and programming. This mission parallels that of Notre Dame College which is to

educate a diverse population in liberal arts for personal, professional and global responsibility.

Regardless of the educational track or program, the Career Services Center is here to assist students and

alumni with services like resume and cover letter critiques, career assessments, individual counseling, an

online job board and workshops and other events.

27

The Career Services Center also houses the College’s Internship and Cooperative Education Program.

Internships and cooperative education (co-op) experiences assist students in determining career

direction, gaining on-the-job experience, training, and observation, providing lessons in professionalism

and building their professional networks. Applying classroom learning to actual work experience provides

students an opportunity to test their knowledge in specific areas while exploring career opportunities.

Specific information about the Career Services Center and the Internship Program can be found on the

Career Services webpage.

Counseling Center Counseling is a process through which a student can discuss any problems or concerns with a licensed

professional counselor. This process may be voluntarily initiated by the student or as a result of referral by a

faculty member, family member, friend or professional in the community who may already be working with

the student.

The choice to begin, continue or terminate counseling is left to the student. Counseling services are free for

all full- and part-time students. The counseling relationship is protected by law and is strictly confidential.

Referrals will be made to students who may require a special area of counseling or psychiatric care.

Counseling services include individual and group counseling, personal growth workshops and education

about mental health topics. More information can be found on the Counseling Center webpage.

Dean of Students Office The Dean of Students Office is comprised of the Dean of Students and Assistant Dean for Student Care

& Conflict Resolution. This office provides leadership and coordinator for many of the co-curricular

program and services for Notre Dame College students. This office, located in the Falcons’ Nest, can be

used as a resource and support for the student experience.

The Dwyer Learning Center The Dwyer Learning Center offers a program to assist students in achieving their academic ambitions and

goals. The program provides extra academic support in the form of tutorial assistance for course-related

problems. The Director and student tutors perform the tutorial services and communicate regularly with the

students’ instructors.

The Center assists with the coordination of Notre Dame College’s placement testing in English, math and

computer skills. The tests are given by appointment. Failure to take these tests at the earliest opportunity

can delay a student’s enrollment for specific classes. More information can be found on the Dwyer

Learning Center webpage.

Honors Scholar Program The Honors Scholar Program is a select community of individuals dedicated to independence of thought,

engagement in creative endeavors, precision in analysis, commitment to the local and global community

and the celebration of learning. Students will be chosen for the Honors Program on the basis of ACT/SAT

scores and high school GPA. Through enhanced courses and enrichment opportunities in and out of the

classroom, students and faculty will share academic, social, cultural and spiritual experiences that

contribute to increased personal and professional development. More information can be found on the

Honors Scholar Program webpage.

28

International Educational Travel Study abroad is an important component of the international education experience of Notre Dame

College. Students can choose from over 50 different programs and cities. All of the majors offered at the

college have at least one country or city to choose from to study aboard. Students who study aboard are

exposed to new cultural experiences, outlooks on political, economic, and social issues. All courses

taken aboard will count towards the students overall degree requirements as well as their overall GPA. A

minimum GPA of 2.5 is required for participation in most of the study aboard programs. Certain programs

require a minimum of 3.00 and some require a 3.50. Notre Dame College students are able to use their

financial aid or institutional aid towards the cost of the study aboard program.

Performing Arts The Performing Arts Department is home to four programs. As a liberal arts institution, he College values

the importance of arts education as it provides a holistic development of our students. The mission is to

cultivate tolls within our students that are transferable to various academic, social, and artistic interests.

Choral Studies

The Department of Choral Studies is home of our oldest performing groups and offers a variety of

ensembles to meet the needs of our students. Concert Choir and Gospel Ensemble are the main college

choirs and are open to all students. Students may audition for Chamber Singers and the Glee Club, both

a cappella and range from early music to contemporary, pop and vocal jazz.

Dance

The Notre Dame College Dance Team enhances student life and NDC spirit on campus and at

Performing Arts and Athletic Events. Dance Team members build long-lasting friendships, team

camaraderie, and the opportunity to experience collaborative dance performances at its finest.

Instrumental Music

The Department of Instrumental Music is our largest performing group and consists of Marching Band,

Concert Ensemble, Pep Band, Jazz Band and the Notre Dame College Wind Symphony. Performances

consist of home athletic games, semester concerts, and off-campus performance opportunities.

Theatre

The Department of Theatre ranges from large-scale productions and musicals to intimate plays. One

major production is presented each semester. In addition, internships, field study and professional

training are available. Students may receive academic credit for all performing ensembles.

Please find information about our Performing Arts programs on our website.

Residence Life The Residence Life program is an integral part of the education of many students. The program is

committed to facilitating and enhancing the academic, social and personal growth of students.

Residential life affords opportunities for growth and development outside of the classroom. Living on

campus provides students innumerable opportunities to live with others who are different from

themselves, to become leaders, to communicate well, to manage conflicts successfully, to make sound

decisions and to broaden their perspective on the world. More information can be found on the Residence

Life webpage.

29

Student Conduct The College holds high expectations of how members live, act, and communicate with one another as

each of our actions has an effect on the collect community. In order for our community to succeed, all

members must actively contribute to an environment where everyone can feel safe, sustained,

empowered and appreciated. We must also exhibit integrity in our actions and hold each other

accountable as one community. Students of the College are expected to read, know, and abide by the

rules, regulations, and principles of the College community as outlined in the Student Conduct of

Conduct.

Student Disability Services Eligibility for Services: A qualified college student with a disability may request academic support

services from the director of the Dwyer Learning Center to receive academic accommodations:

The student is responsible for identifying himself/herself as a person with a documented disability.

Therefore, the student is required to make an “intake” appointment with the Director of the Dwyer

Learning Center. This should be done within the first two weeks of the semester.

The student will meet with the Director of the Dwyer Learning Center, provide the required documentation

and discuss possible reasonable academic accommodations. Once the student has provided appropriate

documentation to the Director of the Dwyer Learning Center, an accommodation letter will be developed.

The student is responsible for picking up the accommodation letter(s) from the Director of the Dwyer

Learning Center for each class every semester. A faculty member is not required to provide academic

accommodations until he or she has received the accommodation letter from the student.

Students who are a part of the The Thrive Learning Center may request academic accommodations from

the Director of the The Thrive Learning Center.

Student Engagement & Leadership The Office of Student Engagement & Leadership strives to connect students to leadership experiences,

campus involvement opportunities, and the campus community. In addition to hosting many social and

educational events throughout the year, this office also is the home to 20+ Student Clubs which give

students an opportunity to meet new people, develop leadership skills, impact their community, network,

and have fun! More information can be found on the Student Engagement webpage and the Student Club

webpage.

The Thrive Learning Center Located on the second floor of Regina Hall, the Thrive Learning Center (TLC) is designed to support

students with documented learning differences such as attention deficit disorder (ADD), attention deficit

hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and dyslexia. Services offered by the Center are voluntary and

comprehensive, created to develop independence and self-advocacy.

In the TLC, Transfer to Action groups help students keep up academic momentum through goal setting.

Instructional Advisors help students hone study and organizational skills. The TLC provides adaptive

equipment and books on tape. The TLC’s goal is to provide skills, support, services and strategies. More

information can be found on the Thrive webpage.

30

Undergraduate Student Government Notre Dame College recognizes that students are entitled to participate in the formulation of rules,

regulations and policies directly affecting Student Life. Participation shall be provided through the

Undergraduate Student Government and through student participation on College committees and

councils.

The Undergraduate Student Government shall have primary responsibility for recognizing student

organizations, enforcing Student Government rules, regulations and legislative actions, and budgeting

and administering College funds allocated to it.

Traditions Notre Dame College is a campus rich with traditions. Attendance at college-wide events is an integral part

of the learning experience.

• All College Honors Convocation – This awards ceremony is held at the end of spring semester.

• Christmas Tree Lighting & Christmas Concert – Near the end of the fall semester, the annual Christmas Tree lighting is held in Quinlivan Circle and is followed by a concert from our Performing Arts students, in Christ the King Chapel.

• Easter Dinner – During the Easter season, faculty and staff serve dinner to the students in the Connelly Center Dining Hall.

• Founders’ Week – A week dedicated to celebrating the spirit of the founders of Notre Dame College, the Sisters of Notre Dame.

• Homecoming Week – A week of exciting events, all designed to encourage school spirit and to welcome alumni back to the College.

• Opening Convocation – During the opening Welcome Week, this program welcomes new students to join the community of learners.

• Thanksgiving Dinner – During the Thanksgiving season, faculty and staff serve students dinner in the Connelly Center Dining Hall.

Intercollegiate Athletics

Notre Dame College sponsors 19 varsity intercollegiate scholarship athletic teams. Falcon men’s and

women’s teams compete throughout the Mountain East Conference which consists of schools in Ohio,

West Virginia and Virginia. Detailed information can be found on our website.

31

Academic Policies and Procedures

Notre Dame College’s Mission Statement: Notre Dame College, a Catholic institution in the tradition of

the Sisters of Notre Dame, educates a diverse population in the liberal arts for personal, professional, and

global responsibility.

Graduation Requirements for Bachelor Degree Programs A candidate for a bachelor’s degree must meet the requirements listed below:

• Have earned a minimum of 120 semester hours of credit.

• Have successfully completed courses fulfilling the Notre Dame College Core Curriculum (see below).

• Have successfully completed courses and experiences fulfilling the chosen major field of study.

• Have earned a minimum overall cumulative GPA of 2.0.

• Have earned the minimum cumulative GPA required by their major (see specific programs for the GPA requirements).

• Complete 50% percent of major coursework at Notre Dame College

• Complete a minimum of 30 credits at Notre Dame College

• Have earned a minimum of 36 credits of upper-biennium (300-400) courses

Graduation Requirements for Associate Degree Programs A candidate for an associate degree must meet the requirements listed below.

The student shall

• Have earned a minimum of 60 semester hours of credit

• Have successfully completed courses fulfilling the Notre Dame College Core Curriculum (see below).

• Have successfully completed required courses and experiences in the chosen major field of study.

• Have maintained a minimum GPA of 2.0 in the major field.

• Have earned a minimum overall cumulative GPA of 2.0.

• Have attended Notre Dame College for at least one semester and completed a minimum of 15 semester credits of course work at Notre Dame College.

Posthumous Degree Policy The President may recommend the awarding of a posthumous degree, upon official notification (obituary,

death certificate) of student death, based on the following criteria: Students must have completed 75% of

the credit hours for their Notre Dame College degree and be in good academic standing (with a

cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher). The posthumous notation will be recorded on both the transcript and

diploma. More information regarding the posthumous Degree can be obtained from the Office of

Academic Affairs.

Notre Dame Core Curriculum As a liberal arts college, Notre Dame College strongly affirms its belief in the value of the liberal arts as

the learning foundation for both academic and professional pursuits. The Core Curriculum, which flows

from Notre Dame’s mission, serves as a basis for students to share a common tradition of learning while

pursuing an academic major.

32

Outcomes of the Notre Dame College Core Curriculum

Students will be able to:

• Think critically and express ideas effectively both orally and in writing.

• Assess their lives and the world with the broad perspective of a liberally educated citizen.

• Take responsibility for their personal, financial, career, and spiritual development.

• Analyze social issues critically and apply effective measures to promote human rights throughout their lives.

To achieve these outcomes, students will, through courses and other experiences, gain enhanced written,

oral, and quantitative fluency as well as engage in creative, literary, philosophical, scientific, and

theological inquiries. Students will also take courses to encourage engaged personal, professional, and

global responsibility. The Notre Dame Core Curriculum is described below.

Summary of the Core Curriculum Architecture

Requirement Requirements are achieved by successful completion of the following

courses. Credits

Engaged

Responsibility

First Year Falcon for traditional-aged, First Time Freshmen students

(FYF 100)

or

Personal Responsibility and Growth course for non-traditional and

transfer students

1

3

A course designated as a Global Learning course. Consult the current

listing of course offerings. 3

Current Ethical Problems and Positions (PH 480) 3

Social Justice: Issues and Actions (TH 450) 3

Written Fluency EN 101 or EN 100/101 (determined by placement) 3 or 6

Oral Fluency CA100 (Public speaking course) 3

Quantitative Fluency MA120 or higher numbered mathematics course 3

Creative Inquiry Consult the current listing of course offerings 3

Literary Inquiry Literature (EN) course 3

Philosophical Inquiry Philosophy (PH) course other than PH480 3

Scientific Inquiry Science course with laboratory 4

Theological Inquiry Theology (TH) course other than TH450 3

Total credits 35-40

Core Curriculum Descriptions and Outcomes

Written Fluency. The strength of a liberal arts education depends on its ability to teach students how to

translate critical and creative thinking into writing. Employers continue to stress clear communication

skills, especially writing, as essential to a successful career.

Outcomes. Students will be able to:

• Construct sustained, coherent argument or presentation in more than one medium for general and specific audiences.

• Work in collaboration with others to address a social, personal, or ethical dilemmas.

• Demonstrate effective communication skills using conventions of Standard English for academic writing.

33

Oral Fluency. Students research topics, identify sources, and outline their work in order to deliver the

types of informative and persuasive speeches critical to career success. Oral fluency and confidence

ensure students to read audiences, engage in interpersonal communication, and present themselves

appropriately.

Outcomes. Students will be able to:

• Demonstrate basic competence in outlining, preparing and delivering informative and persuasive speeches.

Quantitative Fluency. A liberally educated student, irrespective of career choice, should have a

demonstrated ability and comfort to reason and solve quantitative problems. Students will be given

opportunities not only to use critical thinking skills in quantitative situations but also to communicate and

justify their thinking through multiple representations in a cooperative environment.

Outcomes. Students will be able to:

• Analyze and use critical thinking to solve mathematical applications.

• Solve problems with mathematical competency and a willingness to find multiple strategies.

• Communicate mathematical concepts clearly both orally and in written form.

• Use appropriate technology to solve mathematical problems.

Creative Inquiry. In a liberal arts college, students have the priceless opportunity to explore and hone

their creative abilities. The study of music, art, theatre, or creative writing stimulates the mind and fortifies

the spirit. Students learn about the elements, forms, and styles of different media. By doing so, they

understand themselves and their engagement with others critically, thoughtfully, and meaningfully.

Outcomes. Students will be able to:

• Develop both creative and analytical thinking through the exploration of the creative process.

• Define and apply the vocabulary related to the elements, forms and styles of the respective media.

Literary Inquiry. By examining literature, students learn not only different genres and forms of writing,

but also the complexity and beauty of the English language, all while refining their inferential and critical

reading skills. Reading literature encourages us to enter new, and often challenging, modes of thinking

that in turn help us understand ourselves and our relation to the global community.

Outcomes. Students will be able to:

• Explore the depth and breadth of the human experience expressed in the literature of a variety of genres, times and places.

• Refine skills of inferential and critical reading.

• Engage in thoughtful and reasoned conversation, as well as analytical writing informed by research.

Philosophical Inquiry. Philosophical inquiry introduces students to philosophical and critical thinking by

exploring timeless questions that are central to a liberal arts education. Students acquire an

understanding of fundamental philosophical questions that remain central to living a life of personal,

professional, and global responsibility. Students further acquire interpretive and evaluative skills

necessary for assessing answers to these timeless questions, along with an appreciation for philosophical

self-reflection.

34

Outcomes. Students will be able to:

• Demonstrate knowledge of the traditional themes in the discipline of philosophy, especially those relating to the human person and the liberal arts tradition, e.g., ethics, social philosophy, aesthetics, critical thinking, epistemology, and metaphysics.

• Demonstrate an ability to interpret and analyze philosophical questions and proposed answers to them carefully and critically, using historical context and logical reasoning.

• Demonstrate critical thinking and analysis skills in reading philosophical texts and participate in activities that encourage students to develop an appreciation for philosophical self-reflection, e.g., Socratic class discussions, debates, journaling, reflective essays.

Scientific Inquiry. Science is more than a body of knowledge; it is also a process by which one can

systematically gain knowledge of the natural world. Students will engage in methodology or the process

of scientific inquiry and critical thinking, both in a classroom and laboratory.

Outcomes. Students will be able to:

• Describe how science is a process to gain knowledge of natural phenomena (through the scientific method).

• Demonstrate factual knowledge in a specific discipline (depending on the course).

• Explore the role of science in society.

• Critically evaluate the validity of scientific claims.

Theological Inquiry. Theological inquiry opens students to sources that have helped humans answer

life’s ultimate questions. Theology guides students to use sacred texts both from Christianity and other

faith traditions, as well as use critical reasoning to examine the evidence of this world and the

transcendent. Students will recognize their relationship with God, global communities and all God’s

creation.

Outcomes. Students will be able to:

• Demonstrate skill in examining theological assumptions about themselves and the world.

• Assess some responses to timeless questions about God, morality, and the life hereafter.

• Compare their own beliefs with those of others to grow in clarity and depth.

• Apply values of social justice to critical global issues.

Engaged Responsibility. The virtue of responsibility has two meanings: first, to account for one’s

actions; and second, to perform one’s part in a common undertaking. Responsibility is a quality of

character demonstrated by a dedicated effort to respond to the needs of self and others. The Notre Dame

College mission is to develop in all students both types in the personal, professional, and global realms of

students’ lives.

Outcomes. Students will be able to:

• Demonstrate awareness of responsibility for self and for others

• Analyze, interpret, and evaluate global issues

• Develop an appreciation for cultures other than their own to better participate as responsible world citizens

• Acquire and demonstrate use of the principles of living a purposeful and ethical life.

35

The following are the courses that meet the Engaged Responsibility requirement:

First Year Falcon (FYF) 1 cr.

This course aims to develop in students their personal responsibility for being successful in college. It is

the first of four Engaged Responsibility courses, required of all students* and flowing directly from the

Notre Dame College mission. Topics in the course include the College’s history and mission, academic

literacy, and career exploration. The course builds upon Welcome Week activities and experiences.

Outcomes. Students will take part in activities and experiences in the course designed to help them:

• Demonstrate understanding of the history and mission of the College.

• Demonstrated personal responsibility for achieving academic success.

• Assess their interests, strengths, skills and values to support their academic and career goals.

Students transferring from another college with more than 12 credits, or a nontraditional student (defined

as a student 23 years of age or older, or takes all courses online) will complete a Personal Responsibility

and Growth course (see below).

Personal Responsibility and Growth course. We desire that our students develop a responsibility to

self, in addition to responsibility to others. This requirement is to focus on responsibility to oneself, in

health, finance, relationships, spirituality, etc. Outcomes will be specific to the choice of courses. In

general, the course that fulfills this requirement shall have students complete a tangible experience that

relates to their lives, e.g., personal budget or health assessment. See Courses Approved to Fulfill Core

Requirements.

Global Learning Course. With enhanced communication technologies, our world has become smaller,

and with that, we desire that our students have a sense of global responsibility, that is, to be good global

citizens in this smaller world. See Courses Approved to Fulfill Core Requirements.

Outcomes. Students will be exposed to experiences and activities in an effort to facilitate their ability to:

• Seek to become informed, open-minded, and responsible people who are attentive to cultural diversity,

• Seek to understand how their actions affect both local and global communities.

• Consider how they might address world issues collaboratively and equitably

Current Ethical Problems and Positions (PH480). The course critically examines the major approaches

to ethics given to us by the history of philosophy. The contributions of Aristotle, Aquinas, Kant, and Mill

are studied first from a theoretical perspective. These theories are then applied to a variety of ethical

issues which face us today. The student is introduced to the world of both the theory and practice of

ethics. Junior status required; PH 180 recommended.

Outcomes. Students will be able to:

• Recognize and critically analyze ethical problems

• Resolve ethical conflicts using critical thinking skills

• Explore ethical beliefs contrary to one’s own philosophy

• Demonstrate knowledge of classical and modern ethical theories

• Argue an ethical position and critique opposing views

36

Social Justice: Issues and Actions (TH450). Fulfilling the Notre Dame mission, “to educate for global

responsibility,” this course introduces students to the Christian principles of social justice and their biblical

base. Students will apply these principles to issues such as world poverty, racism, sexism, and other

justice issues. Students will then seek out forms of action that are supported by faith-based principles.

Junior status required.

Outcomes. Students will be able to:

• Gain factual knowledge in what constitutes social justice (terminology, classifications, and trends)

• Apply the principles of Catholic social teaching to current international, national, and local realities

• Develop a clearer understanding of and commitment to personal values

• Engage in theological reflection related to social justice and social responsibility

• Demonstrate growing understanding of world realities, being able to articulate clear and informed positions about what they “see” and learn orally and in writing

• Move towards a commitment to keep informed of the need for justice in the world and to work for justice in their own sphere as their lives unfold

Core Curriculum for Associate Degree Programs Students who are in an associate’s degree program will follow the first two years of the Core Curriculum.

Summary of the Core Curriculum Architecture for AA

Requirement Requirements are achieved by successful completion of the following

courses. Credits

Engaged

Responsibility

First Year Falcon for traditional-aged, First Time Freshmen students

(FYF 100)

or

Personal Responsibility and Growth course for non-traditional and

transfer students

1

3

A course designated as a Global Learning course. Consult the current

listing of course offerings. 3

Written Fluency EN101 or EN100/101 (determined by placement) 3 or 6

Oral Fluency CA100 (Public speaking course) 3

Quantitative Inquiry MA120 or higher numbered mathematics course 3

Creative Inquiry Consult the current listing of course offerings 3

Literary Inquiry Literature (EN) course 3

Philosophical Inquiry Philosophy (PH) course other than PH480 3

Scientific Inquiry Science course with laboratory 4

Theological Inquiry Theology (TH) course other than TH450 3

Total credits 35-40

If a course in the core is also a component of the student’s major, it will usually fulfill both requirements.

The credit hours, however, may be counted only once toward fulfilling the degree requirement of 120 credit

hours for a baccalaureate degree or 60 credit hours for an associate degree.

37

Courses Approved to Fulfill Core Requirements as of March 2021

Creative Inquiry

AR 101 Drawing AR 221 Basic Design AR 209 Photography AR 310 Intro to Game Production AR 314 Impressionism to Today AR 114 Intro to Graphic Design AR 223 Graphic Design 1 AR 224 Graphic Design 2 AR 222 Color and Design AR 225 Fundamentals of Game Design AR 310 Intro to Game Production AR 325 Printmaking I AR 341 Painting I AR 371 Three-Dimensional Design AR 377 Ceramics 1

MU 103, 105, 106 110,111, 115, 160, 203, 206, 210, 211, 212, 213,214, 215, 220, 222, 306, 310, 311, 315, 316, 320, 333, 406, 410, 415, 444 TR 105, 112, 205, 212, 261, 262, 305, 309, 313, 405

EN 318 Creative Writing: Poetry EN 319 Creative Writing: Fiction EN 320 Creative Writing: Creative Non-Fiction

ED 379 Music, Creative Arts and Physical Movement in ECE

CA 305, 374 Theological Inquiry

All 3 credit TH courses, but TH 450 Philosophical Inquiry

All PH courses other than PH 480 Quantitative Fluency

MA 120 and higher Written Fluency

EN 100/101 or EN101

Literary Inquiry

EN 225 Introduction to Literature EN 255 Introduction to Western Literature: Epics and Poetry EN 256 Introduction to Western Literature: Prose EN 281 The Short Story EN 331 British Literature to 1700 EN 332 British Literature 1700-1900 EN 341 American Literature to 1900 EN 342 American Literature after 1900 EN 370 20th-21st Century British and American Poetry EN 459 Post-Colonial Literature EN 460 Literature of Continental Europe EN 462 Shakespeare’s Histories and Tragedies EN 463 Major Author EN 480 Great Books Seminar ED 332 Children’s Literature Oral Fluency

CA 100 Speech NR 410 Health Care Policy Scientific Inquiry

All BI, CH or PS courses taken with the corresponding lab. Science courses without a lab do not apply. Non-science major course recommendations: BI 105/106, BI 200/201, BI 230/231, CH 102/103, CH 220/221, CH 225/226, PS 150/151

Personal Growth (alternative to First Year Falcon)

CA 201 Interpersonal Communication HP 110 Personal Health and Wellness; Wellness for College HP 112 Lifetime Wellness HP 213 Stress Management for Wellness HP 215 Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport HP 315 Understanding Sexuality SO 425 Conflict Management TH 250 Spirituality: your personal GPS NR 215 Foundations of Nursing Practice NR 305 Health Promotion and Education Global Learning

BU 450 Global Marketing CA 376 Intercultural Communication EC 305 Comparative Economic Systems EC 331 Money, Banking, and Global Financial Markets EC 440 International Economics HI 210 Anthropology HI 330 Africa: A Continental History HI 332 Transformation of Japan HI 333 Middle Eastern History: From Islam to Nationalism HI 334 Making of Modern China HI 335 Making of Modern India HI 336 Latin America: A Regional History HI 338 Southeast Asia: A Regional Overview HI 421 Holocaust MA 350 History of Math NR 420 Community/Populations Nursing Practice NR 425 Community and Population Health Nursing NR 474/475/476 International Nursing: a Global Perspective (various versions of the course) PO 311 Comparative Politics PO 312 International Relations PO 411 International Law TH 370 World Religions and Global Issues SP 351 Contemporary Latin American Culture and Civilization

38

Degree Programs

Associate Degree Program

Notre Dame College offers an Associate of Arts degree in Management.

Notre Dame College offers an Associate of Arts degree in Liberal Studies.

Bachelor Degree Programs

Major Fields of Study

The academic major deepens the student’s knowledge in a particular field while meeting intellectual and

career interests. Therefore, all Notre Dame College students must choose a major area of study.

Degree candidates are encouraged to choose a major by the end of the sophomore year. In order to fulfill all

requirements in four years, some majors require enrollment in major courses during the freshman year.

This situation is particularly true in the natural sciences, mathematics, accounting and education.

Some programs have both entrance and graduation requirements of a specific grade point average

during the time of study. See specific programs for entrance and continuation GPA requirements.

Degree Completion Time Frames

Degree requirements must be completed within 10 years of the date from which the student first

matriculated at Notre Dame College. Earned credits over 10 years old will only apply to a degree if the

grade for that credit is C (2.0) or better and when accepted as applicable by the Provost and Dean of

Faculty or Division Chair.

Minor Fields of Study

Notre Dame College provides a wide variety of disciplinary minors. Minors allow students to have a

meaningful concentration of courses in areas that may be of value in support of the major. Carefully

chosen minors can be an asset in obtaining employment and in facilitating career change.

Requirements for minors generally range from 18-24 credit hours.

Double Major

Some students may wish to complete two majors while at Notre Dame College. The student completes all

the requirements in effect in the catalog for each major. A double major is only applicable if the two

majors apply to the same degree. It is not permissible to pursue a second major that pertains to a

different degree. In this situation, it is recommended the student add an applicable minor or second major

which falls under the same degree. Only one degree will be granted to any student at the time of

graduation.

The student must be aware that it may not be possible to complete two majors in only four years.

Graduation Fee

A graduation fee is charged to all undergraduate degree applicants, and is payable prior to graduation.

The fee is nonrefundable. This fee covers the cost of degree audits and evaluations, the diploma, diploma

cover, and shipping supplies and expenses and the commencement ceremony.

39

Programs of Study

Majors, minors and areas of licensure are listed here. See the indicated discipline’s section of the catalog for

specific requirements.

A Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree is available with these majors:

• Accounting (Business Administration)

• Biology

• Business Administration

• Criminal Justice (Public Service & Security Studies)

• Cybersecurity (Public Service & Security Studies)

• Education

• English

• Emergency Management and Policy Studies (Public Service & Security Studies)

• Entrepreneurship

• Environmental Science

• Exercise Science (Biology)

• Finance (Business Administration)

• Graphic Design (Art)

• Healthcare Administration (Business Administration)

• History (Public Service & Security Studies)

• Human Resources Management (Business Administration)

• Intelligence Studies (Public Service & Security Studies)

• Legal Studies (Public Service & Security Studies)

• Management Information Systems (Business Administration)

• Management (Business Administration)

• Marketing (Business Administration)

• Mathematics

• Music Entrepreneurship

• Non-Licensure Program (Education)

• Political Science (Public Service & Security Studies)

• Psychology

• Software Development (Business Administration)

• Sport Management (Business Administration)

• Strategic Communication and Public Relations

• Theatre Entrepreneurship

Not all degrees are available in a fully online format. Please visit our Finn Center For Adult, Graduate and

Online Learning Website.

Individually Designed Majors (Bachelor of Arts degree) and Minors

The Individually Designed Major (IDM) or Minor is multi-disciplinary in nature and is available only to

exceptional students (minimum 3.0 GPA) whose interests and career goals are not met by current majors

or minors. A student wishing to design an IDM must work with the Office of Academic Affairs to develop a

unique curriculum that does not duplicate substantial portions of existing programs. The IDM must be

reviewed and approved by two faculty members. With faculty endorsement, the Office of Academic Affairs

must grant final approval of the curriculum. Students interested in an IDM should inquire at the Office of

Academic Affairs.

Areas of the Individually Designed Major must be available at Notre Dame College.

40

A Bachelor of Science (BS) degree is available in these majors:

• Biology

• Biochemistry (Chemistry)

• Mathematics

• Medical Laboratory Science (Biology)

A Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) is available in the Nursing major.

An Associate in Arts (AA) degree with a major is available in these areas:

• Liberal Studies

• Management

Minors are available in these areas:

• Accounting (Business Administration)

• Biology

• Chemistry

• Coaching (Health/Physical Education)

• Communication

• Cybersecurity (Public Service & Security Studies)

• Economics

• English

• Entrepreneurship (Business Administration)

• Financial Services Management (Business Administration)

• Game Design (Art)

• Graphic Design (Art)

• Health Education

• History

• International Business (Business Administration)

• Intelligence Studies (Public Service & Security Studies)

• Management (Business Administration)

• Management Information Systems (Business Administration)

• Marketing (Business Administration)

• Mathematics

• Music

• Performing Arts

• Philosophy

• Political Science (Public Service & Security Studies)

• Psychology

• Public Relations (Communication)

• Software Development (Business Administration)

• Studio Art

• Theatre

• Theology

Licensure Areas

• Early Childhood Education (Pre-K - Gr. 5)

• Middle Childhood Education (Gr. 4 - 9) Areas of Concentration—choose two from the following: Mathematics, Reading and Language Arts, Science and Social Studies

• Adolescent/Young Adult Education (Gr. 7 - 12)

• Integrated Language Arts

41

• Integrated Mathematics

• Integrated Social Studies

• Life Sciences

• Life Sciences and Chemistry

• Multi-Age Education (K - 12) Mild/Moderate Intervention Specialist

• Baccalaureate Teaching License Certificate

42

Graduate Programs

Graduate programs are offered in Business Administration, Education, Nursing Education, and in Security

Policy Studies (Intelligence). For further information, contact The Finn Center for Adult, Graduate and

Online Learning at NotreDameCollege.edu/admissions/graduate a copy of the graduate bulletin.

Alternative Methods of Learning Assessment

Notre Dame College acknowledges the fact that learning acquired outside the traditional classroom

setting can be equivalent to college-level learning. Upon careful review, and appropriate documentation,

the College may grant academic course credit.

The number of credits earned through alternate methods of learning assessment may not exceed 30

semester hours. Credits earned through this process must be requested before the beginning of the

academic year in which the degree is to be granted. Credits granted in this manner will be listed as part of

the student’s official academic record only after all appropriate fees have been paid. All credits will be

subject to the approval of the division chairperson and the Office of Academic Affairs.

Experiential Learning Credits

Those who have acquired academic knowledge or skills through direct experience, in-service training or non-

credit classes may have it validated for college credit. Students apply for such credits through a process called

portfolio assessment. Portfolio assessment may not be accepted for credit in certain disciplines or for certain

courses. A student should contact the appropriate division chairperson for more information prior to

preparing the portfolio.

Proficiency Examinations

Examinations to demonstrate subject matter competency may be taken for credit or non-credit validation

for a small fee. Such examinations may not be used to raise an existing grade. A grade of “C” is the

minimum acceptable level for credits earned through examination. A student should contact the

appropriate division chairperson for more information. All credits received through the Proficiency

Examination will appear as PASS on the transcript.

College Level Examination Program (CLEP)

Nationally-normed CLEP examinations are accepted at Notre Dame College to validate knowledge of

both general and specific subject areas. CLEP exams may not be taken in areas already successfully

completed for course credits. A student should contact the Office of the Registrar for more information on

courses accepted through CLEP testing and for minimal scores required for credit by NDC.

Independent Study and Laboratory Research

To foster independent learning, Notre Dame College encourages talented students to pursue

Independent Study Projects and Laboratory Research Projects.

A student with senior standing and a minimum grade point average of 3.0 both in general studies and in

the major field of study may qualify for these options.

For Independent Study, a student works with a faculty member who helps define the project, and develop

the learning objectives and the method of presentation for the project. A student who wishes to pursue a

laboratory research project follows the same procedure and may choose to work with a faculty member

who is carrying out a large research project.

43

The grade and credits earned for the project may be included in the academic major and general degree

requirements for graduation. Such consideration must be addressed prior to enrollment.

Other Policies and Procedures

Classification of Students

A DEGREE-SEEKING STUDENT is one who follows a planned program of studies at Notre Dame

College leading to a degree. Minimum credit requirements for class standing are as follows:

Sophomores 28 semester credits

Juniors 60 semester credits

Seniors 90 semester credits

A FULL-TIME STUDENT is one who carries twelve (12) or more credits per semester. A student with a

high scholastic average may, with the permission of the Office of Academic Affairs, carry more than 19

credits during a given semester. Additional charges will apply after 19 credits.

A PART-TIME STUDENT is one who is registered for fewer than twelve (12) semester credits per

semester.

AN AUDITOR is a student permitted to attend classes on a non-credit basis. Requirements to be met by

auditors are set by individual instructors. See Advising Center staff for registration information.

Academic Dishonesty

Academic dishonesty includes but is not limited to the following: 1) the completion or attempted

completion of any academic work by means other than those permitted; and 2) the alteration of a

document relating to the grading process, including changing an instructor’s grade book or changing

answers on a test after the time to complete the test is over.

Examples of academic dishonesty include but are not limited to: unauthorized collaboration; copying

another student’s answers; unauthorized aids on a test; using purchased or pre-made term papers;

plagiarism; and destroying another student’s work.

Plagiarism occurs when an individual presents the ideas, thoughts or words of another as his or her own.

Plagiarism includes, but is not limited to: using phrases, sentences or ideas from a published source,

including the Internet, without citing that source; representing another’s unpublished work as one’s own;

rewriting or paraphrasing the work of another without giving credit to that person by citation; and

submitting a paper that has been copied, in whole or part, from another’s work as one’s own work.

Generally, the faculty decides upon sanctions for acts of Academic Dishonesty. Thus, Academic

Dishonesty may carry specific penalties carried out by the faculty outside of the Judicial Procedure.

Those penalties include but are not limited to: failure on the specific assignment, failure of the course,

and/or a letter detailing the offense which is kept in the Office of Academic Affairs. Note that although

deference is given to the faculty to handle matters of Academic Dishonesty, such action does not

preclude further disciplinary action under the College Judicial Procedures.

44

Students with Disabilities

Notre Dame College makes reasonable accommodations for students with disabilities. A qualified student

with a disability may request support services from the Dwyer Learning Center on a yearly basis. In order

to receive services at Notre Dame College, students with disabilities must provide documentation such as

a statement from a medical doctor or licensed psychologist which meets state and federal standards for

indicating the presence of a disability. (See Student Disability Services.)

Transfer Policies for Notre Dame College

All potential transfer students to Notre Dame College must submit an application to the College.

Applications can be found on the College website: www.NotreDameCollege.edu.

Students applying for undergraduate or graduate programs whether on campus or online, work with the

Admissions Office. Official transcripts must be sent directly from the educational institutions to Notre

Dame College. If the applicant received a GED, an official copy of the certificate with the testing scores

must be sent directly to NDC by the State Department of Education where the GED was earned.

Transfer students to Notre Dame College must submit the NDC application which can be found on the

website, an official copy of the high school transcript or GED certificate, official transcripts from all

colleges previously attended, form on felony convictions.

An appointment with an admissions counselor is highly recommended. At the appointment the counselor

will do an unofficial evaluation of the transcript(s). Upon receipt of all official academic transcripts a formal

evaluation of course equivalences and transcripts will be completed and provided to the student. Transfer

credits will appear on the student’s Notre Dame College transcript during the student’s first semester of

enrollment.

Transfer policies:

• Only courses with a grade of “D” or better will be considered for transfer.

• Individual courses and credits transfer; grades, quality points, and cumulative grade point average do not transfer.

• Courses considered remedial (below the 100 level) will not transfer.

• Credit will be given for those courses that are equivalent in content or rigor to core and major courses at NDC. Courses not considered equivalent to a core or major requirement at NDC will transfer in as electives.

• Students may not earn credit for the same course twice. A course determined to be equivalent to a Notre Dame course does not need to be taken at NDC. The transfer evaluation will indicate all equivalencies.

• Students must earn a minimum of 30 credits at NDC to graduate.

• Courses taken at a non-regionally accredited post-secondary institution will be considered for transfer only if the institution is accredited by an agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Education and legally authorized to grant specialized associate degrees or higher. Courses with a B will be considered for transfer only after review by the department chair to determine that the content is in conformity to the Notre Dame College Curriculum. A maximum of 15 credits will apply.

• Courses older than 10 years will be considered for transfer on an individual basis; some may transfer in only as electives but not count toward core requirements. Computer courses older than five years will not transfer.

• Nursing and education students must undergo a major review prior to admission to the major.

• Students must complete 50% of their major course work at NDC.

• Notre Dame College will transfer credits earned through advanced placement (AP) courses or the

45

College Level Examination Program (CLEP) based on the scores earned. AP test scores of 3, 4, or 5 will be considered for transfer. To determine if credit will be granted, the College uses the scoring guidelines recommended by CLEP. Generally a score of 50 or above is required for credit.

• No more than 30 credits earned through AP, CLEP, portfolio assessment, proficiency exams, independent study and research will be counted toward the 120 credits required for a bachelor’s degree at Notre Dame College.

• The official evaluation of coursework will determine whether transfer students may enroll in courses with prerequisites.

• Notre Dame College will consider credits earned through or recommended by the military, ACE, DANTES and SMART (Sailor/Marine American Council on Education Registry Transcript) on an individual basis.

Transfer Policy with an Associate’s Degree

Recognizing the system of preparation afforded by the completion of an Associate of Arts and Associate

of Science (AA/AS) degree, and in accordance with the Ohio Articulation and Transfer policy, Notre Dame

College will guarantee admission to the college and afford junior standing to all students who have

earned an AA/AS degree from an accredited institution, provided their grade point average is at least 2.0

for all previous college-level courses, excluding Nursing. Notre Dame College’s Nursing Program has

separate admission requirements. If a student chooses to transfer before completing an Associate

degree, all collegiate level courses completed at the Two-Year Institution with a “D” or better grade will be

accepted toward the student’s class standing at Notre Dame College.

Students completing an AA or AS will be considered to have met all lower biennium general education

requirements. Transfer students are required to complete upper biennium general education

requirements unless they already have courses similar to these which have been approved in the

admission process.

Cross-Registration

Full-time students can broaden the scope of their educational opportunities through a system of cross-

registration. Each term or semester, students in good academic standing may enroll in one

undergraduate course at any of the participating colleges and universities in Greater Cleveland. There is

no additional tuition charge, but cross registrants are responsible for their own transportation and any

laboratory or special course fees required for the host institution’s course. Grades from courses taken

through cross-registration are part of a student’s Notre Dame College transcript. First-year students are

not encouraged to cross-register. For further information, students should contact the Office of the

Registrar.

Academic Progress Standards

Earning an undergraduate degree from NDC requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 both overall and

in the courses of the major [note that some majors require higher cumulative GPA achievement]. In order

to help students stay on track, academic progress is reviewed after every semester. The paragraphs

below describe the academic status descriptions used at NDC.

Good Standing

Cumulative: Above 2.0

Semester GPA: N/A

46

Students who have maintained a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher or who have a cumulative GPA of 2.0

or higher and have successfully completed any academic progress requirements as noted below are

considered to be in good academic standing. All students enter in good academic standing.

Good Standing - Academic Warning

Cumulative: Above 2.0

Semester GPA: Less than 2.0 in a single semester or any two consecutive semesters

The academic warning designation is used to identify students who, although their cumulative GPA is

above 2.0, are deemed high risk. Students are placed on academic warning for one of two reasons. First,

a student currently on academic probation who brings their cumulative GPA above 2.0 will be moved to

academic warning status; second, earning a GPA of less than 2.0 in any one or two semesters.

Maintaining a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher for two successive semesters will return the student to

good academic standing.

• Limited to 16 credits for upcoming semester

• Register with the Student Success Center

• If possible, repeat any failed courses

• Meet your class attendance obligations

• Earn a semester GPA of 2.0 or higher and demonstrate that you are making adequate progress toward earning a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0

• Use the services of the Dwyer Learning Center to help you achieve a higher level of academic success.

Academic Probation (First semester students, below 1.75 GPA)

Cumulative: Below 2.0 or 2 Consecutive Semesters on Academic Warning

Semester GPA: N/A

A student whose cumulative GPA falls below 2.0 is placed on academic probation. Unless the student

gives evidence of scholastic improvement during the semester after being placed on probation, the

student may be suspended from Notre Dame College. A student on academic probation who earns a

semester GPA at or above 2.0 may be moved from academic probation to academic warning.

• Limited to 16 credits for upcoming semester

• Register with the Student Success Center

• If possible, repeat any failed courses

• Meet your class attendance obligations

• Earn a semester GPA of 2.0 or higher and demonstrate that you are making adequate progress toward earning a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0

• Continue to use the services of the Dwyer Learning Center to help you achieve a higher level of academic success.

Academic Suspension

A student on who does not show evidence of academic progress or any student who does not pass the

majority of his/her courses during any one semester is subject to suspension. A student may be

dismissed or placed on academic suspension without having been placed on warning or probation the

previous semester. A student may be placed on academic suspension if both the semester and

cumulative grade point averages are significantly below a 2.0, but not low enough to meet dismissal

criteria.

47

Students who have been suspended from the College for lack of academic progress may appeal the

suspension immediately or apply for readmission after one semester. To appeal the suspension, a

student must sign the Final Probation Agreement and fax or email the signed agreement to the Office of

Academic Affairs before the deadline stated in the Suspension letter and email.

Final Probation after Appeal

A student readmitted after appeal of Academic Suspension must achieve the following criteria to be

considered for Academic Probation:

• Register for no more than 16 credits. If you registered for more credits, you must change your schedule. Contact the Student Success Center or your academic advisor.

• Repeat courses in which you earned a grade of F as soon as possible.

• Register with the Dwyer Learning Center (DLC) OR the Thrive Learning Center (TLC) the first week of the semester; follow all requirements set up by the DLC or the TLC.

• Attend all class meetings; be on time for each class and stay the entire time.

• Establish a calendar listing all assignments including papers, projects, readings, presentations and quizzes and exams. Check the calendar every day to know what is coming up; look beyond one day/week. Turn in papers and projects on time.

• Meet with a representative of the Office of Academic Affairs to discuss academic progress.

• Prioritize your time.

• Earn a minimum term GPA of 2.000 with no Fs or Ws.

Academic Dismissal

Previously suspended students who have been granted readmission and who continue to make less than

satisfactory academic progress will be dismissed from the College for no less than one academic year.

Readmission after dismissal is most unusual and only for compelling reasons.

A report of scholarship grades is available to all students on the NDC portal.

Status Review

A letter requesting an academic status review must be sent to the Office of Academic Affairs before the

beginning of the semester in which the student seeks status review. Elements considered in evaluating

scholastic improvement include the number of credits attempted and earned, and the semester GPA.

Financial Aid Recipients

If a student does not achieve a 2.00 GPA, and if it is judged that the student should be permitted to

continue to attend classes, the student may be eligible for certain portions of the financial aid package if the

other conditions for financial aid eligibility have been met. The student must demonstrate steady

improvement toward the 2.0 GPA.

Definitions of academic progress for the award of financial aid may differ from academic policies. Each

student should work closely with the financial aid office to ensure that there is an understanding of those

standards and their implications for financial aid eligibility. (See Financial Aid for more information)

48

Academic Standards and Grades

Letter grades are used to indicate academic achievement in accord with the standards of scholarship

maintained at Notre Dame College. The interpretation of each grade and its corresponding point values

are specified below:

NUMERICAL EQUIVALENT QUALITY POINTS

A 93-100% 4.0 per credit hour

A- 90-92% 3.7 per credit hour

B+ 87-89% 3.3 per credit hour

B 83-86% 3.0 per credit hour

B- 80-82% 2.7 per credit hour

C+ 77-79% 2.3 per credit hour

C 73-76% 2.0 per credit hour

C- 70-72% 1.7 per credit hour

D 65-69% 1.0 per credit hour

F 0-64% 0.0 per credit hour

If a student earns an “F” as a final grade in a required course, the course must be repeated. If a student

repeats a course in which an “F” or “D” grade was received, and in so doing earns a higher grade, that

higher grade will replace the former in computing the GPA. A course may be counted only once toward

graduation requirements. No course may be repeated more than once unless permission is obtained from

the Office of Academic Affairs.

CR/NC (Pass/Fail) are grades which may be earned in specific instances. CR (Pass) means that a

student has achieved a grade of “C” or higher in a course; however, the grade is not computed into the

student’s grade point average. NC (Fail) means that a student has not earned academic credit. Ordinarily,

a maximum of one course per semester may be taken on a Pass/Fail basis.

Change of registration from CR/NC to a letter grade or vice versa must be carried out through the Office

of the Registrar during the first week of the semester.

Departments may declare which of their course offerings may be open for the Pass/Fail option, as well as

the number of students who may be admitted on a Pass/Fail basis.

Incompletes

The designation of “Incomplete” is not a grade. It denotes a limited period of time allotted for a student to

complete a course after the end of the term because of extenuating circumstances. An Incomplete is

granted only upon the student’s request and with permission of the instructor. In order for an incomplete

to be granted, students should have completed at least 75% of the coursework and maintaining a passing

grade. Incompletes are not granted to allow a student to complete work for the entire semester.

All course work must be completed within six (6) weeks after the last day of exams for semester courses

or four (4) weeks after the last day of an Online Term. Any final grade not assigned within this allotted

extension is automatically converted to a failing grade (“F”).

49

Change of Grade

Grades received in courses are not changed except for special circumstances in which teacher error is

apparent. Grade change requests based on simple reevaluation of the instructor’s original judgment are

not permitted. Grade changes must be initiated within 45 days after the close of the term in which the

grade was earned, with the exception of the spring term. Changes in the spring term must be initiated

within 45 days after the fall term has begun. No grade changes may be made without the approval of the

Office of Academic Affairs.

Academic Grade Appeal Processes

Various protections are offered to students at the College to assure a fair and consistent treatment in

academic matters. A student who wishes to contest a course grade must initiate the appeal process in

writing no later than two weeks after the date the grade was issued. The form can be obtained in the

Office of Academic Affairs.

The two items of an academic nature that follow have specific procedures to address concerns:

• Demonstrably arbitrary and unfair evaluation of student produced course work.

• Accusations of plagiarism or other forms of academic dishonesty.

The processes for each of these follow.

Demonstrably Arbitrary and Unfair Evaluation of Student-Produced Course Work

Students have a right to expect fair and consistent issuance of course grades. The grading policy employed

in each class, including the comparative weight of each component used to determine the final grade, is

outlined in each course syllabus. It is the student’s responsibility to read and understand the grading policy

outlined in that syllabus.

Students who have questions about grades on projects, tests or final grades for the semester are

encouraged to meet with the faculty member to review the grades. In the case of a final grade only, if the

student still does not understand the basis for the grade or believes that the composition of the semester

grade conflicts with the grading policy stated in the syllabus, the student may request an additional

meeting with the instructor and the appropriate department/division chairperson. (If the appropriate

department/division chairperson is the instructor in question, the concern should be directed to the Office

of Academic Affairs.) This meeting must be requested within two weeks of receipt of the final grade and

must take place no later than 30 days after the beginning of the next semester.

At this meeting, the student will be asked to provide evidence to substantiate the claim that the grade was

either arbitrary or unfair. The role of the appropriate department/division chairperson is to facilitate

communication and clarify understandings. At the faculty member’s sole prerogative, the final grade may

be modified or the assigned grade may be sustained. No grade may be lowered as a result of these

meetings. If the dispute is resolved, this meeting is the final step of the review process.

If the dispute is not resolved, one last step may be utilized. The student may appeal the dispute to the

Provost and Dean of Faculty within one week of the initial meeting. The Provost will consult with the

appropriate department/division chairperson and will establish an appeal committee of three faculty

members, one of whom may be recommended by the student bringing the appeal. A committee

chairperson will be appointed by the Provost and Dean of Faculty. The committee chairperson will notify

the faculty member of the appeal and the composition of the committee.

50

The appeal committee will hear the student’s complaint, interview the faculty member and study the

information provided by both parties. If necessary, the committee may interview other students or faculty

members in its efforts to determine the facts.

The committee will make a report to the Provost and Dean of Faculty in which it reviews the issues and

recommends a solution. This report is to be made within thirty days of when the appeal was made to the

Provost. In most cases this will be a recommendation to uphold the grade awarded by the instructor or to

alter the grade which the student received. In some cases the recommendation may be to present the

student with other alternatives such as the completion of additional work before a final grade is

determined.

The Provost and Dean of Faculty after consultation with the President will inform the faculty member and

the student of the recommendations of the appeal committee and will take the steps necessary to

implement the recommendations.

The grade appeal process is not designed to address accusations of discrimination or harassment. If such

concerns are the premise upon which the appeal is made, the student is directed to use the processes

established by the College to resolve discrimination or harassment charges.

Accusations of Plagiarism or Other Forms of Academic Dishonesty

Plagiarism is offering work of another as one’s own. Plagiarism is a serious offense and may include, but is

not limited to, the following:

• Complete or partial copying directly from a written publication or unpublished source in any form of media without proper acknowledgment to the author. Making minor changes in wording or syntax—without acknowledgment to the author— is not sufficient to avoid plagiarism charges.

• Paraphrasing the work of another without proper author acknowledgment.

• Submitting as one’s own original work (however freely given or purchased), the original exam, research paper, manuscript, report, computer file, Internet information or other assignment that has been prepared by another individual.

The usual penalty for academic dishonesty is failure on the assignment for the first offense. All incidents of

plagiarism are reported to the Office of Academic Affairs, and a letter citing the incident is included in

the student’s official file. Should a second incident of plagiarism occur during the student’s pursuit of a

degree, he/she will earn an “F” in that course, and a letter regarding the incident will be entered into the

student’s official file. Upon graduation, all relevant letters in the student’s file will be destroyed. Should a third

incident of plagiarism occur, the student will be dismissed from the College; her/his readmission is unlikely.

In all cases of alleged academic dishonesty (such as plagiarism, cheating, claiming work not done by the

student or lying) where a faculty member observes or discovers the dishonesty, the faculty member may

choose to confront the student and handle the matter between the faculty member and the student, or the

faculty member may choose to refer the incident to the appropriate department/division chairperson. If the

appropriate department/division chairperson is the instructor in question, the concern should be directed to

the Provost and Dean of Faculty. If the faculty member chooses to confront the situation alone with the

student and the matter is satisfactorily resolved, the faculty member and the student should submit a joint

statement of the details to the Provost and Dean of Faculty, which will be included in the student’s file. If

the situation is not satisfactorily resolved between the faculty member and the student, the matter may

then be referred or appealed to the appropriate department/division chairperson.

51

In either case, the appropriate department/division chairperson may choose to 1) resolve the matter

through a meeting with both the student and the faculty member, or 2) refer the matter to the Provost and

Dean of Faculty. The findings, in either case, are final.

If alleged academic dishonesty is reported to a faculty member by a third party, then the faculty member

will meet with the appropriate department/division chairperson to determine whether the evidence warrants

an investigation, and how the investigation will be handled. It may also be decided that the faculty member

will either confront the student or, assuming enough evidence is present to warrant action, turn the matter

over to the appropriate department/division chairperson to either resolve or organize a hearing.

Please note: A more formalized step-by-step version of the Grade Appeal Policy is being developed and

will take effect as soon as it is finalized.

Class Attendance

Regular attendance in classes is expected of all students; however, some College sponsored co-

curricular and extra-curricular events may occasionally be scheduled during class hours. It is College

policy that students who are participants in a College sponsored event are excused from a class for the

specific event. (Exceptions to this policy: students fulfilling nursing clinicals and student teaching

requirements.)

All students in all ON CAMPUS courses must attend the first class meeting of each course on their

schedule. It is imperative that students attend classes and it is known they are present in class.

Instructors will take attendance and report absences to the Office of Academic Affairs by the end

of the first Friday of the semester. Any student whose name is marked “non-attend/absent” will be

removed from the class list, freeing seats for other students during the “ADD” period.

We recognize that students may have a legitimate reason for not being in class. In such a case, you must

contact the professor via email BEFORE THE START OF THE CLASS ON THE FIRST DAY and provide

documentation upon your arrival in class.

Note:

1. Students are expected to attend each and every class meeting in its entirety. Faculty members

shall maintain a record of classroom attendance throughout the semester.

2. Class absences are excused for medical reasons documented by medical personnel, and school-

sponsored activities. Other situations to be recognized as excused absences include but are not

limited to: athletic events, academic competitions in which the student is a participant, military

duties, and death in immediate family, medical emergencies, auto accidents, etc. Verification of

such absences will be required by the instructor and the student is responsible for the make-up

work as required by the instructor. Make-up work is granted without penalty when the absence is

excused and the work is completed with the time frame determined by the professor, however the

student must initiate the request to make up work.

Participants in College sponsored co-curricular and extra-curricular events:

• Are not excused for practice.

• Are expected to make-up all work they miss.

• Are not penalized by the instructor for their excused absence.

• Are expected to communicate with each faculty member before the date of the excused absence.

• Must meet individual faculty requirements to complete work due for each missed class.

52

College personnel who are responsible for the College sponsored co-curricular and extra-curricular

events will inform faculty of the game/event schedules at the beginning of each semester.

When weather is a factor in College sponsored events and games, an event or game may be cancelled

and require rescheduling. It is the student’s responsibility to inform the faculty of any change in the original

schedule.

Student-athletes are subject to the additional rules and procedures of the NCAA, Notre Dame College’s

Department of Athletics and their individual coaches.

Withdrawal from Courses

Sometimes students may need to withdraw from Notre Dame College or from one or more courses.

However, a student may drop a course and add another only during the “drop/add” period (typically the

first week of classes.) A student may drop a full semester course after the first week of classes and up

until the 10th week of classes with the designation of “W” with permission of the academic advisor, the

Advising Center or the Office of Academic Affairs. Short term courses have different withdrawal deadline

dates and refund policies.

Withdrawals could result in tuition charges and/or loss of financial aid and loss of athletic eligibility.

Different guidelines exist for students in the on-line program and in shortened sessions; please consult

those applicable policies for more information.

To be official all withdrawals must be in writing and submitted to the Registrar’s Office for processing. The

date the Registrar’s Office receives the written notification determines any refund.

Withdrawal from the College

Students who wish to withdraw from Notre Dame College must meet with the Director of the Student

Success Center to initiate the withdrawal process.

Any student who drops below full-time status may face eligibility issues for participation in intercollegiate

athletics, living in the residence halls or participating in the The Thrive Learning Center for Students with

Learning Differences, as well as participation in anything that requires full time student status.

Students who withdraw from the College are subject to the refund policy established in the “refund”

section of this catalogue and all other applicable financial policies. Students who voluntarily withdraw

must follow the admission and re-admission standards in place at the time of re-enrollment. If a student

withdraws from the College or is not enrolled for one academic year, he/she must follow catalog

requirements and academic policies in effect at the time of the readmission or new registration.

Non-attendance and/or non-payment DO NOT constitute official withdrawal. If a student fails to withdraw

officially, he/she will be responsible for all tuition and fee charges.

53

Honors and Awards Graduation with Honors. To be eligible for graduation with honors, “cum laude,” a student must earn a

grade point average of 3.50; for graduation “magna cum laude,” he/she must earn an average of 3.75; for

“summa cum laude,” he/she must earn an average of 3.90. Furthermore, the student must have earned at

least 120 semester credits, including 60 from Notre Dame College.

Honors Scholars Program. Students in the Honors Scholars Program will receive the designation of

Honors Scholar on the final transcript if 21 credits of honors courses have been successfully completed and

the cumulative GPA is 3.5 or better.

Dean’s List. In recognition of academic excellence, a Dean’s List is compiled each academic semester. To

qualify, a student must have an average of 3.50 or greater and must have completed 12 or more hours of

graded course work by the end of that semester. An incomplete grade (I) precludes such recognition.

President’s List. In recognition of a superior level of academic achievement, a President’s List is compiled

each academic semester. To qualify, a student must have an average of 4.00 and must have completed 15 or

more hours of graded course work by the end of that semester. An incomplete grade (I) precludes such

recognition.

St. Catherine of Alexandria Medal. The Medal of St. Catherine of Alexandria is awarded annually by

Kappa Gamma Pi to a Master’s Degree candidate at Notre Dame College on the basis of unusual and

unselfish service to the College.

Sr. Mary Agnes Bosche Award. The Sr. Mary Agnes Bosche Award is presented to a traditional

undergraduate student. The recipient is chosen based on his or her embodiment of the qualities evident

in the life and service of Sr. Mary Agnes Bosche, SND. The recipient must demonstrate honesty and

trustworthiness, a commitment to excellence and selfless service to Notre Dame and the larger community.

Sr. Mary LeRoy Finn Award. The Sr. Mary LeRoy Finn Award is conferred upon an adult student who

has demonstrated academic excellence and leadership qualities in and out of the classroom. The

recipient must have attained a minimum grade point average of 3.5. He or she must also embody the

characteristics inscribed on the custom- made award presentation bowl: “Scholarly, Catalyst, Diligent,

Spiritual, and Resilient.”

Kappa Gamma Pi. The national Catholic college graduate honor society admits ten percent of the

graduating class to its membership. The faculty selects students for the graduating class. Criteria for

membership include qualification for graduation with academic honors, demonstrated leadership and

service during the undergraduate years and strong indications that the students will assume leadership in

the future in their Church or larger civic or professional community.

Mission Award. The Mission Award is presented to a well-rounded student or students who in special

ways display dedication to global issues and sustainability, care for others, commitment to spiritual or

religious traditions and demonstrated personal growth made possible through Notre Dame.

This graduate will exemplify the Notre Dame mission by living the ideals of personal, professional and

global responsibility in his or her daily life, and will have persisted through uncommon circumstances and

displayed personal maturity by means of his or her education at the College.

54

Departmental Academic Awards. A number of disciplines have special awards for high achievement:

Art

• Senior Art Award for Excellence in the Fine Arts

• Rising Star Award

• Student Art Show Award: First, Second and Third Place

• Art Club Award

• Art Show Award

Biology

• O’Neill Science Endowment Scholarship

• Outstanding Biology Undergraduate Student with the Highest Biology GPA

• Sr. Patricia Hlivak Memorial Award

• Outstanding Student in General Biology

• Ohio Academy of Science Outstanding Undergraduate Research

Business Administration

• The Elizabeth Unkefer Award

• Outstanding Business Student Award

Chemistry

• O’Neill Science Endowment Scholarship

• Outstanding Student in General Chemistry

• Outstanding Chemistry Undergraduate Award

Education

• Joseph M. and Aldermira Alfonso Award for Excellence in Early and Middle Childhood Education

• The Hille-Sposet Family Middle School Award for Excellence in Middle Childhood Education

• Special Education Outstanding Student Teacher Award

• Maggie Daniels Award

English/Communication/Theatre

• The Sr. Mary Luke Arntz Award for Excellence in English

• The Quinlivan-Burke Award for Excellence in English

• The Carl and Dorothy Harig Award in English and Communication

• The Hoover-Takacs Award for Excellence in English

• The Marguerita C. Banks Award for Excellence in Communication

• Outstanding Senior Peer Consultant

History/Political Science/Criminal Justice/Intelligence

• Outstanding Student in History

• Outstanding Student in Criminal Justice

• Outstanding Student in Political Science

• The Jennifer C. Hrobuchak Memorial Award for the Outstanding Student in Intelligence Studies

Mathematics

• Sr. Mary Cleophas Award

• Josie Pophal Women in Mathematics Endowed Scholarship

55

Nursing

• Most Outstanding RN to BSN Student Award

• Most Outstanding Graduating Senior in Nursing

• Outstanding Graduating Senior Presented by the Greater Cleveland Nursing Association

• The Dr. Diane Jedlicka Award for Clinical Excellence

Physics

• Outstanding Physics Undergraduate Student

Psychology

• Outstanding Scholarship in Psychology

• Outstanding Research in Psychology

Special Awards and Honor Societies

• President’s Award for Academic and Athletic Excellence

• Sigma Theta Tau International Nursing Honorary Society

• Kappa Gamma Pi National Catholic College Graduate Honor Society

• Sigma Beta Delta International Honor Society for Business, Management, and Administration

• Phi Alpha Theta

• Order of the Sword and Shield

• Pi Sigma Alpha

• Pi Lambda Theta

• Honor Scholar Program Recognition

Distinguished Faculty Award. Since 1981, the Distinguished Faculty Award has been presented

annually to a full-time faculty member selected by a faculty committee from nominations made by

students, alumni and faculty. The criteria include excellence in teaching, scholarship and College and

community service.

Outstanding Teaching Award. In 1987, the Outstanding Teaching Award was instituted to recognize the

excellent teaching done by part-time faculty who are a regular part of the teaching staff each year. Based

on nominations from students, alumni and faculty, the criteria for selection include excellence in teaching,

service, availability to students and a commitment to the mission of the College.

The Finn Center Online Programs Notre Dame College offers a variety of courses and, in some cases, entire degree programs in an online

format. Online courses use the Learning Management System, Moodle, to deliver most, and often all, of

the course to the student, increasing flexibility and removing geographic and time barriers that sometimes

make it difficult for students to complete courses or programs. In fact, a recent study conducted by the

U.S. Department of Education concluded “…on average, students in online learning conditions performed

better than those receiving face-to-face instruction.” Understanding that the delivery of education can

greatly enhance the quality of learning at Notre Dame College (NDC), the college is expanding the

opportunities for students to participate in online learning experiences.

Online Academic Terms

Online courses at NDC are offered in eight week accelerated terms designated “D” terms. There are six

“D” terms in an academic year. Within the fall semester, online courses are offered in terms D-1 and D-2

where D-1 courses run the first part of the semester and D-2 courses begin midway through the semester

56

and run for the second half of the fall semester. Similarly, within the spring semester the D-3 term runs

during the first half of the semester and D-4 begins midway through the spring semester and runs during

the second half of the semester. Term D-5 and D-6 are summer online terms. Full semester online

courses are denoted as AD or BD in the course section.

For students taking online courses along with traditional semester courses, it is important to bear in mind

that if a D-2 or D-4 course is scheduled, the first part of the semester will seem relatively light since the

online course will not begin until midway through the semester. Several weeks prior to the start of a D-2

or D- 4 course, students will receive email reminding them of the upcoming course. Students should be

prepared for the increased workload the online course will create during the remainder of that regular

semester. To increase the probability of academic success, students are not permitted entry into

accelerated online courses after the term has begun.

Student Verification and Attendance in Online Courses

Regular attendance and participation are important contributors to student success in online courses. To

comply with federal mandates for the college’s management of financial aid, certain kinds of student

activity may or may not count as participation sufficient to qualify as “attendance” in online courses. For a

copy of the latest version of these federal mandates, please see the Federal Student Aid Handbook.

For verification of enrollment in online courses, students must log in during week 1 of each 8-week “D”

term. All students who have not logged in to their class by the end of the 1st week of each 8-week “D”

term will be automatically dropped from their course (effective on the last day of 100% refund) and billed

a $150 cancellation fee.

Any student enrolled in an online course at Notre Dame College must complete one of the following

academically-related activities within their online course in order to be marked as having attended and

actively participated in the online course(s):

1. Post to a discussion board

2. Submit an assignment

3. Submit a quiz or exam

4. Submit some other assessment as assigned.

This means that simply logging into a course and navigating within the virtual classroom will not constitute

participation; the student must complete one of the above academically-related activities.

All students who logged in to their course, but who have not participated academically by the end of the

2nd week of the “D” term will be automatically dropped from their course (effective on the last day of

100% refund) and billed a $150 cancellation fee.

Please note that there are a significant number of other academically-related activities required when

taking online courses, such as reading discussion boards, reading course materials and lectures, and

messaging instructors, but these activities are not considered as student participation.

What is an Online Course Like at NDC?

Online courses at Notre Dame College are accelerated and intensive, covering in eight weeks the same

material the course normally covers during a 15 week semester. Most students find online courses more

challenging than regular classroom courses because of the accelerated nature of the online course. The same

57

objectives and academic content are taught in the online course, but the time in which one completes the

workload is accelerated.

Most online courses are designed and scheduled as eight (8) week term courses. A student can expect

to engage in the course, online, a minimum of 1 ½ hours per credit hour that a course earns, per week.

The average student should plan on spending a minimum of 8-10 hours per week of work (inside and

outside of an online course) for a three credit course (not inclusive of field or lab work).

Student Engagement: Online courses must engage students in as much contact time as equivalent face-

to- face courses. An eight week online course must engage students for a minimum of 4.5 hours per week

in Moodle, in addition to reading textbook material and crafting assignments for submission.

What counts toward course engagement?

• Time reading lesson lectures in the course outline.

• Time spent participating in surveys, quizzes and exams that are contained in the course

• Time spent posting in forums

• Time spent in synchronous activities such as live classrooms or chats

• Group work that normally would be conducted in-class

What does not count toward course engagement but is required activity of courses?

• Reading required materials (textbooks, articles, etc.)

• Composing written assignments

• Work on projects

• Group work that normally would be required outside of face-to-face class

Synchronous vs. Asynchronous

Online courses that have activities requiring students to be logged into a course at a specific day and time

are referred to as synchronous. Most commonly, the synchronous activity in NDC courses is a virtual

classroom that allows real-time voice, text, and in some cases, video chat between instructors and

students.

Most online courses in the Division of Education contain synchronous activities and students should plan

their schedules accordingly. In the course schedule booklets, courses with synchronous activities will list

the days of the week and times students are expected to log into the online course.

Asynchronous courses are online courses where students do not have to log into the course at a specific

time. Students still engage with the instructor and other students on a regular basis using activities such

as forums (online threaded discussions) where, based on material in the lessons, students post an initial

response to a question and then interact with the instructor and other classmates to develop their

knowledge and ask questions. In course schedule booklets, asynchronous courses will list “NA” in

columns for days and times.

Synchronous Classroom

A secondary external system that students may be using is one referred to as either the Live Classroom

or Meeting Room. This is where students will go when the course is meeting in real time for class

discussions, etc. All meeting rooms are linked within the course, and the instructor will provide additional

information regarding the live meeting.

58

All Education program courses (ED) have a scheduled, live meeting each week during the online term.

Students are expected to login, attend and actively participate in all scheduled meetings. NOTE: Students

will need to speak and hear the live instruction. Some computers have built in microphone function and

some students choose to use a headset with a microphone. It is imperative that students are able to

speak live in their course and hear the instructor. Use of a microphone is mandatory in synchronous

online courses.

Technical Support for Online courses

There is a 24/7 help desk available for fully online courses. The technical support line for Online Moodle

is 800-985-9781. Students can access all of the training without a login ID. At the left-hand side of the

screen there is a hyperlink “Launch Help Center.” When the link is clicked, a new screen will open. There

are several links on this page. Go through each; they don’t take long. Recommendation: begin with the

link labeled “Browser Settings”; this helps set up the computer.

How do I know if I can succeed in an online course?

Succeeding in accelerated online courses is much different from succeeding in traditional classroom

courses. A different set of skills and habits is required for students to be successful in any accelerated

course, especially those that are taken online. Research conducted over the years has demonstrated that

students who can identify with most of the characteristics listed below are likely to be successful in

accelerated online courses:

• They are self-starters who do not procrastinate

• They are good at meeting deadlines

• They are motivated to read, write and participate in class activities

• They have the ability to work independently and in teams

• They are resourceful in solving routine technological problems

• They are strong in reading, writing and English language grammar skills

• They schedule specific time each week to participate in online courses

• They don’t delay in asking questions when they don’t understand something

• They have reliable and consistent access to the internet

• They are proficient in basic computer and email skills

• They are disciplined in managing their time and daily schedule

What do I need to participate in an online course?

Taking online courses at NDC is rewarding and fulfilling; however, to succeed students must be highly

organized and disciplined. Online faculty and the Finn Center monitor student engagement and

participation in online courses. Students who do not log in their courses at the beginning of a term, may

be administratively withdrawn.

Minimally students need the following:

• A desktop or laptop computer purchased in the last few years

• A recent version of Microsoft Office products including Word, PowerPoint and Excel

• An internet browser (Highly Recommended: Google Chrome)

• A recent version of Adobe Acrobat Reader (available free online)

• A media player such as Quick Time or Windows Media Player

• Reliable high speed (cable or DSL) internet access

• A backup plan in the event the computer crashes

How do I register for an online course?

Depending on a student’s status, the approval process required to register for an online course differs

slightly.

59

Traditional Students in Good Standing.

Traditional students with a good academic standing at NDC are permitted to register for one online

course each online term. To enroll in an online course, traditional students must complete the Online

Registration Request Form located on My NDC in the Registrar Forms area under the Academics Tab.

The Office of the Registrar will enroll students in the online courses and communicate if there are any

issues. There is an additional fee for online courses.

Traditional students wanting to take an online course from the Division of Education must also have

approval from the Chair of the Division of Education.

All Other Students. Students not classified as traditional (i.e. POST-BACCALAUREATE TEACHING

LICENSE CERTIFICATE ®, Adult, Graduate, etc.) do not need approval from the Finn Center to register

for online courses. It is strongly recommended that anyone new to online courses at NDC complete the

training module entitled, “Is Online Learning for Me?” located at moodle.ndc.edu prior to registering for an

online course.

After registering for an online course, students will receive a welcome letter prior to the start of the course.

The welcome letter will contain detailed information about accessing and logging into the course(s) for

which the student has registered. Students will also likely receive email from the course instructor with

introductions and other information regarding the course. All information is sent to students using NDC

email accounts. Students will NOT receive email from NDC at alternate email accounts.

Online Course Access

You will be able to access your online course(s) through MyNDC using your NDC issued network login. If

you do not know how to login to MyNDC, please be sure to contact the 24/7 Help Desk at 800-985-9781

as the Online Educational Services office is not able to assist with this process.

Once logged into MyNDC, you will need to view your schedule to access the course. If you are viewing

your schedule prior to the official start date, you will need to view “Future Courses”. Once the term is

launched, you can view “Current Courses”. A listing of all registered courses will appear and the course

number will be hyperlinked. Use this link to access the course content.

Virtual Bookstore

Required textbooks for all semester and online courses can be purchased through the Notre Dame

College Bookstore at NDC Virtual Bookstore. Students are expected to have the required materials

PRIOR to the first day of all online courses.

Enjoy your Online Course!

Online courses are a great alternative for many traditional and non-traditional students. Whether you are

a working adult trying to juggle many life demands or a traditional student who needs flexibility for part of

a term, online courses can provide the same quality educational experience in an accelerated and proven

format. A great deal of technical and advising support is available to students taking online courses.

Within each course is a link to a help center that provides immediate 24/7/365 access to assistance via

phone, live chat or email. Online instructors are also experienced with most aspects of the course and

can help students with many basic questions. The Finn Center is also available to assist students with

any questions or concerns regarding online education at NDC.

For further information about online education at Notre Dame College, contact Admissions, at

877.NDC.OHIO or [email protected].

60

Academic Programs

ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE WITH A MAJOR IN LIBERAL STUDIES

For an outline of the online track, contact the Finn Center for Adult, Graduate and Online Learning.

Students seeking to earn an Associate in Arts degree with a major in Liberal Studies will take courses in

the Core Curriculum and remaining course credits will be drawn from additional coursework within the

following subsets: global learning, creative inquiry, written fluency, quantitative fluency, oral fluency,

literary inquiry, philosophical inquiry, scientific inquiry, theological inquiry, or courses deriving from a

students’ intended BA major, minor and/or concentrations..

CORE CURRICULUM for the AA in Liberal Studies

Requirement Requirements are achieved by successful

completion of the following courses: Credits

Engaged Responsibility

Personal Responsibility and Growth course for

transfer students (more than 12 credits), non-

traditional and online students. A course

designated as a Global Learning course. Consult

the current listing of course offerings.

6

Written Communication Fluency Placement

EN 100/101 or EN 101 3-6

Oral Fluency CA 100 3

Quantitative Inquiry MA 120 or higher 3

Creative Inquiry Designated course in art, music, theater, or

English 3

Literary Inquiry Designated literature (EN) course 3

Philosophical Inquiry Philosophy (PH) course other than PH 480 3

Scientific Inquiry Science course with Laboratory 4

Theological Inquiry Theology (TH) course other than TH 450 3

Total 31-34

*Associate’s Degree requires 60 credit hours for completion.

61

ART

Successful participants in the Notre Dame College Art Department programs, should be able to engage in

the design process as it relates to the creative process and all relevant industry standards in all of its

stages, in both individual and collaborative settings, by fully utilizing all resources available to develop,

produce, execute and present the most effective and or versatile solutions in the form of artwork, design

projects, presentations, written statements, oral presentations, visual communications and expressions.

Program Student Learning Outcomes:

• Demonstrate principles of visual organization using either or both studio and digital creative media, tools, and processes appropriate to a range of levels and aligned with industry and or ethical standards.

• Develop the creative artistic and design process in timely stages of creative activity to final executed solutions, proto-types and visualizations, visual communication and or personal expression.

• Demonstrate the professional presentation skills requisite for practice as an entry level professional artist and or designer through a portfolio, oral presentations, written statement, and resume with a level appropriate for either an entry level design position or graduate art school application.

GRAPHIC DESIGN MAJOR

The Graphic Design Major offers students an introduction to and basic training in the technology and

theory in visual communication and design. Related fields include but are not limited to: print and screen

based design; typography; graphic design production, print related media design and production,

including but not limited to corporate and institutional communication; advertising design and marketing

related fields including introduction to branding and corporate identity; information design; packaging

design and layout; freelance. At the conclusion of the program, graphic design majors should have basic

understanding and skill sets to be successful interns, entry level graphic production artists, and entry level

designers. The Graphic Design program emphasizes studio and design skills as well as creative thinking

and problem-solving skills. Additional requirements including Photography and Game Design provide

opportunities and training to deepen Graphic Design majors' experiential, technical, interactive and

collaborative skills, as well as provide wider exposure to visual and design related fields.

51 Credits

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Graphic Design will be able to:

• Engage in the design process to produce the most effective solutions in both visual communication and the studio arts.

• Use a variety of computer software and hardware to expand technical knowledge of graphic and studio art production for print and web.

• Study typography to gain an appreciation for the foundation of graphic design.

• Present work in formal and informal group settings.

• Prepare for an entry-level position or graduate school program by preparing a professional-quality portfolio.

Core Graphic Design Requirements: 36 Credits

AR 101 Drawing I

AR 114 Introduction to Graphic Design

62

AR 209 Photography I

AR 221 Basic Design

AR 222 Color and Design

AR 223 Graphic Design I

AR 224 Graphic Design II

AR 300 Graphic Design III

AR 314 Impressionism to Today

AR 325 Printmaking I

AR 371 Digital Modeling and Design

AR 491 Senior Studio

Technology Requirements: 9 Credits

IS 243 Multimedia Development

IS 245 Website Design and Development

AR 450 Senior Collaborative Projects

Business Requirements: 3 Credits

BU 100 Introduction to Business or

BU 303 Entrepreneurship

Internship Requirements: 3 Credits

AR 295 Internship or

AR 395 Internship or

AR 495 Internship

GRAPHIC DESIGN MINOR

24 Credits

Prerequisites: 3 Credits (choose one from the following)

AR 101 Drawing I or

AR 221 Basic Design

Core Graphic Design: 12 Credits

AR 114 Introduction to Graphic Design

AR 223 Graphic Design I

AR 222 Color and Design

AR 224 Graphic Design II

Studio Art Requirements: 6 Credits

AR 209 Photography I

AR 314 Impressionism to Today

Technology Requirements: 3 Credits (choose one from the following)

IS 243 Multimedia Development or

IS 245 Website Design and Development

63

GAME DESIGN MINOR

24 Credits

Program Student Learning Outcomes:

• Game design minors will employ the design process to produce the most effective solutions in both interactive and experiential art forms.

• Game design minors will demonstrate advanced applications in game development software and hardware to expand technical knowledge of game production for a range of platforms.

• Game design minors will defend work in formal and informal group settings.

• Game design minors will assemble professional level portfolio work, from websites to playable demonstrations.

• Game design minors will demonstrate professionalism when working alongside diverse teams of students, leading, managing time, delegating tasks and meeting deadlines.

Prerequisites: 9 Credits

All game design minors are required to take all prerequisite courses before entering emphasis courses for

the game design minor.

AR 220 Game Development Environment

MA 221 Statistics

IS 222 Programming Logic and Design

Game Design Electives: 6 Credits

TR 260 Improvisation, and/or

CA 374 Presentation Techniques, and/or

MU 103 Music Theory- Introduction

Emphasis: 9 Credits

AR 225 Fundamentals of Game Design

AR 310 Introduction to Game Production

AR 450 Senior Collaboration

STUDIO ART MINOR

18 Credits

Requirements: 9 credits

AR 101 Drawing I

AR 221 Basic Design

AR 222 Color and Design

9 credits from:

AR 114 Introduction to Graphic Design

AR 209 Photography I

AR 223 Graphic Design I

AR 325 Printmaking I

AR 340 Painting I

AR 371 Digital Modeling and Design

AR 377 Ceramics I

64

COURSE OFFERINGS

AR 101 Drawing I 3 cr.

A foundation course requiring some drawing skills. Students will explore drawing techniques and media in

a variety of observational problems. Emphasis will be placed on principles of line, shape, mass, light and

shade, perspective and space, surface and structure. Two, two-and-one-half hour lab periods weekly.

AR 114 Introduction to Graphic Design 3 cr.

This entry-level course for the Graphic Design major provides the student with a strong foundation in

principles for visual communication problem solving. Vector concepts used in digital design and

production will be utilized. There will be group critiques, demonstrations as well as class discussions.

Two, two and one half-hour lab periods weekly. Prerequisite: AR 221.

AR 209 Photography I 3 cr.

An introduction to the basic elements of black & white and color photography. Digital camera techniques

are studied. Emphasis placed on photography as an interpretive and illustrative medium in art. This

course is designed to develop within the student the basic technical skills required to successfully practice

photography with intention and as a uniquely powerful medium as well as a profoundly embedded

phenomenon in contemporary life. It is expected that students will spend 2 to 3 hours, minimally, outside

of the classroom/laboratory performing course related work such as reading, research, homework

assignments, practice, studio work, and other academic work for every hour of instruction spent in the

classroom/laboratory. Student supplies digital camera. Two, two-and-one-half hour lab periods weekly.

AR 220 Game Development Environment 3 cr.

Students are introduced to the basic workspace environment of the program “Unity” including the

workspace environment, tools, menus, palettes, and other functional components required in building

interactive user experiences. Emphasis will be placed on the very basics of how is structured. Students

who succeed in this course will have an introductory to developing knowledge in how to design, build and

prototype interactive media projects. Two, two-and-one-half hour lab periods weekly.

AR 221 Basic Design 3 cr.

Study and practice of fundamental elements and principles of two-dimensional design using a variety of

media. Two, two-and-one-half hour lab periods weekly.

AR 222 Color and Design 3 cr.

Study of color and its application to various design concepts as the continuation of design fundamentals

and organization. Two, two-and-one-half hour lab periods weekly. Prerequisite: AR 221.

AR 223 Graphic Design I 3 cr.

Graphic Design I connects current digital typesetting practices to the rich typographic heritage that is a

foundation in the Graphic Design discipline. Students become confident identifying type categorically,

typesetting, white space and the ways all of these principles are employed in creating good and functional

design. Some technical and creative pieces will be explored. Some traditional studio work as well as

Adobe InDesign will be the primary platforms for producing design. Two, two and one-half hour lab

periods weekly. Prerequisites: AR 114 and AR 221.

AR 224 Graphic Design II 3 cr.

This course continues to develop typography in larger contexts including image and message. Project

production phases will include thumbnail to final solution. Print media and the printing process will be

explored. Projects generated will include more advanced design work and will develop production skills

65

and tools helpful in preparing visual information for the print industry. Adobe InDesign and Photoshop are

the primary digital tools for this class. Two, two and one-half hour lab periods weekly. Prerequisite: AR

223.

AR 225 Fundamentals of Game Design 3 cr.

There are many types and formats of games. This course is meant to introduce the processes and

mechanics of game design through both reading about games and individually developing them. Offering

best practices towards various game formats and the opportunity to utilize those practices, the course

allows students to design, iterate upon, play test and see designs through to completion. Prerequisite:

None.

AR 300 Graphic Design III 3 cr.

This course continues the study of type, text, and image. Students create professional multi-page layouts,

creative posters, and other focused portfolio building projects. Adobe InDesign and Photoshop are the

primary digital tools for this class. Two, two and one- half hour lab periods weekly. Prerequisite: AR 224.

AR 310 Introduction to Game Production 3 cr.

Open communication is vital for a team’s success. While understanding that each person communicates

an receives communication in different fashions, the producer will learn to inspire, protect and motivate

the group they are responsible for. The producer will foster trust and open communication throughout all

levels of the team by being aware of the strengths and weaknesses specific to the team. The producer

will also learn to focus on the requirements of a successful project while remaining aware of the needs of

the team. Prerequisite: AR 220.

AR 314 Impressionism to Today 3 cr.

An historical survey from Impressionism through modern to contemporary art. Concentration on painting

and sculpture with frequent field trips to area galleries and museums.

AR 325 Printmaking I 3 cr.

An introduction to basic relief and intaglio printmaking processes with emphasis on traditional as well as

contemporary methods. Includes woodcuts, etching, and monoprints. Two, two-and-one-half hour lab

periods weekly. Prerequisites: AR 101, 221.

AR 341 Painting I 3 cr.

An introduction to painting, dealing with technical and perceptual concepts. Two, two-and-one-half hour

lab periods weekly. Prerequisites: AR 101, 222.

AR 371 Digital Modeling and Design 3 cr.

The dynamics of three-dimensional design principles based on the elements of form, space, shape, light

and movement. Basic approaches to digital modeling are covered, i.e., digital 3D attribute editors and

interfaces, poly modeling, rendering tools and environments, with various tools and techniques

appropriate for each method. Includes traditional and contemporary references. Two, two- and-one-half

hour lab periods weekly. Prerequisite: Permission from the instructor.

AR 377 Ceramics I 3 cr.

An introduction to the concepts and skills necessary to work with clay. Basic methods of hand building will

be covered, including related decorating and firing techniques. Two, two-and-one-half hour lab periods

weekly.

66

AR 391, 392, 393, 394 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

AR 398 Independent Study 1-3 cr.

AR 450 Senior Collaborative Projects 3 cr.

As a capstone course to the interactive entertainment media concentration, this course focuses on

projects that explore what students can create while partnered with other students with different skill sets

and backgrounds from their own. The idea is to create something that could not be achieved by one’s

individual talent alone. Students will use their previously learned skills to collaboratively attack specific

challenges presented with the goal to create short rapid experiences. The best experiences created

during the term, and voted on by faculty, will be showcased in an end of term campus wide event to

celebrate the achievements of the class. Game Design program prerequisites: AR 225, AR 310, AR 371

or Graphic Design program prerequisites: IS 243, IS 245, AR 371

AR 491 Senior Studio I 3 cr.

This course will provide Art majors with both theoretical and practical application in the visual arts. The

course will deal with issues of creative problem solving and self-motivation pertaining to the visual arts.

Students will prepare professional portfolios for final class presentation. Students will explore individual

approaches to creativity and apply their findings to a specialized art project that they will present to the

class and to the Art faculty prior to completion of the course.

AR 295, 395, 495 Internship 1-6 cr.

Up to 6 credits of internship can be applied to the major requirements; however, students can choose to

take more internship credits as elective credits.

67

BIOLOGY

The Biology programs are offered as Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Within these programs,

students can choose a concentration that meets their interests and career goals. For students choosing

the Bachelor of Arts program, a choice of either the general biology or exercise science concentrations

can be made.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students and graduates of The Department of Biology will be able to:

• Demonstrate understanding of the core concepts of biological literacy* including evolution, structure and function, information flow and exchange, systems, and transformations of energy and matter.

• Apply knowledge of the core concepts of biological literacy to understanding specialized areas of biology.

• Apply the process of science.

• Tap into the interdisciplinary nature of science.

• Demonstrate the ability to communicate scientific information and ideas

• Conduct science ethically and for the greater good.

• Develop skills in self-learning.

* NDC Department of Biology program level objectives are aligned with the National Science Foundation

and American Association for the Advancement of Science’s Vision and Change in Undergraduate

Biology Education. For more information on this national initiative, visit http://visionandchange.org.

BIOLOGY PROGRAM CORE - ALL BIOLOGY MAJORS

44 Credits

BI 114, 115 General Biology I and Lab: Molecular Biology

BI 116, 117 General Biology II and Lab: Organismal Biology

BI 307 Cell and Molecular Biology and Lab

BI 481, OR 482,

OR 483 Coordinating Seminar (as dictated by concentration)

CH 118, 119 General Chemistry I and Lab

CH 120, 121 General Chemistry II and Lab

CH 211, 213 Organic Chemistry I and Lab

CH 214, 215 Organic Chemistry II and Lab

MA 221 Statistics

PS 180, 181 Basic Physics I and Lab

AND

PS 182, 183 Basic Physics II and Lab

OR

PS 200, 201 College Physics I and Lab

AND

PS 202, 203 College Physics II and Lab

68

BIOLOGY MAJOR (BA): EXERCISE SCIENCE CONCENTRATION

31 additional credits to the Biology Program Core Credits

The Exercise Science concentration is designed to prepare students interested in continuing their

education through a graduate program to earn an advanced degree in physical therapy.

In addition to the core courses, the students choosing the Exercise Science concentration will complete

the following requirements:

BI 300, 301 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors I and Lab

BI 302, 303 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors II and Lab

BI 325 Exercise Physiology for Majors

BI 495 Internship

CH 305 Biochemistry I

HP 115 Exercise and Conditioning

HP 153 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries

HP 215 Nutrition for Sport, Fitness and Health

HP 350 Applied Kinesiology

PY 201 General Psychology

HP 330 Health Psychology

BIOLOGY MAJOR (BA): GENERAL BIOLOGY CONCENTRATION

11 additional credits to the Biology Program Core Credits

The General Biology program is designed for those students who plan to enter careers in business,

secondary education, technical support, or other areas that relate to the Biological Sciences. It is not

intended for students planning to enroll in graduate or professional programs in the Biological Sciences or

related areas. Students are recommended to pursue a minor area of study, such as in chemistry or

business.

In addition to the core courses, the students choosing the General Biology concentration or the Exercise

Science concentration will complete the following requirements:

BI 395, 495 Internship

Students will also take a minimum of 10 or more other credits at the BI 300 level or above, not otherwise

specified in the major as well as CH305/306 Biochemistry I and Lab. Independent research (BI 486-489)

may only count for up to 4 of these credits.

69

BIOLOGY MAJOR (BS): COMPREHENSIVE BIOLOGY CONCENTRATION

26 additional credits to the Biology Program Core Credits

The Comprehensive Biology program will prepare students for graduate studies and research, medicine,

podiatry, dentistry, veterinary medicine, allied health and applied biology. Graduates will have acquired a

broad foundation of knowledge in the biological and physical sciences as well as the ability to use this

knowledge.

In addition to the core courses, a student choosing the comprehensive biology concentration will

complete the following courses:

BI 350 Genetics

BI 360, BI 361 Microbiology and Lab

CH 305, CH 306 Biochemistry I and Lab

MA 175 Calculus I

Students will also take a minimum of 11 or more other credits at the BI 300 level or above, not otherwise

specified in the major. Independent research (BI 486-489) may only count for up to 4 of these credits.

MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE (BS)

Students will take a minimum of 90 credit hours at NDC and an additional 32 credit hours at the

Cleveland Clinic School of Medical Laboratory Science.

The 3 +1 program prepares students to become eligible for licensure by the American Society for Clinical

Laboratory Science. The students who successfully complete the year-long internship at the Cleveland

Clinic will sit for the boards one day after completion of the program. Once students pass the exam they

will have professional title of MLS (ASCP).

Students who intend to enter this program must be admitted to the college with the preparedness to enter

into General Biology I (BI 114/115) and General Chemistry I (CH118/119).

Admission requirements for the program at the Cleveland Clinic Foundation (CCF) include completion of

all the required courses at NDC with a minimum GPA of 2.5, see https://my.clevelandclinic.org/-

/scassets/files/org/pathology/med-technology/laboratory-student-handbook-20-21.pdf

Required Coursework in Biology:

26 credits

BI 114, BI 115 General Biology I and Lab: Molecular Biology

BI 307, BI 307L Cell and Molecular Biology and Lab

BI 340, BI 341 Parasitology and Lab

BI 350 Genetics

BI 360, BI 361 Microbiology and Lab

BI 430 Immunology

BI 465, 466 Research Methods and Lab

Required Coursework in Chemistry:

22 credits

CH 118, CH 119 General Chemistry I and Lab

CH 120, CH 121 General Chemistry II and Lab

70

CH 211, CH 213 Organic Chemistry I and Lab

CH 214, CH 215 Organic Chemistry II and Lab

CH 305, CH 306 Biochemistry I and Lab

Required Coursework in Mathematics:

3 credits

MA 221 Statistics

Recommended Coursework:

BI 116, BI 117 General Biology II: Organismal and Lab

BI 300, BI 301 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors I and Lab

BI 302, BI 303 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors II and Lab

BI 486, 487, 488, 489 Independent Research

MA 144 Precalculus

Courses to be completed at CCF (year 4):

32 credits

MLS 300 Urinalysis and Fluids

MLS 301 Coagulation

MLS 302 Bacteriology I

MLS 303 Bacteriology II

MLS 304 Mycology

MLS 305 Molecular Diagnostics

MLS 306 Parasitology

MLS 400 Clinical Hematology I

MLS 401 Clinical Hematology II

MLS 402 Clinical Chemistry I

MLS 403 Clinical Chemistry II

MLS 404 Lab Operations I

MLS 405 Lab Operations II

MLS 406 Lab Operations III

MLS 407 Immunopathology I

MLS 408 Immunopathology II

MLS 409 Immunohematology I

MLS 410 Immunohematology II

See CCF Student Handbook for course credit hours and descriptions: https://my.clevelandclinic.org/-

/scassets/files/org/pathology/med-technology/laboratory-student-handbook-20-21.pdf

Financial Considerations

Institutional Aid may be adjusted due to the expense of the Cleveland Clinic School of Medical Laboratory

Science.

71

BIOLOGY MINOR

24 Credits

This minor is proposed specifically for students who have a chemistry background and may already have

requirements for certain biology courses.

Requirements:

BI 114, 115 General Biology I and Lab: Molecular Biology

BI 116, 117 General Biology II and Lab: Organismal Biology

BI 307 Cell and Molecular Biology and Lab

Plus eight (8) additional credits from any BI 300 level or above, or CH 305, 306 Biochemistry I and Lab

or CH 405, 406 Biochemistry II and Lab.

BINARY PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING

Students who are interested in pursuing a career in engineering may enter the Binary Program in

Engineering. Students who major in mathematics or science at Notre Dame College can apply for

admission to a binary program at Case Western Reserve University. See ENGINEERING for more

information.

COURSE OFFERINGS

All laboratory courses must be taken concurrently with the corresponding lecture courses. A

student must have the permission of the instructor to deviate from this policy. A student who withdraws

from a lecture course may not continue the laboratory course except under unusual circumstances and

with the permission of the instructor. BI 116-117 or the equivalent, is a prerequisite for all biology courses

numbered 260 or higher.

BI 105 Introduction to the Biological Sciences 3 cr.

An introductory course designed for NON-SCIENCE majors to fulfill the Core Curriculum in Science or as

an elective. Topics addressed include cell structure and function, genetics (including transmission of

traits, genetic diseases and genetic engineering), evolution, cell metabolism, diversity of life, and

ecological and environmental concerns.

BI 106 Introduction to the Biological Sciences Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly, which investigates the topics covered in the lecture.

BI 114 General Biology I: Molecular Biology 3 cr.

The topics covered include basic chemistry as it applies to biological systems, cell structure and division,

an introduction to classical and molecular genetics and bioenergetics. Prerequisite for all biology courses

numbered 260 or higher. Prerequisite: EN 100 or equivalent; MA 105 or equivalent. Not recommended

for non-science majors.

BI 115 General Biology Laboratory I: Molecular Biology 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly investigating concepts covered in the lecture material.

72

BI 116 General Biology II: Organismal Biology 3 cr.

An introductory course for biology majors. The topics covered include evolution, a survey of the

taxonomic and phylogenetic organization of life with attention given to each of the biological Domains and

an introduction into ecology and ecosystems. Prerequisite for all biology courses numbered 260 or higher.

Prerequisite: BI 114.

BI 117 General Biology Laboratory II: Organismal Biology 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly investigating concepts covered in the lecture material.

BI 200 Environmental Science 3 cr.

A study of the natural environment from the perspective of biology, chemistry and physics.

Includes studies of ecosystems, energy, pollution and its consequences in a technological society.

Recommended for elementary education students or for any student to fulfill the Core Requirement in

Science.

BI 201 Environmental Science Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly that includes the field study of ecosystems and stresses the

scientific method applied to biological, chemical, and physical investigation.

BI 204 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 3 cr.

A study of normal structure and function of major body systems primarily designed for students in nursing

and health sciences. Also includes content related to cellular biology and basic principles of genetics.

BI 205 Human Anatomy and Physiology I Lab 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly. Includes laboratory experiences that investigate concepts

presented in Human Anatomy and Physiology I.

BI 206 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 3 cr.

A continuation of Human Anatomy and Physiology I; furthers the study of normal structure and function of

major body systems. Prerequisites: BI 204/5.

BI 207 Human Anatomy and Physiology II Lab 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly. Includes laboratory experiences that investigate concepts

presented in BI 206, Human Anatomy and Physiology II. Prerequisites: BI 204/205.

BI 210 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 3 cr.

A project-based course that introduces the foundational concepts of GIS, a computer-based application

for creating, visualizing, analyzing and interpreting data through maps to understand relationships,

patterns and trends. Prerequisite MA 221 (or equivalent) or permission of the instructor.

BI 211 Medical Terminology 3cr.

Course Description: The main goal of this course is to equip students with the tools necessary to build a

variety of medical terms by learning each of the word elements. Specifically, body systems to be covered

include integumentary, respiratory, cardiovascular, lymphatic, digestive, urinary, reproductive, endocrine,

nervous, and musculoskeletal systems. The course will also cover terminology related to the special

senses (ie. eyes and ears). Prerequisite EN 101

73

BI 230 Basic Anatomy and Physiology 3 cr.

A study of the structure and function of the systems of the human body; designed for students in

elementary education, psychology and to fulfill the Core Requirement in Science.

BI 231 Basic Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly, emphasizing human organ systems, their locations and

functions.

BI 240 General Microbiology 3 cr.

Introductory microbiology that introduces basic concepts and applications of medical microbiology.

Includes morphology, immunology and physiology of microorganisms. Designed for students in nursing

and the health sciences. Prerequisite: BI 206/207.

BI 241 General Microbiology Lab 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly. Includes staining and culture techniques used for the

identification of unknown microorganisms. Designed for students in nursing and the health sciences.

Prerequisite: BI 206/207.

BI 291, 292, 293, 294 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

BI 300 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors I 3 cr.

A study of mammalian anatomy and physiology with emphasis on how these two interrelated concepts

contribute to homeostasis. Topics covered include cells, tissues, and the skeletal, muscular and nervous

systems. Prerequisite: BI 307 (Cell Biology).

BI 301 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors I Lab 1 cr.

Laboratory studies will parallel the various systems covered in BI 300. The student will study these

systems using dissections, 3-D models, computer simulations, observation of microscope slides and

experimentation.

BI 302 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors II 3 cr.

A continued study of mammalian anatomy and physiology with emphasis on their role in homeostasis.

Topics covered include the endocrine, cardiovascular, respiratory, urinary and reproductive systems.

Prerequisites: BI 307 (Cell Biology) and BI 300.

BI 303 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors II Lab 1 cr.

Laboratory studies will parallel the various systems covered in BI 302. The student will study these

systems using dissections, 3-D models, computer simulations, observation of microscope slides and

experimentation.

BI 307 Cell and Molecular Biology and Lab 4 cr.

An introduction to prokaryotic and eukaryotic cellular functions. Topics include gene regulation,

membrane structure, cellular structure, cytoskeleton dynamics, division and selected metabolic pathways.

Lecture and lab also include common cellular and molecular techniques. Prerequisite: BI 116.

74

BI 310 Ecology 3 cr.

This course provides an overview of the science of ecology. Traditional topics of ecology such as energy

flow, nutrient cycling, population growth and interactions and community dynamics are treated as a

background from which to approach mathematical concepts and emerging areas of ecology. The latter

include behavioral, physiological and evolutionary ecology. Current and controversial topics in ecology

will be discussed. Prerequisites: BI 116, CH 120.

BI 311 Ecology Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory weekly. Topics will parallel those discussed in lecture. Laboratory focus will be

on experiments that exemplify ecological concepts and on the methodology ecologists use to obtain

information on populations and communities. Assumptions, limitations and interpretation of information

thus gained will be discussed.

BI 317 Plant Biology and Laboratory 4 cr.

A survey of the anatomy, physiology, genetics, evolution and ecology of plants. Concepts and principles

emphasized will include plant evolution, structure and function, flow of information, transformation of

energy, and the role of plants in ecosystems. The laboratory will include the examination of plant

structure and function of the cell, tissue, and organismal level and the exploration of local plant

biodiversity and ecosystem function. Prerequisite: BI 116.

BI 320 Evolution 3 cr.

A study of the evidence, processes and paths of evolution. Areas of emphasis include gradualism,

punctuated equilibrium, mass extinctions, endosymbiosis, molecular genetics, and population genetics.

Prerequisite: BI 116.

BI 322 Animal Behavior 3 cr.

A study of functional behavior of animals, such as mate choice, feeding, parental care, predation,

communication, and social behaviors. Discussions of journal articles dealing with current research in

these areas are a major part of this class. Prerequisite: BI 116.

BI 325 Exercise Physiology for Majors 3 cr.

A study of the physiological responses to exercise as related to human performance limitations, training

effects, and health related benefits. The relationships between various organ systems, such as the

cardioascvular, respiratory, and muscular systems, during exercise will be examined. Prerequisites: BI

300, 302.

BI 340 Parasitology 3 cr.

A study of the morphology, life history, host-parasite relationships, and control of protozoan, helminth,

and arthropod parasites as well as the evolution of parasitism. Prerequisite: BI 116.

BI 341 Parasitology Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly learning techniques of identifying parasites throughout the

phases of their life cycles using living specimens, prepared slides, kodachromes and Internet sites.

BI 350 Genetics 3 cr.

A study of the chemical nature of the genetic material, Mendelian genetics, population genetics and

current genetic research. Pre- or Corequisite: BI 307.

75

BI 360 Microbiology 3 cr.

A study of the morphology, nutrition, reproduction, and growth of bacteria, fungi, and viruses. Topics in

medical and applied microbiology are also covered. Recommended prerequisite: BI 307.

BI 361 Microbiology Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory weekly. Laboratory includes the methods of culture, various staining

techniques and methods of identifying bacteria.

BI 370 Histopathology and Laboratory 3 cr.

This course is designed to study the general and microscopic features of the four basic tissue types found

in animals. Additionally, this course will seek to delve into the histological basis of disease. Special

attention will be given to description of each tissue type and how they are altered during disease

progression. There will be one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: BI 307 or permission of instructor

BI 370L Histopathology and Laboratory Lab 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory weekly. Laboratory includes observation of both normal and diseased tissues,

staining of tissues, and fluorescence microscopy.

BI 390 Environmental Policy 3 cr.

An introduction to the foundational principles of U.S. environmental policy, focusing on major

developments of the past 50 years. Students will investigate what forces have shaped environmental

issues and problems during this period and explore the policies in place to address them.

BI 391, 392, 393, 394 Special Topics 1-3 cr.

BI 415 Field Studies in Ecology and Environmental Science 1-3 cr.

BI 425 Developmental Biology and Laboratory 4 cr.

A comparative study of patterns (embryology) and process (genetic regulation) leading from fertilized egg

to adult organism. Laboratory studies including embryogenesis in chordates and invertebrates as well as

organogenesis in vertebrates. Prerequisite: BI 307.

BI 430 Immunology 4 cr.

A comprehensive study of the fundamental principles and recent advances in immunology. Topics include

the cellular and molecular control of the immune response, antibodies and immunogenetics, immune

system dysfunction and methods of immunoassay and diagnosis. Prerequisite: BI 307.

BI 445/445L Wildlife Conservation and Management and Lab 4 cr.

Explores the changing ideas of land ethic in our country and region, the interactions between human,

habitat, and wildlife, and the strategies for wildlife conservation and management. Emphasizes the wildlife

of The Great Lakes region. Prerequisite: BI 116/117.

BI 460 Endocrinology 3 cr.

A systems approach to the study of the role hormones play in controlling and coordinating organ

development and function. Prerequisites: BI 307 and CH 214. Recommended: BI/CH 305, 306.

76

BI 465 Research Methods 1 cr.

Lecture covering critical topics in the proper design and execution of scientific research. Prerequisite:

Permission of instructor(s).

BI 466 Research Methods Laboratory 2 cr.

Laboratory course covering application of research design, execution, data analysis and presentation.

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor(s).

BI 481 Coordinating Seminar for Comprehensive Biology Concentration 1 cr.

An in-depth study of some current aspects of biology not covered in the required courses, including

discussion of recent journal articles and an oral presentation of student research papers.

BI 482 Coordinating Seminar for Ecology Concentration 1 cr.

An in-depth study of some current aspects of ecology and environmental science not covered in the

required courses, including discussion of recent journal articles and an oral presentation of student

research papers.

BI 483 Coordinating Seminar for Exercise Science Concentration 1 cr.

An in-depth study of some current aspects of exercise science not covered in the required courses,

including discussion of recent journal articles and an oral presentation of student research papers.

BI 486, 487, 488, 489 Independent Research 1-3 cr.

An opportunity for qualified and capable students to do independent research in the life sciences. Hours

and credits arranged with faculty advisor. Prerequisites: BI 465, BI 466 and permission of faculty sponsor.

BI 295, 395, 495 Internship 1-6 cr.

An opportunity for on-the-job experience in a hospital or laboratory supervised by a professional in the

area. Hours and credits arranged by the Division. Sophomore status and permission of faculty sponsor

required. Up to 6 credits of internship can be applied to the major requirements; however, students can

choose to take more internship credits as elective credits.

77

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Students in the various Business Administration programs are prepared to function as creative, dynamic,

morally responsible leaders in a global society. The business faculty strives to foster the ongoing

development of the highest standards of personal integrity and the achievement of educational excellence

through a challenging course of studies. Graduates of the program will have been educated in the liberal

arts tradition to think critically, to analyze complex processes, and to evaluate important issues with a

commitment to respect the earth and all people. They will be ready to move into their chosen career field,

continue with graduate studies, or enter professional programs such as law or public administration.

Program Mission: The Business Division at Notre Dame College embraces a diverse and inclusive

community. We offer a variety of programs in current disciplines which are in high demand in today’s

global business environment. Through our academic courses, students actively engage in self-

exploration, personal responsibility, corporate social responsibility, and professional growth. We

encourage learning through honing critical thinking skills, effective communication, ethics, innovation, and

emotional intelligence. We advance our students to be leaders and agents of positive change in the

world.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students majoring in all Business Administration majors will be able to:

• Communicate effectively in both written and oral forms.

• Critically evaluate, analyze and interpret information to solve problems and make business decisions.

• Act ethically while adhering to the highest standards of personal, social and professional integrity.

• Use technology to develop and enhance business processes.

• Demonstrate awareness of economic, environmental, political, cultural, ethical, legal and regulatory contexts of global business.

• Demonstrate leadership and team building skills using collaborative techniques.

78

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CORE COURSES

44 Credits

There is a common core of courses taken by students majoring in most Business Administration

programs, including Accounting, Business Administration, Finance, Healthcare Administration,

Management Information Systems, Management, Marketing and Software Development. (This list does

not apply to Sport Management or Human Resources Management.)

Requirements:

BU 155 Accounting Principles I

BU 156 Accounting Principles II

BU 210 Business Mathematics

BU 230 Marketing Principles

BU 235 Management Information Systems

BU 240 Management Principles

BU 360 Corporate Finance

BU 473 Business Law I

BU 395 or 495 Internship

BU 426 Strategic Management

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

IS 260 Computer Decision-Making Applications

MA 221 Statistics I

In addition to these courses, it is strongly recommended that students complete a Communication course.

Each major program has its own specialized requirements. These are given in the following pages.

79

ACCOUNTING

Students completing a major in Accounting are prepared to function as accounting professionals and

advance to positions of leadership in the profession. The program is designed to provide students with a

thorough understanding of accounting principles; auditing, tax, reporting practices, and planning; and the

management of business, accounting, and financial activities. This program also prepares students to

pursue graduate study in the field. There are a number of professional certifications in the field of

accounting that students majoring in the field may wish to pursue:

• Certified Public Accountant (CPA)

• Certified Internal Auditor (CIA)

• Certified Management Accountant (CMA)

• Certified Information Systems Auditor (CISA)

• Certified in Financial Management (CFM)

Individuals wishing to obtain the Ohio CPA Certificate must, under the Ohio Revised Code, graduate with

a baccalaureate or higher degree that includes successful completion of one hundred fifty (150) semester

hours of undergraduate or graduate education. Students are strongly urged to pursue a Masters of

Business Administration (MBA) after receiving their baccalaureate degree in order to meet the semester

hour requirement. The total educational program shall include an accounting concentration with related

courses in other areas of business administration, as defined by the Accountancy Board of Ohio. These

are included in the Business Administration Core Courses.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Accounting will be able to:

• Communicate effectively in both written and oral forms

• Identify strengths and weaknesses of alternative solutions, conclusions or approaches to accounting problems

• Identify ethical implications of the accounting profession and responsibilities toward end users

• Apply technology to accounting and business situations using computer tools and software

• Work effectively in teams and describe the role of the accountant as a member of the management team

• Describe the impact of global economic and cultural influences on business and accounting based decisions

• Apply knowledge and understanding of accounting principles and professional standards in performing financial reporting.

Requirements:

Business Administration Core Courses + 24 credits in the following:

BU 255 Intermediate Accounting I

BU 256 Intermediate Accounting II

BU 315 Auditing

BU 320 Cost Accounting

BU 455 Advanced Accounting

BU 458 Federal Income Tax I

Recommended Coursework:

BU 388 Business Ethics

BU 459 Federal Income Tax II

BU 474 Business Law II

80

BU 475 Fraud Examination

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Students completing a major in Business Administration are prepared to function as professionals in the

global business environment. The program is designed to provide the student with a broad-based

knowledge of advanced business courses in a variety of areas in the Business Division. It will prepare

students to continue their studies in graduate school as well as pursue a career in business.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Business Administration will be able to:

• Communicate effectively in both written and oral forms.

• Critically evaluate, analyze and interpret information to solve problems and make business decisions.

• Act ethically while adhering to the highest standards of personal, social and professional integrity.

• Use technology to develop and enhance business processes.

• Collaborate effectively in diverse teams across cultures.

Requirements:

Business Administration Core Courses + 24 upper biennium (300/400 level) credits from four of

the nine fields listed below (Some courses may have prerequisites.)

• Accounting

• Economics

• Entrepreneurship

• Finance

• Healthcare Administration

• Human Resources Development

• Management Information Systems

• Management

• Marketing

• Software Development

• Sport Management

Recommended Coursework:

BU 388 Business Ethics

PH 200 Critical and Creative Thinking

A communication course such as: CA 201 Interpersonal Communication, CA 374 Presentation

Techniques, CA 376 Intercultural Communication, CA 380 Organizational/Leadership Communication

81

FINANCE

The Finance major prepares a student for a career as a financial professional. The program emphasizes

a combination of studies in accounting, economics and mathematics to make financial decisions.

Students will be introduced to financial theory, concepts and practices in financial management. Students

will be prepared for financial management in fields such as banking, insurance, financial planning and

analysis, real estate, government. In addition, students will be prepared for graduate studies in finance.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Finance will be able to:

• Communicate effectively in both written and oral forms.

• Prepare, analyze and interpret financial information and apply financial and economic theories to make sound financial decisions.

• Analyze risk and appropriate methods to mitigate financial exposure.

• Evaluate financial strategies to align short and long-term operating requirements with financial instruments, markets, and financial capacities.

• Prepare financial analysis and forecasts using appropriate information technology and analytical tools.

• Demonstrate knowledge of professional ethics and values in financial decisions, as well as their implications and consequences on individuals and firms.

Requirements:

Business Administration Core Courses + 23 credits in the following:

BU 320 Cost Accounting OR

BU 255 Intermediate Accounting I

BU 370 Investments

BU 400 Advanced Corporate Finance

EC 331 Money, Banking, & Global Financial Markets

EC 432 Public Finance

EC 442 International Finance

MA 144 Pre-Calculus Mathematics

Recommended Coursework:

BU 256 Intermediate Accounting II

BU 388 Business Ethics

EC 350 Managerial Economics

82

HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION

Students in the healthcare administration program will acquire advanced knowledge of the dynamic

business environment of healthcare while studying healthcare delivery, providers and their services, and

financing. Students will gain an understanding of the significant role healthcare executives have in

improving the health of the communities their organizations serve as the program’s curriculum prepares

them to enter a variety of positions at healthcare organizations such as hospitals, long-term care facilities

and physician’s offices.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students Majoring in Healthcare Administration will be able to:

• Understand the nature and complexity of the health care environment

• Perceive the interrelated nature of the various components of the HC system

• Analyze systems and subsystems to improve organizational outputs and,

• Analyze the range of health care outcomes, the risks associated with them and place proposed change into that context

• Balance the competing needs of low-cost service, high quality health outcomes and sufficient remuneration to keep the system whole.

• Develop leadership capacity focusing on the change dynamic in health care

• Synthesize the changing, and often conflicting trends in state and federal regulatory environments with the goal of providing ongoing guidance to the best avenues to achieve positive patient outcomes and securing the sustainability of the health care system.

Requirements:

Business Administration Core Courses + 24 credits in the following:

BU 386 Operations Management

BU 425 Project Management

HA 300 Introduction to the Healthcare System

HA 325 Health Information Management

HA 350 Healthcare Management and the Legal System

HA 400 Healthcare Management and Leadership

HA 425 The Full Continuum of Long-Term Care

HA 450 Disaster Management Planning

83

HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

Students in Human Resources Development are prepared to work effectively as professionals whose

focus is helping organizations maximize the investment made in employees. The Notre Dame College

graduate will possess excellent interpersonal communication skills and understand the Human Resource

professional’s role in working with the organization’s management team and be able to carry out the

functions of job analysis and design, recruitment, selection, orientation, performance appraisal and

compensation.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Human Resources Development will be able to:

• Organize, analyze, summarize and communicate information in order to solve abstract problems and formulate recommendations.

• Identify and apply leadership skills to employee-management situations and work teams.

• Condense complex business issues into coherent written statements and oral presentations.

• Recognize and analyze ethical issues and develop appropriate resolutions for situations that occur in personal and business environments.

• Demonstrate awareness of economic, environmental, political, cultural, ethical, legal and regulatory contexts of business, both domestically and globally.

Requirements:

All students take a core of courses in the fields of Business Administration and Human Resources

Development.

Selected Business Administration Core: 38 Credits

BU 155 Accounting Principles I

BU 156 Accounting Principles II

BU 235 Management Information Systems

BU 240 Management Principles

BU 360 Corporate Finance

BU 426 Strategic Management

BU 473 Business Law I

BU 395 or 495 Internship

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

IS 260 Computer Decision-Making Applications

MA 221 Statistics I

Human Resources Development Core: 27 Credits

BU 300 Principles of Supervision

BU 341 Human Resources Management

BU 345 Organizational Behavior

BU 355 Compensation and Benefits

BU 436 Labor Relations

PY 201 General Psychology

PY 389 Industrial/Organizational Psychology

SO 305 Minority Groups

84

Select one (1): 3 credits

SO 425 Conflict Management

CA 201 Interpersonal Communication

Recommended Coursework:

BU 388 Business Ethics

PH 200 Critical and Creative Thinking

A communication course such as: CA 201 Interpersonal Communication, CA 374 Presentation

Techniques, CA 376 Intercultural Communication, CA 380 Organizational/Leadership Communication

85

MANAGEMENT

Students in Management are prepared to function as creative leaders in various positions in society.

Students who major in Management will thoroughly understand the functions of management (planning,

organizing, leading, controlling) in large and small, for profit and not-for-profit enterprises. They will be

well-equipped to work as a mid-level managers, to continue education in graduate school, or to enter

professional programs in law or business administration.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Management will be able to:

• Organize, analyze, summarize and communicate information in order to solve abstract problems and formulate recommendations.

• Apply and integrate reflective and critical thinking skills to assess and create business strategies appropriate for organizations in specified business environments.

• Recognize and analyze ethical issues and develop appropriate resolutions for situations that occur in personal and business environments.

• Demonstrate the ability to evaluate, analyze, and present quantitative data using technological instruments to make appropriate business decisions.

• Demonstrate awareness of economic, environmental, political, cultural, ethical, legal and regulatory contexts of business, both domestically and globally.

• Identify and apply leadership skills to employee management situations and work teams.

• Demonstrate the ability to meet deadlines for jobs/ assignments/ commitments.

For an outline of the online track, contact the Finn Center for Adult, Graduate and Online Learning.

Requirements:

Business Administration Core Courses + 21 credits in the following:

BU 300 Principles of Supervision

BU 341 Human Resources Management

BU 345 Organizational Behavior

BU 386 Operations Management

BU 425 Project Management

Plus two (2) courses from one of the tracks listed:

Entrepreneurship Track:

BU 303 Entrepreneurship

BU 410 New Venture Management

Healthcare Administration Track:

HA 300 Intro to Healthcare System

Any HA course other than HA 300

Traditional Business Track:

BU 435 Business & Government

BU 436 Labor Relations

Recommended Coursework:

BU 388 Business Ethics

PH 200 Critical and Creative Thinking

86

A Communication Course such as: CA 201 Interpersonal Communication, CA 232 Professional

Communications, CA 374 Presentation Techniques, CA 376 Intercultural Communication,

CA 380 Organizational/Leadership Communication

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Students completing a major in Management Information Systems are prepared to function as

professionals in the discipline or to continue their education in graduate school. The program is designed

to provide students with a thorough understanding of the major aspects of information systems: problem

analysis, solution generation, security concerns and the management of information systems in

enterprises small and large. Learning outcomes for students are in accordance with recommendations

from the Association for Computing Machinery’s Curricula Report.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Management Information Systems will be able to:

• Communicate effectively using oral, written and listening skills.

• Analyze and think critically, including creative and ethical analysis.

• Improve organizational processes.

• Critically evaluate and specify actions on current ethical issues in the Information Systems field.

• Collaborate and negotiate with others as well as perform successfully at the individual level.

• Demonstrate the ability to integrate high performance in the design and implementation of information systems solutions.

• Demonstrate knowledge and skills related to the management of ongoing information systems operations.

• Investigate and apply opportunities created by technology innovations.

• Identify and document information requirements.

• Identify, design, and evaluate solution and sourcing alternatives.

• Demonstrate knowledge of how enterprise IT architecture is integrated, designed and managed.

• Develop, test, and debug simple applications.

Requirements:

Business Administration Core Courses + 24 credits in the following:

BU 425 Project Management

IS 222 Programming Logic and Design

IS 310 Systems Analysis

IS 330 Information Technology Infrastructure

IS 340 Security, Ethics and Intellectual Property

IS 350 Database Management Systems

IS 435 Enterprise Architecture

Plus one upper level IS course

Recommended Coursework:

BU 388 Business Ethics

87

MARKETING

Students completing a major in Marketing are prepared to function as creative leaders in society.

Students who major in Marketing will demonstrate knowledge and application of marketing principles and

will demonstrate the skills necessary to present marketing data in a clear and convincing manner. They

will be well prepared to pursue a career in marketing, to continue their education in graduate school or to

enter professional programs such as law or public administration.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Marketing will be able to:

• Communicate effectively in both written and oral forms.

• Demonstrate basic analytical and quantitative techniques for problem solving.

• Use logic and reasoning to identify the strengths and weaknesses of alternative solutions, conclusions or approaches to marketing problems.

• Identify ethical implications of the marketing arena and responsibilities toward suppliers, employees, and customers.

• Apply technology to marketing situations using computer tools and software.

• Work effectively in teams and understand the role of the marketer as a member of the management team.

• Have increased awareness of global economic and cultural influences on marketing based decisions.

Requirements:

Business Administration Core Courses + 21 credits in the following courses:

BU 301 Consumer Behavior

BU 375 Marketing Research

BU 380 Sales Management

BU 385 Marketing Management

BU 390 Advertising

BU 450 Global Marketing

Including one (1) of the following courses:

AR 209 Photography I

AR 223 Graphic Design I

CA 220 Newswriting

CA 323 Introduction to Strategic Communication and Public Relations

CA 403 Public Relations

IS 243 Multimedia Development

IS 245 Website Design and Development

88

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

Students completing a major in Software Development are prepared to function as professionals in the

discipline or to continue their education in graduate school. The program is designed to provide students

with fundamental skills and knowledge to succeed as a corporate, vendor, or independent software

developer, while allowing them to specialize in a number of tracks for more advanced topics. Students will

learn software engineering approaches to identify and analyze problems and to design and deliver

appropriate solutions. Learning outcomes for students are in accordance with recommendations from the

Association for Computing Machinery’s Curricula Report.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Software Development will be able to:

• Critically evaluate, analyze and interpret information to solve problems and make business decisions

• Use technology to develop and enhance business processes

• Communicate effectively in both written and oral forms

• Act ethically while adhering to the highest standards of personal, social and professional integrity

• Collaborate effectively in diverse teams across cultures

• Show mastery of software development knowledge and skills and of the professional standards necessary to begin practice as a software developer.

• Demonstrate an understanding of and apply appropriate theories, models, and techniques that provide a basis for problem identification and analysis, software design, development, implementation, verification, and documentation.

• Work both individually and as part of a team to develop and deliver quality programs/applications.

• Demonstrate an understanding and appreciation of the importance of negotiation, effective work habits, leadership, and good communication with stakeholders in a typical software development environment.

• Design appropriate solutions in one or more application domains using software engineering approaches that integrate ethical, social, legal, and economic concerns.

• Reconcile conflicting project objectives, finding acceptable compromises within the limitations of cost, time, knowledge, existing systems, and organizations.

Requirements:

Business Administration Core Courses (44 credits) plus 25 credits in the following courses:

Software Development Core: 19 Credits

IS 222 Programming Logic and Design

IS 235 Software Engineering

IS 310 Systems Analysis

IS 336, 337 C++ Programming and Lab

IS 350 Database Management Systems

IS 425 Data Structures and Storage

Advanced Programming: 6 Credits:

IS 345 contemporary Languages

IS 436 Advanced Programming

89

SPORT MANAGEMENT

Students completing a major in Sport Management are prepared to function as professionals in the field.

Students will develop strengths in specific fields involving the management of sports. They will be

prepared for graduate study or employment in sport management, sports facilities management, sports

information or sports marketing.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Sport Management will be able to:

• Effectively apply a variety of oral and written business and professional communications styles.

• Develop and use critical thinking models in order to analyze and solve problems in the sport industry.

• Identify ethical dilemmas within the sport industry and display the conviction to act responsibly to one’s self, organization, and to the end users.

• Effectively apply technology to analyze and interpret data and understand its power within the sport industry.

• Work effectively in teams and appreciate and promote individual differences in all dimensions of diversity including ethnicity, gender, age, physical and abilities, sexual orientation, race, and religion.

Requirements:

All students take a core of courses in the fields of Business Administration and Sport Management.

Selected Business Administration Core 41 Credits

BU 155 Principles of Accounting I

BU 156 Principles of Accounting II

BU 230 Marketing Principles

BU 235 Management Information Systems

BU 240 Management Principles

BU 360 Corporate Finance

BU 426 Strategic Management

BU 395, 495 Internship

BU 473 Business Law I

EC 201 Microeconomics

EC 202 Macroeconomics

IS 260 Computer Decision-Making Applications

MA 221 Statistics

Sport Management Core: 24 Credits

BU 270 Sport Industry: Cultural and Sociological Perspectives

BU 348 Sports Events, Sponsorship and Promotions

BU 462 Legal Issues in Sports

BU 463 Sport Program Administration

BU 465 Sport Facilities Management

HP 321 Exercise Physiology*

PY 201 General Psychology

PY 235 Sports Psychology

* Prerequisite is BI 230/231 Basic Anatomy and Physiology which fulfills the student’s Scientific Inquiry

requirement of the Core Curriculum.

90

In addition to the above courses, each student is encouraged to complete one or more minors in specific,

related interest areas. Typical minors include Coaching, Communication, Management, Marketing and

Psychology.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE WITH A MAJOR IN MANAGEMENT

Students who earn an Associates of Arts degree in Management will understand the basic functions of

management (planning, organizing, leading, controlling) in large and small, for profit and not-for-profit

enterprises. They will be well-equipped to work as an entry-level manager, and/or to continue education

to earn a bachelor’s degree.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the associates in Management will be able to:

• Act ethically while adhering to the highest standards of personal, social and professional integrity.

• Use technology to develop and enhance business processes.

• Communicate effectively in both written and oral forms.

For an outline of the online track, contact the Finn Center for Adult, Graduate and Online Learning.

Students seeking to earn an Associate in Arts degree with a major in Management will take courses in the

Core Curriculum and in the major.

CORE CURRICULUM for the AA of Management

Requirement Requirements are achieved by successful

completion of the following courses: Credits

Engaged Responsibility

Personal Responsibility and Growth course for

transfer students (more than 12 credits), non-

traditional and online students. A course

designated as a Global Learning course. Consult

the current listing of course offerings.

6

Written Communication Fluency Placement

EN110 OR EN 100 and 101 3-6

Oral Fluency CA 100 3

Quantitative Inquiry MA 221 3

Creative Inquiry Consult current listing of course offerings 3

Literary Inquiry Consult current listing of course offerings 3

Philosophical Inquiry PH 180 or PH 200 3

Scientific Inquiry Science course with Laboratory 4

Theological Inquiry Theology (TH) course other than TH 450 3

Total 31-34

Requirements:

Core Curriculum Courses +32 credits in the following courses:

91

BU 155 Accounting Principles I

BU 156 Accounting Principles II

BU 230 Marketing Principles

BU 235 Management Information Systems

BU 240 Management Principles

BU 303 Entrepreneurship

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

IS 260 Computer Decision Making Applications

MA 221 Statistics I

*Associate’s Degree requires 60 credit hours for completion.

The AA in Management is available only online at this time.

ACCOUNTING MINOR

Lower Biennium Prerequisites: 8 Credits

BU 155 Accounting Principles I

BU 156 Accounting Principles II

+ 16 Credits from the following:

BU 255 Intermediate Accounting I

BU 256 Intermediate Accounting II

BU 315 Auditing OR BU 320 Cost Accounting

BU 455 Advanced Accounting

ENTREPRENEURSHIP MINOR

Required Courses: 12-15 Credits

BU 100 Introduction to Business- this course is required by all non-business majors

ENT 200 Entrepreneurial Mindset

BU 303 Entrepreneurship

BU 410 New Venture Management

Choose One Course from the Following:

ENT 300 Digital Marketing

ENT 350 New Venture Finance

ENT 375 Social Entrepreneurial Leadership

ENT 450 Entrepreneurial Leadership

FINANCIAL SERVICES MANAGEMENT MINOR

Requirements – Business Majors

Required Courses: 12 Credits

BU 370 Investments

EC 331 Money, Banking and Global Financial Markets

92

Choose 2 of the following

BU 400 Advanced Corporate Finance

EC 432 Public Finance

EC 442 International Finance

Requirements – Non-Business Majors

Prerequisites: 20 Credits

BU 155 Accounting Principles I

BU 156 Accounting Principles II

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

BU 360 Corporate Finance

MA 145 Applied Calculus or higher

+ Required Courses: 12 Credits

BU 370 Investments

EC 331 Money, Banking and Global Financial Markets

Choose 2 of the following

BU 400 Advanced Corporate Finance

EC 432 Public Finance

EC 442 International Finance

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MINOR

Lower Biennium Prerequisites: 17 Credits

BU 155 Accounting Principles I

BU 156 Accounting Principles II

BU 230 Marketing Principles

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

+ Required Upper Biennium Courses: 12 Credits

BU 450 Global Marketing

EC 305 Comparative Economic Systems

EC 440 International Economics

EC 442 International Finance

93

MANAGEMENT MINOR

Lower Biennium Prerequisites: 3 Credits

BU 240 Management Principles

+ Required Upper Biennium Courses 15 Credits

BU 300 Principles of Supervision

BU 341 Human Resources Management

BU 345 Organizational Behavior

BU 386 Operations Management

BU 426 Strategic Management

Recommended Electives:

BU 388 Business Ethics

PH 200 Critical and Creative Thinking

Communication course

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS MINOR

Required Courses: 15 Credits

BU 235 Management Information Systems

IS 222 Programming Logic and Design

IS 260 Computer Decision-Making Applications

IS 310 Systems Analysis

IS 350 Database Management Systems

Plus one course from the following 3 or 4 Credits:

Any IS course numbered 223 or higher

BU 425 Project Management

MARKETING MINOR

Lower Biennium Prerequisites: 6 Credits

BU 230 Marketing Principles

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics OR

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

+ 12 Credits from the following:

BU 301 Consumer Behavior

BU 375 Marketing Research

BU 380 Sales Management

BU 385 Marketing Management

BU 390 Advertising

BU 450 Global Marketing

94

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT MINOR

19 Credits

Program Student Learning Outcomes:

• Students completing the minor in Software Development will:

• Demonstrate competency in programming specific to their chosen track

• Design programs/applications according to accepted principles of software engineering

Core: 10 Credits

IS 222 Programming Logic and Design

IS 235 Software Engineering

IS 336, 337 C++ Programming and Lab

Advanced Programming: 6 Credits:

IS 345 Contemporary Languages

IS 436 Advanced Programming

95

COURSE OFFERINGS

BU 100 Introduction to Business 3 cr.

Survey course of business, including management and organization, human resource management,

marketing, social media and e-business, information systems, accounting, and finance. Topics included

within these areas include ethics and social responsibility, small business concerns and entrepreneurship,

and global issues. Students will explore topics such as the impact of social media on business the

economic crisis, green and socially responsible business, and sustainability. The course includes an

introduction to Microsoft Excel and other software used in business.

BU 150 Accounting Basics 3 cr.

Introductory course in basic accounting principles designed for non-business majors. Financial and

managerial accounting topics relevant to the individual or small business owner are presented. Students

who have completed BU 155 are not eligible to take this course.

BU 155 Accounting Principles I 4 cr.

Introductory course in financial accounting. Presents basic accounting theory, principles and practices

related to double-entry system. Accounting cycle including journalizing and posting entries, preparing

worksheet, making adjusting, closing, and reversing entries and preparing periodic statements is covered.

BU 156 Accounting Principles II 4 cr.

Continuation of BU 155. Application of basic principles of accounting to partnerships and corporations,

owner’s equities, cost systems, management reports and financial statement analyses. Prerequisite: BU

155.

BU 192, 193, 194 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

Topics to be arranged by the department and student. Hours and credits to be arranged by the

department.

BU 210 Business Mathematics 3 cr.

This course will present an arithmetic-based, basic approach to business mathematics. The emphasis is

on practical, skill-building approach to prepare students for future careers in business through step-by-

step development of concepts, numerous practice exercises, and a focus on business applications.

Applied Business Mathematics will provide students with vocabulary, practices and background

information for future business courses such as bookkeeping, accounting or finance. Successful

completion of the course will result in the student gaining factual knowledge such as terminology and

mathematical methods and procedures, learning fundamental mathematical principles and

generalizations, and learning to apply course material to real-world situations.

BU 230 Marketing Principles 3 cr.

Introduction to the social foundations of marketing, the marketing management process, the role of

marketing research, the analysis of market opportunities, the selection of target markets, and the

development of the marketing mix. Prerequisites: EC 100, EC 201 or EC 202.

BU 235 Management Information Systems 3 cr.

Focus upon ways in which information systems can be created to give competitive advantages to

businesses. Emphasis on effective management of information technology and organizational issues in

information systems. Exploration of these issues through case studies.

96

BU 240 Management Principles 3 cr.

An examination of the basic principles, processes and functions of management, including planning,

organizing, leading and controlling. A look at contributions from key classical theorists and present

applications of these theories. Topics also include ethics, globalization and decision-making. Application

assignments are used to assist the development of student’s written communication skills. Prerequisite:

EN 101 or equivalent.

BU 255 Intermediate Accounting I 4 cr.

Emphasis on accounting functions; advanced problems of asset and liability valuation, cash flow, and

application of funds are presented. Prerequisite: BU 156.

BU 256 Intermediate Accounting II 4 cr.

Continuation of BU 255. Emphasis on stockholder’s equity, theory of income determination and

presentation and analysis of financial statements. Prerequisite: BU 255.

BU 270 Sport Industry: Cultural and Sociological Perspectives 3 cr.

An introduction to commercial recreation and sports and their function in the leisure service delivery

system. Focus on socio/historical perspectives and ethical issues. Discussion of resources, financing,

pricing, programming and marketing.

BU 300 Principles of Supervision 3 cr.

An examination of the importance of supervising people in the workplace, including the role of the

supervisor in understanding human resources problems. Emphasis on the role of the supervisor in

handling labor problems, improving communication in the organization, directing, staffing, and training.

Prerequisite: BU 240

BU 301 Consumer Behavior 3 cr.

The decision-making processes which consumers use in selecting and purchasing goods and services

and the psychological, sociological, and cultural factors which influence these decisions. An analysis of

the marketing mix with strategies and policies in a behavioral context is covered. Prerequisite: BU 230

BU 303 Entrepreneurship 3 cr.

Principles and techniques of owning, operating and managing a small business are introduced. Students

examine how to obtain financing, determine location, investigate expansion, franchising, facilities and

resource management and legal considerations.

Students develop a business plan.

BU 315 Auditing 4 cr.

Concepts and objectives of auditing with emphasis on duties and responsibilities of the external auditor.

Auditing standards, procedures and terminology are presented. Problems relating collection of evidence,

evaluation of internal control, verification and preparation of working papers and reports. Prerequisite: BU

255.

BU 320 Cost Accounting 4 cr.

Theory and practice of cost accounting procedures as applied to job cost systems, process cost systems

and standard cost systems. Price setting, determination of profitability and management systems for

accountability. Prerequisite: BU 156.

97

BU 341 Human Resources Management 3 cr.

Specific techniques used in managing human resources, such as employee recruiting, selecting,

development and training, job analysis, wage and salary administration, performance appraisal, equal

employment, safety, security, recreation, communications, employee and labor relations and collective

bargaining relating to the function of management within a business enterprise. Focus will also be placed

on the importance of managing human resources to add long-term value to a corporation in order to meet

competitive challenges. Prerequisite: BU 240.

BU 345 Organizational Behavior 3 cr.

Study of motivation, leadership, and other various factors which affect individual and group behaviors as

they relate to performance, productivity and satisfaction in work organizations. Students analyze the

application of these concepts in a number of organizations and examine the challenges and ethical

concerns related to managing workers within a global and virtual work environment. Prerequisite: BU 240,

junior standing

BU 348 Sports Events, Sponsorship and Promotions 3 cr.

An analysis of techniques and strategies for publicizing and marketing sport and recreation programs.

Focus on public relations and promotion, factors affecting consumer behavior, market management and

development of information and marketing plans. Prerequisites: BU 230, BU 270.

BU 355 Compensation and Benefits 3 cr.

A study of the principles and procedures for the determination of compensation levels, benchmark

positions, wage structures and methods of payment. The course will also examine fringe benefits, their

cost evaluation and the impact that benefits have on employee satisfaction and retention. Prerequisites:

BU 156, BU 341.

BU 360 Corporate Finance 3 cr.

Study of how business corporations can plan for, acquire and make maximum utilization of funds

available to them. Extensive review of time value of money calculations and concepts. Investigate effects

of taxes on types of business ownership, analysis of financial ratios, capital budgeting, rates of return and

risk analysis. Prerequisites: BU 155, BU 156, EC 201, EC 202, MA 145 or higher.

BU 370 Investments 3 cr.

Study of common and preferred stocks, corporate bonds, government bonds and other financial

investments. Techniques in determining investment objectives and strategies analyzing investment

opportunities, and initial development of an investment portfolio are presented. Prerequisite: BU 360.

BU 375 Marketing Research 3 cr.

Fundamentals of collection, analysis, interpretation, presentation and application of data for the solution

of marketing problems. Survey research and experimental design with emphasis on problem definition,

research design, primary and secondary data collection, sampling, statistical analysis and decision

making are presented. Prerequisites: BU 230, MA 221.

BU 380 Sales Management 3 cr.

Covers the role of the sales manager in sales training programs, motivating, compensating, and

supervising the sales force and various aspects of sales planning. Prerequisite: BU 230.

98

BU 385 Marketing Management 3 cr.

Emphasizes the decision-making role of the marketing manager in analyzing market opportunities,

selecting target markets, and planning, implementing, and controlling marketing programs (product, price,

distribution, and promotion decisions) to reach those markets. Prerequisites: BU 230, MA 221.

BU 386 Operations Management 3 cr.

Examines the processes used by a company to produce and distribute valuable products and services to

its customers. Operations management appraises the methods that aid in management decision-making.

Course topics addressed are strategy and value, capability, capacity, supply chain, quality tools, inventory

management, project management and value creation. Prerequisite: BU 235.

BU 388 Business Ethics 3 cr.

Provides a framework for integrating ethics into decision-making in the context of a business/ professional

environment that is complex, dynamic and increasingly global in scope. Will focus on actual case

problems and companies that have developed ethically sound policies in a number of areas, for example,

community service, environmental responsibility, work- family programs, labor practices, conflict of

interest, falsification of information, Internet privacy, legal compliance, etc. Prerequisite: junior or senior

status.

BU 390 Advertising 3 cr.

Examines the place of advertising in the marketing of goods and services, the planning of effective

advertising, the use of media in advertising and the management of advertising. Prerequisite: BU 230

BU 391-394 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

Advanced topics in business. Specific credit hours and topics to be arranged with division approval.

BU 400 Advanced Corporate Finance 3 cr.

This course expands on the fundamentals of corporate finance and introduces students to integrated

financial analysis and issues relating to investment decisions, financing decisions, payout estimations,

and borrowing and leasing alternatives. Modern financial markets and instruments such as options and

derivatives are examined as well as dividend and retention decisions to optimize shareholder value. The

subjects of risk management, diversification and valuation will also be discussed. Prerequisite: BU 360

BU 410 New Venture Management 3 cr.

This capstone course completes the study of owning, operating and managing a small enterprise.

Through the use of case studies, emphasis is placed on planning the product or service, screening

opportunities, developing financial projections, obtaining capital and managing growth. The issues

surrounding business dissolution are also discussed. The student may complete a business plan for their

own venture.

BU 425 Project Management 3 cr.

Exploration of Project Management through case studies and projects. This course examines both the

technical and behavioral aspects of project management. Students will participate in project teams

throughout the semester. Prerequisite: junior standing

99

BU 426 Strategic Management 3 cr.

Capstone course for all Business majors. Provides students the opportunity to enhance their skills to

analyze and understand the strategic use of resources, how organizations adapt to rapid technology

changes as well as how they restructure and operate in a culturally diverse market. Students work on a

number of case studies to develop their skills, knowledge and abilities. Emphasis is placed on the

strategic importance of social responsibility and ethics. Issues include sustainability, community relations

and the global environment. Prerequisites: BU 240, BU 150 or BU 155, EC 201/202; BU 345 is strongly

recommended, Senior standing.

BU 435 Business and Government 3 cr.

An historic as well as current investigation into the roles and relationships between business enterprises

and the governmental sector. Governmental regulation and regulatory bodies related to business,

antitrust and other related topics are presented. Emphasis is placed on the strategic importance of social

responsibility and ethics. Issues include sustainability community relations and the global environment.

Prerequisites: BU 240,

EC 201/202.

BU 436 Labor Relations 3 cr.

An analysis of the current relationship between labor and management including an historical view of the

relationship through an understanding of current labor laws and regulation Students examine collective

bargaining in both the private and public sectors as well as strategies used by labor and management to

address the challenges of today’s workplace. Prerequisites: BU 240, EC 201/202 and junior standing.

BU 450 Global Marketing 3 cr.

Modification of basic marketing concepts to the global perspective. Differences among markets due to

geography, culture, politics, economics, government laws and regulations, and commercial policy and

trade practices are emphasized. Prerequisite: BU 230.

BU 455 Advanced Accounting 4 cr.

Concepts, principles, theories and problems in accounting for business combinations, stock investments,

partnerships, branch operations, foreign currency transactions, international operations and in the

preparation of consolidated financial statements. Accounting and reporting by governmental units.

Prerequisite: BU 255.

BU 458 Federal Income Tax I 4 cr.

Study of federal income tax laws, regulations and procedures as related and applied to individuals. This

will include federal taxation of property transactions as they relate to individuals. Students will be required

to complete a Form 1040, utilizing available software. Prerequisite: BU 156.

BU 459 Federal Income Tax II 3 cr.

Study of federal income tax laws, regulations and procedures as related and applied to entities. This will

include federal taxation of property transactions as they relate to entities. Includes coverage of

partnerships, corporations, estates and trusts. There will be an introduction to research techniques.

Prerequisite: BU 458.

BU 462 Legal Issues in Sports 3 cr.

The interaction and application of law to particular topics in sports and recreation, including contractual

and business obligations, drug testing, sports violence, labor relations, regulation of intercollegiate and

100

amateur sports and gender discrimination. Contracts, torts, professional responsibility and constitutional

law issues are explored. Strategies for reducing risks and minimizing litigation will be discussed.

BU 463 Sport Program Administration 3 cr.

An in depth study of recreational programming including assessment of need, scheduling, budgets, hiring

and supervision of personnel, equipment management and evaluation. Prerequisites: BU 240, BU 270.

BU 465 Sport Facilities Management 3 cr.

Principles of financing, operating and managing a sport and recreation facility. Overview of planning,

design, construction, operation, maintenance, security, evaluation and risk management. Prerequisites:

BU 240, BU 270.

BU 473 Business Law I 3 cr.

Nature, purpose and functions of law with special emphasis on its relation to business. Fundamentals of

the law of contracts, agency, sales, commercial paper, banking, property, partnerships, corporations,

bankruptcy, trade regulations, secured transactions, investment securities and documents of title.

Administrative, criminal, torts and employment law. Prerequisite: junior standing.

BU 474 Business Law II 3 cr.

Expansion of Business Law I with emphasis on forms of business organizations, agency, sales,

negotiable instruments, regulations of business, accountant liability, and environmental law and property.

Prerequisites: BU 473 and junior standing.

BU 475 Fraud Examination 3 cr.

The study of the principles and methodology used in the examination, identification and detection of

fraud. The course will examine the most common schemes used by executives, managers and

employees to commit fraud against their organizations. It provides an analysis of various types of fraud

and includes cases that illustrate and help the student understand each type of fraud. Prerequisites: BU

256 and BU 315.

BU 491- 494 Independent Study 1-3 cr.

Opportunity for the student to study specific topics of interest not covered in curriculum which would aid in

overall content knowledge of business or help better prepare student for career. Must have approval of

division. Prerequisite: junior standing.

BU 295, 395, 495 Internship 1-6 cr.

BU 295 is an on-campus initial work experience designed to introduce the student to the discipline of the

workplace. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and permission of advisor. BU 395 is a work experience

designed to integrate course objectives with a practical experience in an off-campus work environment.

Prerequisites: Permission of advisor and junior standing. BU 495 is an advanced work experience with

clear career or project orientation designed for juniors and seniors with prior on-the-job-training.

Prerequisite: permission of advisor.

Up to 6 credits of internship can be applied to the major requirements; however, students can choose to

take more internship credits as elective credits.

101

CHEMISTRY

Notre Dame College offers a Bachelor of Science in Chemistry with a Biochemistry Concentration. This

chemistry program is a rigorous exploration of the chemistry and biology of biochemical and molecular

systems, coupled with research experiences, which will prepare students for employment in the

biochemical field, graduate studies in biochemistry and molecular biology or professional studies in

medicine, pharmacy, or dentistry.

Program Mission: Students majoring in chemistry at Notre Dame College will seek to understand their

world at the atomic level. Students will broadly explore chemistry theory and practice, through both

classroom and laboratory study. Chemistry program graduates will be prepared to enter the chemistry

workplace. The graduates will be further be well prepared as to pursue advanced studies in chemistry

and related fields or to pursue professional studies in medicine, dentistry, or pharmacology. Furthermore,

graduates will be empowered to use their knowledge of chemistry responsibly in a global society.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing a major in Chemistry will be able to:

• Demonstrate current knowledge in the major disciplines of Chemistry.

• Critically evaluate current chemical theory.

• Demonstrate standard laboratory techniques, including: wet chemistry, instrumentation, molecular modeling, experimental design, and keeping a laboratory notebook.

• Communicate scientific information effectively in written, oral, and other informational technologies.

• Engage in the process of discovery through literature review, hypothesis formulation, research design, experimentation, and analysis.

• Act safely, responsibly, and with high ethical standards as a professional scientist.

BIOCHEMISTRY (BS)

This program offers a comprehensive background for students wishing to pursue research careers in

biochemistry, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, pharmaceutical chemistry, toxicology, immunology,

clinical chemistry, and other areas of biochemical and biomedical research.

Requirements: (66 Credits)

CH 118, 119 General Chemistry I and Lab

CH 120, 121 General Chemistry II and Lab

CH 211, 213 Organic Chemistry I and Lab

CH 214, 215 Organic Chemistry II and Lab

CH 305, 306 Biochemistry I and Lab

CH 340, 341 Foundations of Analytical Chemistry and Lab

CH 405, 406 Biochemistry II and Lab

CH 455, 456 Foundations of Physical Chemistry and Lab

CH 481 Coordinating Seminar in Chemistry

CH 491,492,493 Independent Research and/or Internship

BI 114, 115 General Biology I and Lab: Molecular Biology

BI 307, 307L Cell and Molecular Biology and Lab

BI 350 Genetics

MA 175 Calculus I

MA 176 Calculus II

102

PS 200, 201 College Physics I and Lab

PS 202, 203 College Physics II and Lab

CHEMISTRY MINOR

28 Credits

Requirements:

CH 118, 119 General Chemistry I and Lab

CH 120, 121 General Chemistry II and Lab

CH 211, 213 Organic Chemistry I and Lab

CH 214, 215 Organic Chemistry II and Lab

CH 340, 341 Foundations of Analytical Chemistry and Lab

Plus six (6) credits from any upper biennium chemistry courses except CH 427.

Binary Program in Engineering

Students who are interested in pursuing a career in engineering may enter the Binary Program in

Engineering. Students who major in mathematics or science at Notre Dame College can apply for

admission to a binary program at Case Western Reserve University. See ENGINEERING for more

information.

SUMMER LABORATORY RESEARCH INTERNSHIPS

Notre Dame College is located in an area known for its major research universities and hospitals.

Students are strongly encouraged to apply for summer research work in these facilities. These

experiences provide the student with additional learning opportunities, work experience, summer

employment, career exploration possibilities, and, in some circumstances, academic credit from Notre

Dame College.

103

COURSE OFFERINGS

All laboratory courses must be taken concurrently with the corresponding lecture courses. A

student must have the permission of the instructor to deviate from this policy. A student who withdraws

from a lecture course may not continue the laboratory course except under unusual circumstances and

with the permission of the instructor.

CH 102 Introductory Chemistry 3 cr.

An introductory treatment of fundamental principles of chemistry, designed for non-science majors as well

as preparation for CH 106. Prerequisite: MA 105.

CH 103 Introductory Chemistry Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly.

CH 106 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry 3 cr.

Introduction to inorganic chemistry, including fundamental concepts, tools and techniques. The course

content will include: atomic structure, bonding, reactions, solutions, reaction dynamics, equilibrium and

gases. This course is not designed for students majoring in chemistry, biology or environmental science.

Prerequisites: MA 105, high school chemistry or CH 102.

CH 107 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly.

CH 116 Principles of Organic and Biological Chemistry 3 cr.

Continuation of the introduction to chemistry with emphasis on organic and biological chemistry. The

course content will include: hydrocarbons, alcohols, carbonyls, organic acids and their derivatives,

carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, hormones, vitamins, metabolism, and body fluids. This course is not

designed for students majoring in chemistry, biology or environmental science. Prerequisite: CH 106/107.

CH 117 Principles of Organic and Biological Chemistry Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly.

CH 118, 120 General Chemistry I, II 4, 4 cr.

An introduction to the principles of inorganic chemistry with emphasis on quantitative relationships, atomic

and molecular structure, solutions, chemical equilibrium and chemical kinetics. A weekly one-hour

problem/recitation session is required. Prerequisites: One-year high school chemistry or CH 102, and MA

110 or equivalent.

CH 119, 121 General Chemistry Laboratory I, II 1, 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly.

CH 191, 192, 193, 194 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

CH 211, 214 Organic Chemistry I, II 3, 3 cr.

Treatment of fundamental concepts of aliphatic and aromatic organic chemistry, structural theory,

reaction mechanisms, and synthetic methods. An introduction to structure determination using

spectroscopic methods.

Prerequisites: CH 118 and 120 or their equivalent.

104

CH 213, 215 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I, II 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly.

CH 220 Earth Science 3 cr.

Study of the structure of the earth, rocks and minerals, continents and ocean basins, weather and

climate, and stars and planets.

CH 221 Earth Science Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly.

CH 225 Science for Living 3 cr.

Presentation of physical and life science discoveries that impact our way of life and their application in

today’s world. Intended to fulfill the Core Requirement in Science.

CH 226 Science for Living Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly. Development of an understanding of the experimental nature of

science and an introduction to data analysis and scientific reporting.

CH 305 Biochemistry I 3 cr.

This course is a study of the structure and function of biological important molecules from a chemistry

perspective. Major topics will include carbohydrates, lipids, nucleotides, proteins, and enzymes.

Thermodynamic considerations and kinetic analysis of biochemical systems will be emphasized.

Prerequisites: CH 211, 214. Recommended: BI 307.

CH 306 Biochemistry I Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly. This laboratory course will focus on the theory and application

of basic biochemical techniques used in the study of proteins including biological buffers,

chromatography, spectrophotometry, gel electrophoresis and centrifugation.

CH 308 Environmental Chemistry 3 cr.

A survey of chemical phenomena in the earth’s environment. The study of sources, reactions, transport,

effects and fates of chemicals in the water, soil and air, and how humans influence these processes.

Prerequisite: CH 211.

CH 320/320L Integrated Earth Systems 4 cr.

An exploration of interactions between the geosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere and biosphere with

analysis of the human impacts and environmental issues affecting these interactions. Application of

concepts through a service-learning research project in the community. One three-hour laboratory period

weekly. Prerequisites: BI 116/117 and CH 118/119 (or equivalents) or permission of the instructor.

CH 340 Foundations of Analytical Chemistry 3 cr.

This course will explore fundamental and modern approaches to analysis as they relate to qualitative and

quantitively characterization. Topics will include statistical data interpretation, volumetric analysis,

gravimetric analysis, electrochemical analysis, spectrophotometry, chromatography, and mass

spectrometry. Prerequisites: CH 120/121

105

CH 341 Foundations of Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 1 cr.

This laboratory will expose students to several fundamental and modern approaches to chemical and

biochemical analysis. Students will explore volumetric analysis, gravimetric analysis, electrochemical

analysis, spectrophotometry, and chromatography. During each lab student sill qualitatively and

quantitatively describe a sample including the statistical significance of their measurements.

Prerequisites: CH 120/121

CH 405 Biochemistry II 3 cr.

This course is an in-depth study of the intermediary metabolic pathways responsible for life.

Prerequisites: CH 305 or the equivalent.

CH 406 Biochemistry II Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly. This laboratory course will focus on theory and application of

molecular biology techniques including the preparation and analysis of DNA and RNA and polymerase

chain reaction.

CH 455 Foundations of Physical Chemistry 3 cr.

This course covers topics in physical chemistry from a biochemical perspective. Topics will include an

integrated study of thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, and quantum mechanics. Prerequisites: MA 175,

PS 202/203, CH 120/121

CH 456 Foundations of Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 cr.

This lab covers topics in physical chemistry from a biochemical perspective. Topics will include an

integrated study of thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, and quantum mechanics.

CH 481 Coordinating Seminar in Chemistry 1 cr.

A seminar course which will engage students in the discussion of career opportunities in chemistry or

related fields, ethical responsibilities of a science professional, and current trends in research in

chemistry. In addition, students will collect, analyze, evaluate, and communicate on a topic in chemistry.

Pre-requisite, senior-level with at least two 300/400 level chemistry courses (or with permission from the

instructor).

CH 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 426 Special Topics 1-3 cr.

Advanced topics in Chemistry to be arranged by the instructor and students. Hours and credits arranged

by the instructor.

CH 432 Coordinating Seminar: Environmental Science 1 cr.

CH 473, 474 Research Topics 1-3 cr.

An opportunity for students to undertake laboratory research under faculty direction. Hours and credit

arranged by the department. Participation in the research seminar and a written report are required.

Prerequisite: CH 465/466 or permission of faculty sponsor.

CH 491, 492, 493, 494 Independent Study 1-3 cr.

An opportunity for qualified and capable students to do independent work in chemistry. Hours and credit

arranged by the instructor.

106

CH 295, 395, 495 Internship 1-6 cr.

Up to 6 credits of internship can be applied to the major requirements; however, students can choose to

take more internship credits as elective credits.

107

COMMUNICATION & PUBLIC RELATIONS

Graduates are qualified to pursue graduate studies or a variety of careers requiring problem-solving,

critical thinking, critical listening and inferential reading. Graduates demonstrate effective speaking and

writing skills in a variety of contexts.

STRATEGIC COMMUNICATION AND PUBLIC RELATIONS MAJOR

48 Credits

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing a Strategic Communication and Public Relations Major will be able to demonstrate:

• Effective writing skills (assessed through written assignments).

• Critical thinking skills (assessed through decision making of story development and audience analysis).

• Awareness of contexts (assessed through message development across various platforms and audiences).

• Understanding and application of ethical behavior (assessed through discussions, lectures and activities regarding ethics in the media).

Program Goals

Students completing a Strategic Communication and Public Relations Major will:

• Communicate effectively in both written and oral forms

• Write effectively for various publics using different technologies

• Understand key functions and standard processes for business and/or design

• Critically evaluate, analyze, and interpret information to solve problems in business and personal situations

• Develop communication messages appropriately for different business goals, within different formats, and across different platforms

• Use communication strategies ethically

Core Communication Requirements: 48 credits

CA 201 Interpersonal Communication

CA 220 Newswriting

CA 232 Professional Communication

CA 250 Mass Communication

CA 323 Introduction to Strategic Communication and Public Relations

CA 324 Public Relations Writing and Production

CA 374 Presentation Techniques

CA 376 Intercultural Communication

CA 380 Organizational/ Leadership Communication

CA 401 Communication Theory Capstone

CA 403 Strategic Public Communication

CA 410 Applied Public Communication

CA 495 Internship

PO 350 Research for Social Sciences

SO 425 Conflict Management and Resolution

MA 221 Statistics

108

COMMUNICATION MINOR

18 credits

Requirements: 12 credits

CA 201 Interpersonal Communication

CA 220 Newswriting

CA 250 Mass Communication

CA 374 Presentation Techniques

Two of the following courses: 6 credits

TR 212 Oral Interpretation

CA 305 Film Studies

TR 309 Acting and Directing

TR 313 Event/Play Production Apprenticeship

CA 323 Introduction to Strategic Communication and Public Relations

CA 324 Public Relations Writing and Production

CA 410 Applied Public Communication

PUBLIC RELATIONS MINOR

18 Credits

Core Requirements: 12 credits

CA 201 Interpersonal Communication

CA 220 Newswriting

CA 250 Mass Communication

CA 374 Presentation Techniques

Two (2) of the Following: 6 credits

CA 403 Public Relations Practicum (Highly Recommended)

TR 313 Event/Play Production Apprenticeship

CA 323 Introduction to Strategic Communication and Public Relations

CA 324 Public Relations Writing and Production

CA 380 Organizational/Leadership Communication

COURSE OFFERINGS

* A college level composition course is a prerequisite to most communication courses.

CA 100 Elements of Speech 3 cr.

Introduces the speech communication process, both theory and practice. The purpose of this course is to

develop an understanding of oral communication as a fundamental element of being an educated person

in our society. The focus is on the principles, skills, and responsibilities of speaking with a purpose,

interpreting and adapting to an immediate (live) audience, and critically responding to our own and others’

speaking. The course increases confidence in public speaking.

CA 152, 252, 352, 452 Study Tours 1-6 cr.

109

CA 171, 271, 371, 471 Workshops 1-3 cr.

CA 191, 192, 193, 194 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

CA 201 Interpersonal Communication 3 cr.

Studies interpersonal levels of communication and their applications. Skills developed and topics

explored include verbal and non-verbal effectiveness; self- disclosure and assertiveness; active and

empathic listening; and a variety of dyadic transactions.

CA 220 Newswriting 3 cr.

Introductory journalism course teaching basic skills in writing news for print, broadcast and web. Students

learn to write clearly, concisely and accurately under deadline and will submit articles to the student

newspaper, Notre Dame News.*

CA 232 Professional Communication 3 cr.

Study of written and oral communication theory and its importance in accomplishing organizational

objectives. Practical exercises will be reviewed to build on basic skill requirements.

CA 250 Mass Communication 3 cr.

An introduction to mass communication through study of the commercial, historical and social

underpinnings of American mass media and information industries. *

CA 305 Film Studies 3 cr.

Explores film as an art form, treating its language, history and genres with special emphasis on the roles

of those under-represented in the film industry. Many films, arranged around various themes and styles of

directing, are viewed as primary texts in the course. International films are integrated into the course as

well.

CA 323 Introduction to Strategic Communication and Public Relations 3 cr.

Offers an introduction to and practice in professional writing and messaging appropriate advertising,

public relations, trade publications, technical writing, news, social media, etc. Students are introduced to

various platforms for visual messaging and design. Prerequisite: CA 220 and CA 250.

CA 324 Public Relations Writing and Production 3 cr.

Provides intensive practice in professional writing and messaging appropriate for advertising, public

relations trade publication, technical writing, news, social media, etc. Students research, analyze and

create audience appropriate communication solutions for a client including web content development and

strategic communication planning. Prerequisite: CA 220, CA 250, and CA 323 or department permission.

CA 374 Presentation Techniques 3 cr.

Practice in a variety of public speaking forms serves as focus: advanced work in the extemporaneous

mode, as well as an introduction to manuscript, memorized and impromptu styles. Experiences with

special occasion speaking take students beyond the confines of the classroom into settings involving

larger spaces, technical considerations and other challenges. Prerequisite: Junior/Senior standing or

departmental permission.

110

CA 376 Intercultural Communication 3 cr.

Probes the influence of individuals’ backgrounds on cross-cultural experiences. The roles of ethnicity,

gender, race, religion and sexual orientation are explored by examining how verbal and non-verbal

messages are generated and interpreted. Practice with specific skills will empower students to become

competent intercultural communicators. Prerequisite: Junior/Senior standing or departmental permission.

CA 380 Organizational/Leadership Communication 3 cr.

Explores organization communication theory and its application to real world public relations cases

involving business, nonprofit and governmental organizations. Includes an introduction to effective

leadership communication styles. Students complete and electronic leadership portfolio. Prerequisite: CA

220 and Jr/Senior Status

CA 391, 392, 393, 394 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

CA 401 Communication Theory 3 cr.

Surveys the different ways in which communication has been conceptualized, described and explained.

Explores the powers and limitations of various theories and perspectives.* Junior/senior standing.

CA 403 Strategic Public Communication 3 cr.

Studies the historical antecedents and contemporary practice of public communication in America.

Special emphasis is placed on day-to-day tasks, skills and responsibilities of practitioners including

primary and secondary research. Students explore specific issues, meet professionals, and work on a

communication campaign. Student work culminates in a completed professional portfolio. Pre-requisite:

PO 350, CA 323, CA 324, CA 401.

CA 410 Applied Public Communication

3 cr.

An in-depth analysis of the public communication channels such as social media, TV and cable networks,

AM and FM radio, the music industry and the developing integration of video and computer networks.

Special attention is paid to the role of advertising, the impact of video and audio in popular culture and

ethical dilemmas. *Recommended preparation: CA 220

CA 491, 492, 493, 494 Independent Study 1-3 cr.

Offers opportunities for junior and senior level students in good academic standing and possessing the

necessary skills to pursue a research topic or to develop a project. Closely directed by a faculty member.

CA 295, 395, 495 Internship 1-6 cr.

Up to 6 credits of internship can be applied to the major requirements; however, students can choose to

take more internship credits as elective credits.

111

ECONOMICS

Economics is a discipline that examines society’s responses to the problem of scarcity. This necessitates

that people make choices, and hence, deals with decision-making, problem-solving and critical thinking.

Economics courses are offered to support the various majors offered by the Business Administration

Division and various interdisciplinary majors. Although there is no major offered in Economics, students

may obtain a minor.

Objectives of Economic Courses (Minor in Economics Student Outcomes):

• Learn economic vocabulary. The student should be able to recognize, define, and use economic terminology in classroom discussions, reading assignments, and formal assessments.

• Learn to apply graphing techniques and interpret economic models. The student should demonstrate the ability to read and interpret economic models demonstrated graphically and to use linear algebra to explain the relationships among economic variables.

• Learn about economic problem solving. The student should develop the ability to use economic analytical tools to explain, solve, and predict outcomes in the hypothetical, as well as real world economic situations.

• Learn about and discuss current economic issues. The student should develop the ability to relate economic principles to current and real world situations.

ECONOMICS MINOR

Lower Biennium Prerequisites: 6 Credits

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

12 additional credits in Upper Biennium Economics courses.

112

COURSE OFFERINGS

EC 100 Economics and Contemporary Issues 3 cr.

A general introduction to the study of economics, including both micro-and macroeconomics concepts

and ideas, as reflected in current domestic socioeconomic and global issues. NOTE: This course is not

open to students who have successfully completed the Principles sequence (EC 201, 202).

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics 3 cr.

The second of a two-course sequence; this course introduces students to the social science of

economics, and then examines the behavior of individual consumers and firms, as well as the role of

government, in the product and resource markets. On what bases are decisions made to buy (demand)

and sell (supply)? How are these markets structured? What if the market system does not work, or is not

allowed to work? What is the proper role of the government in a market-based economy? Prerequisite:

Cannot take concurrently with EC 202

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 cr.

The first of a two-course sequence in Principles of Economics; this course examines the goals of the

macro economy (full employment, domestic price stability, economic growth, and stable international

economic relations) and how they are promoted by the government’s use of fiscal and monetary policy.

The course concludes with a formal introduction to international economics, including the micro-based

topics of international trade theory and commercial policy, as well as international finance and open-

economy macroeconomics. Prerequisite: Cannot take concurrently with EC 201

EC 304 Economic History of the United States 3 cr.

A topical approach, within a chronological context, to the development of the American economy. Topics

examined include agriculture, industry, finance, transportation and communication, commerce, labor and

the role of the government in the economy. Prerequisite: sophomore standing

EC 305 Comparative Economic Systems 3 cr.

A non-quantitative course that examines the bases for comparing economies and economic systems;

studies the cultural and historic development of economies ranging from open-market capitalistic systems

to centrally planned economies, and the hybrid of market socialism; analyzes examples of each of these

at various levels of maturity and development. Prerequisite: Sophomore or higher standing.

EC 331 Money, Banking and Global Financial Markets 3 cr.

An examination of the various forms of money and other financial assets and the global markets in which

they are traded; the roles of banks and other financial intermediaries, the instruments which they trade,

and the effect of their behavior on their customers and the economy; the governments’ monetary policies

and their impact on the economic activity of their respective countries. Prerequisite: EC 201-202 or

permission of instructor.

EC 350 Managerial Economics 3 cr.

An application of microeconomic theory and methods to business and administrative decision- making;

both the neoclassical approach, including a detailed treatment of supply and demand, the theory of the

firm, and efficiency in a general equilibrium framework, and modern contributions of economics in the

areas of coordination, motivation, organization, and strategy, e.g., the economics of transactions costs

and information problems, are presented. Historical and international comparisons of management issues

are made. Prerequisites: BU 360, EC 201-202 or permission of instructor.

113

EC 391, 392, 393, 394 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

Possible topics include the economics of gender issues, health economics, and the economics of

environmental issues. Prerequisite: EC 201-202 or permission of instructor.

EC 432 Public Finance 3 cr.

An examination of the role of the public sector (government) in the economy, especially how it spends

and raises money: the traditional functions of government economic policy; how government spending

and taxing policies are made; public expenditure programs such as welfare, social insurance, and health

care; principles of government financing; the practice of taxation, especially by the national government;

and intergovernmental financial relations. Prerequisite: Junior or higher standing.

EC 440 International Economics 3 cr.

An examination of key issues facing the global economy, including trade theory and policy, protectionism

and trade blocs, the mobility of labor and capital through multinational corporations and otherwise,

various exchange rate systems and how they affect international business, issues of economic

development and transition to market economies. Prerequisite: EC 201-202 or permission of instructor.

EC 442 International Finance 3 cr.

A study of the international monetary system and the balance of payments; foreign exchange markets

and their implications for businesses involved in global decision-making; the issues surrounding foreign

investment; international banks and other global financial resources. Prerequisite: EC 201, EC 202, & BU

360.

EC 480 Labor Economics 3 cr.

A study of the workings and outcomes of the market for labor: the factors determining the demand for

labor, and the labor supply decisions of workers; issues relating to the structure of wages and

compensation; the incentives for and effects of educational and training investments; the effects of unions

on wages, productivity, etc.; the employment and wage effects of such social policies as minimum wage,

OSHA, and antidiscrimination laws; the problems of unemployment and the impact of wages on inflation.

Prerequisite: EC 201-202 or permission of instructor.

EC 491, 492, 493, 494 Independent Study 1-3 cr.

Opportunity to work on a special project or investigation designed by the student and approved by the

faculty sponsor. Prerequisite: Senior standing.

114

EDUCATION

TEACHER EDUCATION

Notre Dame College has a long tradition of teacher education. Students may pursue programs leading to

Ohio licensure in early childhood, middle childhood, special education, and adolescent/young adult.

Those pursuing adolescent/young adult also pursue an academic major. The detailed organization of the

teacher education program and its specific directives are outlined in the Teacher Candidate Handbook.

Education Unit Vision

The Division of Professional Education educates teacher candidates for personal, professional, and

global responsibility so that in their role as teachers they are willing to take a stand for human rights and

social justice. The willingness to take a stand is critical in local communities and in a world where the

disparities in access to goods and resources can threaten human relationships. This aligns with the

conceptual framework for the Division of Professional Education at Notre Dame College which is driven

by the institutional mission statement of educating “a diverse population...for personal, professional and

global responsibility” and the College motto, "Changing the world, one student at a time." Current theory

and research, state and national

standards, the standards of specialized professional associations, and the concerns of the division’s P-12

partners have further aided the division in reshaping and redefining its conceptual framework of “changing

the classroom, one teacher at a time.” The major themes articulated by the conceptual framework guide

candidate performance outcomes and the system by which the division, its programs, and its candidates

are assessed.

While the Notre Dame College community embraces and lives out of a carefully articulated and well

documented values list (Notre Dame College, 2007), four values stand out in the Notre Dame Education

tradition for the Division of Professional Education. The dignity of the whole person and that individual’s

right to an education are fundamental to the Notre Dame College teacher preparation program. The

Division values the range of diversity among our teacher candidates, in our partnership schools, and

among the core and adjunct faculty. Collaboration is highly valued in the Division as we recognize the

social nature of learning and work, and we acknowledge the importance of student voice in the education

process. Fairness, honesty, respect, and ethical behavior are aspects of responsible professional

engagement that the Education Faculty seeks to model for and cultivate in the teacher candidates.

Admission to the Division of Professional Education

Education Program admission is open to students who demonstrate that they have the intellectual ability,

emotional stability, and dispositional and professional skills needed to be a professional teacher. Students

desiring to apply to the Education Program must first be admitted to the College through the regular

Admissions Office application process. Students planning to major in Education will be classified as pre-

education until their formal acceptance into the Education program. Formal application should be

submitted to the Division during ED 205. Students in the Non-Licensure Education Studies program do

not need to formally apply to the Division of Professional Education.

To apply to the division, students need to access the online document by going to myNDC and clicking on

Academics, then Division of Professional Education Forms, then Application to the Division. When

applying to the division, candidates must submit the formal application document, a copy of their

disposition assessment from Tk20, and a letter of recommendation from a cooperating teacher from one

of their field experiences.

115

Prerequisites needed for admission to the Division of Professional Education are:

ED 202/203 Introduction to Education/Field Experience

ED 204 Educational Psychology

ED 205/206 Psychology of Special Needs/Field Experience

PY 201 General Psychology

The pre-education courses must be taken in sequence. Candidates may be required to undergo an Ohio

Bureau of Criminal Investigation (BCI) background check before being allowed to participate in field

experiences in ED 202/203 and subsequent education courses. The state of Ohio will require another

BCI and FBI background check before applying for licensure. Candidates are responsible for the cost of

the background check, and the outcome may impact the candidate’s ability to remain in the program.

See the following website for more information:

http://education.ohio.gov/Topics/Teaching/Licensure/Additional-Information/Background-Check-

FAQs#FAQ681.

Applicants must achieve a 2.75 GPA in the professional education prerequisite coursework AND

in their cumulative coursework/overall GPA.

Applicants must also display competency in oral and written communication and mathematics through the

successful completion with a grade of “B” or better in the appropriate freshman English sequence and

mathematics course beyond the developmental level (see course catalog for further information).

Students who have not met this benchmark must work with the Division of Professional Education, The

Dwyer Learning Center, the Writing Lab, or The Thrive Learning Center to strengthen their math and

composition skills.

All teacher candidates must give evidence of the physical, emotional, and dispositional abilities required

of teachers that include (but are not limited to) the following:

• Ability to communicate effectively in verbal and written form

• Emotional stability to function in stressful situations and to accept personal responsibility and accountability for his/her actions and the safety of students in his/her charge

• Demonstration of initiative and the ability to complete assignments independently

• Responsiveness to constructive feedback/supervision as evident in behavioral changes that manifest elements of the feedback.

• Positive rapport with peers and faculty

• Evidence of high ethical and professional standards exhibited by honesty with and respect for others.

Requirements for Continuing in the Program:

To be retained after formal admission to the program, teacher candidates are required to:

• Earn a B- average or better in education core classes.

• Earn no more than 1 C-, C, or C+ in any education course; if a second C is earned, the candidate must retake one of the courses.

• Give evidence of continuing growth in the knowledge, skills and dispositions of the program;

• Maintain the 2.75 GPA and other qualifications required for admission to the program; and

• Maintain work in TK 20.

• Comply with College-wide Academic Policies and Procedures.

116

Education Unit Outcomes:

The Division of Professional Education at Notre Dame College believes that teacher candidates must

possess deep and rich content and pedagogical knowledge in order to successfully create, present, and

evaluate meaningful learning experiences for students in grades P-12. The teacher candidates must

possess the skills and dispositions necessary to engage P-12 students of diverse backgrounds and

various learning needs in challenging yet attainable learning goals. This kind of professional work can

only be successfully accomplished with the help of the P-12 parents/caregivers and the collaboration of

all members of the school community.

Through its undergraduate licensure programs, the Notre Dame College teacher candidates follow a

program of study that develops their ability to meet the expectations of the Ohio Standards for the

Teaching Profession. The teacher candidates will:

• Give evidence of understanding student learning and development and the ability to create learning experiences that correspond to P-12 students’ cultural, linguistic, and developmental differences.

• Give evidence of depth and breadth in their content knowledge and the content specific instructional strategies to effectively facilitate learning in grades P-12.

• Plan and deliver effective instruction that advances the learning of each student.

• Understand, create, use, and evaluate varied formal and informal assessments to inform instruction and ensure student learning.

• Create physically and emotionally safe learning environments that promote high levels of achievement for all students.

• Effectively collaborate and communicate with students, parents, other educators, and administrators to support and further student learning.

• Give evidence of assuming responsibility for ongoing professional dispositions, behaviors, and ethics that are marks of professional conduct.

• Create reflection papers that indicate the ability to articulate their teaching/presentation strengths and weaknesses following a teaching segment.

• Apply knowledge of key educational theorists to teaching and learning contexts.

Student Teaching:

Teacher candidates may only register for the 15-week student teaching experience in the

Fall or Spring semesters. All teacher candidates must have a completed criminal record and background

check prior to beginning student teaching. Teacher candidates must assume all costs associated with the

background checks/fingerprinting. The results of the criminal background check may impact the

candidate’s ability to complete the clinical component of the program.

Teacher candidates must have completed all required coursework prior to student teaching. The 15-week

student teaching experience is considered a full time, 40-hour per week position. Student teachers must

attend the required seminar and successfully complete a performance assessment designed to measure

their effectiveness in the classroom.

Students who are seeking a bachelor’s degree will take twelve (12) credits of student teaching. Students

who participate in the May graduation and who plan to complete student teaching the following fall will

take twelve

(12) credits of student teaching. The degree earned and the diploma will be presented upon the

successful completion of student teaching.

If the student teacher independently and voluntarily chooses to terminate the student teaching placement

and removes himself/herself from the student teaching classroom, the candidate may not receive an

117

additional placement during the same semester or any subsequent semesters through Notre Dame

College. If a student teacher is removed from a placement due to the request of the cooperating teacher

or the school, the Division of Professional Education in consultation with the Office of Academic Affairs

will determine whether an additional placement is warranted.

LICENSURE AREAS

Early Childhood Education (Gr. P-5)

Middle Childhood Education (Gr. 4-9)

Areas of Concentration – choose two:

• Mathematics

• Language Arts and Reading

• Social Studies

• Science

Adolescent/Young Adult Education (Gr. 7-12)

Students pursuing an Adolescent/Young Adult or Multi-age license in one of the areas listed below must

complete a major field of study and all certification requirements of the teaching field.

Majors:

• Integrated Language Arts

• Integrated Mathematics

• Integrated Social Studies

• Life Sciences

• Life Sciences and Chemistry

Multi-Age Education (K - 12)

• Mild Moderate Intervention Specialist (K-12)

118

LICENSURE: EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (ECE) (GR. P-5)

ECE Program Student Learning Outcomes

The Early Childhood Education (ECE) field-based licensure program prepares undergraduates and post-

baccalaureate P-5 candidates with the knowledge, skills, and dispositions required to successfully meet

the educational needs of young children. The program is designed to meet the National Association for

the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) initial accreditation standards, CAEP standards for grades K-

6, and ODE requirements. In order to be licensed to teach in Ohio, candidates are required to pass the

Ohio Assessments for Educators. The Ohio Assessments for Educators assesses the content-area and

the professional (pedagogical) knowledge of candidates who are seeking initial Ohio educator licensure

or adding a new licensure area. The assessments are aligned with Ohio Academic Content Standards

and Common Core State Standards. Candidates must also take the Foundations of Reading test as part

of the OAE battery. See the Ohio Department of Education website for a complete list of tests, qualifying

scores, and registration information.

For an outline of the online track, contact the Finn Center for Adult, Graduate and Online Learning.

General Content Requirements:

Natural Sciences: 3 courses and 3 labs (12 credits)

BI 105/106 Intro to Biological Sciences and lab OR BI 200/201 Environmental Sciences and lab

BI 230-231 Basic Anatomy & Physiology with lab

CH 220/221 Earth Science with lab

Social and Behavioral: 7 courses (21 credits)

GO 200 World Geography

HI 110 Western Cultures from 1500

HI 200 Themes in American History

PY 201 General Psychology

SO 201 Introduction to Sociology

PO 111 Am. Government & Politics OR PO 210 State & Local Government & Politics

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics OR EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

Mathematics: 2 courses (6 credits)

MA 130 Elementary Number Theory (fulfills Core Quantitative requirement)

MA 131 Geometry, Probability and Statistics from an Elementary Point of View

English/Language Arts: 4 courses (12 credits)

EN 100 College Composition I OR EN 101 College Composition II (fulfills Core Writing Fluency

requirement, EN 101 is required with EN 100 to meet Core requirements)

CA 100 Elements of Speech (fulfills Core Oral Fluency requirement)

EN 215 Argument and Rhetoric

CA 376 Intercultural Communication (fulfills Core Global Learning requirement)

Professional Education Core: 9 courses (22 credits)

ED 202 Introduction to Education

ED 203 Field Experience for ED 202

ED 204 Educational Psychology

119

ED 205 Psychology of Students with Special Needs

ED 206 Field Experience for ED 205

ED 301 Integrating Technology across the Curriculum or Accuplacer test

ED 341 Curriculum Principles Pre-K – 12

ED 352 Classroom Management

ED 475 Issues in Education

Early Childhood Education Core: 10 courses (37 credits)

ED 221 Role of Phonics in Reading

ED 265 Foundations of Early and Middle Childhood Education

ED 332 Children’s Literature and Literacy (fulfills Core Literature requirement)

ED 355 Assessment and Correction of Reading Disabilities

ED 376 Developmental Reading

ED 379 Music, Creative Arts and Physical Movement in ECE (fulfills Core Creative requirement)

ED 380 Reading Field Experience for ED 355, MUST be taken concurrently with 355

ED 443 Instructional Methods in English/Language Arts and Social Studies

ED 444 Instructional Methods in Science and Mathematics

ED 480 Student Teaching in Early Childhood Education

LICENSURE: MIDDLE CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (MCE) (GR. 4-9)

MCE Program Student Learning Outcomes

The Notre Dame College Middle Childhood Education (MCE) field-based licensure program prepares

undergraduates and post-baccalaureate middle school (MS) teachers with the knowledge, skills, and

dispositions required to successfully meet the educational needs of students in grades 4-9. The State of

Ohio has outlined expectations for MCE candidates. Candidates are required to select two of the

following content areas for a concentration: Language Arts, Mathematics, Science, or Social Studies. In

order to be licensed to teach in Ohio, candidates are required to pass the Ohio Assessments for

Educators. The Ohio Assessments for Educators assesses the content-area and professional

(pedagogical) knowledge of candidates who are seeking initial Ohio educator licensure or adding a new

licensure area. The assessments are aligned with Ohio Academic Content Standards and Common Core

State Standards. Candidates must also take the Foundations of Reading as part of the OAE battery. See

the following website for a complete list of tests, qualifying scores, and registration information:

http://education.ohio.gov/Teachers.

Professional Education Core: 11 courses

ED 202 Introduction to Education

ED 203 Field Experience for ED 202

ED 204 Educational Psychology

ED 205 Psychology of Students with Special Needs

ED 206 Field Experience for ED 205

ED 301 Integrating Technology across the Curriculum or Accuplacer test

ED 341 Curriculum Principles Pre-K - 12

ED 342 Integrated Methods Pre-K - 12

ED 343 Field Experience for ED 342

ED 352 Classroom Management

ED 475 Issues in Education

120

Middle Childhood Education: 7 Courses

ED 221 The Role of Phonics in Reading

ED 265 Foundations of Early and Middle Childhood Education

ED 332 Children’s Literature (fulfills Core Literature requirement)

ED 335 Reading in the Content Areas

ED 355 Assessment and Correction of Reading Disabilities

ED 380 Field Experience for Reading in Early Childhood Education and Middle Education

ED 480 Student Teaching

AND 1 mathematics course:

MA 130 Elementary Number Theory OR MA 131 Geometry, Probability and Statistics from an Elementary

Point of View (either fulfills Core Quantitative requirement)

Content Area Requirements: Choose two areas

Mathematics: 6 courses

MA 144, MA 130, MA 131, MA 221, MA 330

MA 145 OR MA 175

English: 6 courses

EN 215 Argument and Rhetoric

EN 225 Introduction to Literature

EN 314 Rhetorical Grammar

EN 318 Creative Writing: Poetry, OR EN 319 Creative Writing: Fiction, OR EN 320 Creative writing:

Creative Non-Fiction

EN 255 Introduction to World Lit: Epics and Poetry, OR EN 256 Introduction to World Lit: Prose

EN 341 American Literature to 1900 OR EN 342 American Literature

Science: 5 courses with lab (Lecture and lab must be taken concurrently)

MA 130 Elementary Number Theory

MA 131 Geometry, Probability, & Statistics from an Elementary Point of View

MA 144 Precalculus

MA 221 Statistics I

MA 145 Applied Calculus I

MA 175 Calculus II

MA 330 Modern Geometry

BI 105/106 Introduction to Biological Sciences/Lab

BI 200/201 Environmental Science/Lab

CH 102/103 Introduction to Chemistry/Lab

CH 220/221 Earth Science/Lab

CH 118/119 General Chemistry/Lab

PS 150/151 Concepts in Physics/Lab

PS 180/181 Basic Physics/Lab

Social Sciences: 6 courses

HI 110 Western Civilizations from 1500

HI 200 Major Themes in American History

HI 318 Ohio History

121

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics OR EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

GO 200 Introduction to World Geography

PO 111 American Government and Politics

LICENSURE: ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT (GR. 7-12)

AYA Program Student Learning Outcomes

The Notre Dame College Adolescent to Young Adult (AYA) field-based licensure programs prepare

undergraduates and post-baccalaureate candidates for teaching grades 7-12. Candidates acquire the

knowledge, skills, and dispositions required to successfully meet the educational needs of 7-12 students.

The State of Ohio outlines expectations for AYA candidates. Candidates complete content courses and

education courses that prepare them to meet the thematic, disciplinary, and pedagogical standards of

their particular major. In order to be licensed to teach in Ohio, candidates are required to pass the Ohio

Assessments for Educators. The Ohio Assessments for Educators assesses the content-area and

professional (pedagogical) knowledge of candidates who are seeking initial Ohio educator licensure or

adding a new licensure area. The assessments are aligned with Ohio Academic Content Standards and

Common Core State Standards. See the Ohio Department of Education website for a complete list of

tests, qualifying scores and registration information.

Throughout their preparation, the candidates relate their practice to the Ohio Standards for the Teaching

Profession. The standards cluster in three categories: teaching and learning, conditions for teaching and

learning, and professional work. Candidates are prepared to create effective learning experiences for a

diverse student population. Ohio requires all AYA teacher candidates to complete three (3) semester

hours of content area reading. This course helps the candidates understand the value of specific reading

strategies to use in response to the literacy skills students bring to the AYA classroom, including the

recognition of and intervention in students with dyslexia. In the reading, curriculum, methods, and

management classes, the candidates develop and implement a repertoire of methods and techniques to

use in the AYA classroom to teach diverse learners in a myriad of educational contexts.

General Content Requirement:

Social & Behavioral Sciences: 1 course

PY 201 General Psychology

Professional Education Core: 8 courses

ED 202 Introduction to Education

ED 203 Field Experience for ED 202

ED 204 Educational Psychology

ED 205 Psychology of Students with Special Needs

ED 206 Field Experience for ED 205

ED 301 Integrating Technology across the Curriculum or Accuplacer test

ED 352 Classroom Management

ED 475 Issues in Education

Adolescent to Young Adult Education Core: 5 courses

ED 335 Reading in the Content Areas

ED 341 Curriculum Principles Pre-K - 12

ED 342 Integrated Methods Pre-K - 12

122

ED 343 Field Experience for ED 342

ED 480 Student Teaching

Students pursuing Adolescent/Young Adult and Multi-Age licensure must complete a major field

of study AND all certification requirements of the teaching field. Additional content credits needed

for Licensure and Major: (Choose one)

• Integrated Language Arts

• Integrated Life Sciences

• Integrated Life Sciences & Chemistry

• Integrated Math

• Integrated Social Studies

INTEGRATED LANGUAGE ARTS

39 Credits

Students preparing for Adolescent to Young Adult licensure in Integrated Language Arts complete the

requirements of an English major with two exceptions: EN 482 and the internship are not required.

English Major Requirements:

EN 215 Argument and Rhetoric

EN 225 Introduction to Literature

EN 312 History of the English Language

EN 314 Rhetorical Grammar

EN 331 British Literature to 1700

EN 332 British Literature 1700-1900

EN 341 American Literature to 1900

EN 342 Seminar in American Literature

Two (2) of the following:

EN 255 Introduction to World Lit: Epics and Poetry

EN 256 Introduction to World Lit: Prose

EN 370 20th -21st Century Brit/Am Poetry

EN 3XX Special Topics or ED 332 Children’s Literature and Literacy

TR 313 Event/Play Production

EN 462 Major Authors

EN 463 Shakespeare’s Histories and Tragedies

Two (2) of the following:

EN 318 Creative Writing: Poetry

EN 319 Creative Writing: Fiction

EN 320 Creative Writing: Creative Non-Fiction

Senior Year Capstone:

EN 480 Great Books

Recommended Electives:

CA 201 Interpersonal Communication

CA 232 Professional Communication

123

CA 376 Intercultural Communication

CA 401 Communication Theory

INTEGRATED LIFE SCIENCES

54 Credits

Biology Requirements:

BI 114/115 General Biology I and Lab: Molecular Biology

BI 116/117 General Biology II and Lab: Organismal Biology

BI 307 Cell and Molecular Biology and Lab

BI 310/311 Ecology and Lab

Two (2) of the following: (lecture and lab must be taken concurrently)

BI 300/302 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors I and Lab

BI 302/303 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors II and Lab

BI 320 Evolution

BI 425 Developmental Biology and Lab

Two (2) of the following: (lecture and lab must be taken concurrently)

BI 340/341 Parasitology and Lab

BI 350 Genetics

BI 360/361 Microbiology and Lab

BI 430 Immunology

BI 460 Endocrinology

BI 470 Advanced Cell Biology

Four (4) of the following: (lecture and lab must be taken concurrently)

CH 118, 119 General Chemistry I and Lab

CH 120, 121 General Chemistry II and Lab

CH 211, 213 Organic Chemistry I and Lab

CH 214, 215 Organic Chemistry II and Lab

PS 180, 181 Basic Physics I and Lab

PS 182, 183 Basic Physics II and Lab

Mathematics Requirement:

MA 221 Statistics I

One additional Math course selected with academic advisor’s approval is required. Recommended: MA

300 Statistics II.

INTEGRATED LIFE SCIENCE & CHEMISTRY

58 Credits

Biology Requirements:

BI 114/115 General Biology I and Lab: Molecular Biology

BI 116/117 General Biology II and Lab: Organismal Biology

BI 307 Cell and Molecular Biology and Lab

BI 310/311 Ecology and Lab

124

Three (3) of the following: (lecture and lab must be taken concurrently)

BI 300/301 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors I and Lab

BI 302/303 Human Anatomy and Physiology for Majors II and Lab

BI 320 Evolution

BI 350 Genetics

BI 360/361 Microbiology and Lab

BI 430 Immunology

Chemistry Requirements:

CH 118/119 General Chemistry I and Lab

CH 120/121 General Chemistry II and Lab

CH 211/213 Organic Chemistry I and Lab

CH 214/215 Organic Chemistry II and Lab

CH 305/306 Biochemistry I and Lab

One (1) of the following: (lecture and lab must be taken concurrently)

CH 308 Environmental Chemistry

CH 340/341 Foundations of Analytical Chemistry and Lab

Two (2) of the following: (lecture and lab must be taken concurrently)

CH 220/221 Earth Science and Lab

PS 180/181 Basic Physics I and Lab

PS 182/183 Basic Physics II and Lab

INTEGRATED MATHEMATICS

39 Credits

Common Major Math Requirements: 27 Credits

MA 175 Calculus I

MA 176 Calculus II

MA 277 Calculus III

MA 280 Differential Equations I

MA 330 Modern Geometry

MA 331 Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory

MA 332 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics

MA 432 Modern Algebra

MA 481 Coordinating Seminar

Math Major Requirements in addition to the following:

MA 221 Statistics I

MA 310 Number Theory

MA 350 Math History

MA 452 Discrete Structures

125

INTEGRATED SOCIAL STUDIES

51 Credits

Requirements:

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

HI 110 Western Cultures from 1500

HI 200 Major Themes in American History

HI 450 Senior Research Seminar

PO 111 American Government and Politics

PO 210 State and Local Government and Politics

PO 311 Comparative Politics

Geography:

GO 200 World Geography

American History:

Choose two (2) from the following:

EC 304 Economic History of the United States

HI 310 From Colonies to Nation

HI 311 Forging the American Nation

HI 312 America Ascendant

HI 410 American Diplomacy

HI 411 African-American History

PO 315 American Constitutional Law

European History:

Choose one (1) from the following:

HI 322 “Isms”, Revolution and Imperial Expansion

HI 325 The Passing of the Old Order

World Civilizations:

Choose one (1) of the following:

HI 210 Anthropology

HI 330 Africa: A Continental History

HI 332 The Transformation of Japan

HI 333 The Middle East: From Islam to Nationalism

HI 334 The Making of Modern China

HI 335 The Making of Modern India

HI 336 Latin America: A Regional History

HI 338 Southeast Asia: A Regional Overview

American Political Development:

Choose one (1) from the following:

EC 432 Public Finance

HI 315 American Constitutional Law

PO 313 Public Policy in America

126

The Interconnected World:

Choose two (2) from the following:

EC 305 Comparative Economic Systems

EC 440 International Economics

PO 312 International Relations

PO 410 American Diplomacy

PO 411 International Law

The Modern Society:

Choose one (1) from the following:

SO 201 Introduction to Sociology

SO 222 Problems of Contemporary Society

SO 305 Minority Groups

MILD MODERATE INTERVENTION SPECIALIST (MMIS) (K-12)

MMIS Program Student Learning Outcomes

Notre Dame College's Mild Moderate Intervention Specialist (MMIS) License, a field-based program,

prepares Special Education teachers with the knowledge, skills, and dispositions required to successfully

meet the educational needs of students with mild to moderate disabilities in K-12 inclusion, resource, and

intervention classrooms. The program is designed to meet the Council for Exceptional Children (CEC)

initial accreditation standards, Council for the Accreditation of Education Preparation (CAEP) standards,

and requirements for licensure as a Mild Moderate Intervention Specialist in the State of Ohio.

Candidates complete course work in professional and special education. In order to be licensed to teach

in Ohio, candidates are required to pass the Ohio Assessments for Educators. The Ohio Assessments for

Educators assesses the content-area and professional (pedagogical) knowledge of candidates who are

seeking initial Ohio educator licensure or adding a new licensure area. The assessments are aligned with

Ohio’s Learning Standards. Candidates must also take the Foundations of Reading test as part of the

OAE battery. See the following website for a complete list of tests, qualifying scores, and registration

information: http://education.ohio.gov/Teachers.

Throughout the preparation program, the candidates relate their practice to the Ohio Standards for the

Teaching Profession. The Ohio standards cluster in three categories: teaching and learning, conditions

for teaching and learning, and professional work. A faculty team works together to create a cohesive

learning experience for the candidates that reflects the real world work of special education intervention

specialists and builds on research-based best practice. The teacher candidates focus on the CEC

Standards and the Ohio Office of Exceptional Children and Ohio Department of Education (ODE)

recommendations for licensure.

For an outline of the online track, contact the Finn Center for Adult, Graduate and Online Learning.

General Content Requirements:

Natural Sciences: 2 courses with lab

Biological Science: one course with lab

AND

Physical Science: one course with lab

127

Courses in the following areas or their equivalents are HIGHLY RECOMMENDED:

BI 105/106 Introduction to Biological Science and Lab OR BI 200/201 Environmental Science and Lab

CH 220/221 Earth Science and Lab

Social and Behavioral: 4 courses

HI 110 Western Cultures from 1500

HI 200 Major Themes in American History

GO 200 World Geography

PY 201 General Psychology

Mathematics: 2 courses

MA 130 Elementary Number Theory (fulfill Core Quantitative requirement)

MA 131 Geometry, Probability and Statistics from an Elementary Point of View

Fine Arts: 1 course

AR 221 Basic Design (highly recommended)

Professional Education Core: 8 courses

ED 202 Introduction to Education

ED 203 Field Experience for ED 202

ED 204 Educational Psychology

ED 205 Psychology of Students with Special Needs

ED 206 Field Experience for ED 205

ED 301 Integrated Technology across the Curriculum or Accuplacer test

ED 341 Curriculum Principles Pre-K-12

ED 475 Issues in Education

Mild Moderate Intervention Specialist Core: 12 courses

ED 221 The Role of Phonics in Reading

ED 310 Current Issues in Special Education Law, Services, and Leadership

ED 330 Collaborative Teaming

ED 335 Reading in the Content Areas

ED 352 Student Class Management

ED 353 Assessment of Special Needs

ED 354 Instructional Strategies in Mild Moderate

ED 355 Assessment and Correction of Reading Disabilities

ED 357 Field Experience for ED 354

ED 376 Developmental Reading Instruction in Early Childhood Education

ED 380 Field Experience for ED 355, MUST be taken concurrently with ED 355

ED 480 Student Teaching

128

NON-LICENSURE PROGRAM: EDUCATION

Program Outcomes

The non-licensure education program prepares students to work in a variety of educational settings that

do not require PK-12 licensure. Students will complete a combination of professional education, general

content, Notre Dame College Core, and elective courses that will prepare them to work in educational

settings with children of all ages.

Professional Education Courses: 13 Courses (37 credit hours)

ED 202 Intro. to Education

ED 203 Field Exp. w/ ED 202

ED 204 Educational Psychology

ED 205 Psych. of Students w/ Special Needs

ED 206 Field Exp. w/ ED 205

PY 201 General Psychology

ED 301 Integrating Tech. Across the Curriculum

ED 341 Curriculum Principles PreK-12

ED 475 Issues in Education

ED 265 Foundations of ECE and MCE

ED 332 Children's Lit & Literacy

ED 379 Music, Creative Arts, & Physical Movement

ED 495 Internship

General Content Courses: 8 Courses (22 credit hours)

GO 200 World Geography

HI 110 Western Cultures from 1500 – OR –

HI 200 Themes in American History

SO 201 Intro. to Sociology

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

CA 376 Intercultural Communication

BI 105/106 Intro. to Biology & Lab – OR –

BI 200/201 Environmental Science & Lab

PO 111 American Gov. & Politics – OR –

PO 210 State & Local Gov.

Electives:

34-39 elective credit hours

Students are encouraged to consider a minor.

129

POST-BACCALAUREATE TEACHING LICENSE CERTIFICATE

This program is designed for those students who already hold a baccalaureate degree and wish to pursue

a career in teaching. For further information, please contact Admissions Office at 216.373.5173.

Candidates must meet the licensure requirements as outlined for their licensure area (see above). The

following courses are waived for Post-Baccalaureate Teaching License Certificate students: ED 202 and

ED 203.

Admission Process

1. Complete the application to Notre Dame College.

2. The candidate will be contacted by and work with a member of the Admissions staff after their

application has been received. This interview includes a discussion of the various initial

licensure programs, schedule of classes, and financial aid.

3. During the admissions process, transcripts will be reviewed for potential transfer of credits

and an evaluation sheet will be provided.

i. All students pursuing licensure are permitted only (1) C-level letter grade in their

Education coursework. Candidates may transfer in (1) C-level letter grade;

should they earn a C-level letter grade in an ED course while in the program, it

will need to be retaken.

4. Acceptance to any post-baccalaureate program is made with a 2.75 GPA.

i. If the GPA is between 2.5 and 2.75, candidates will be given an Action Plan that

will allow for them to have two semesters to earn a 2.75+ GPA. If, at the end of

those two semesters, candidates have not earned a GPA of 2.75+, they may be

counseled out of the program.

5. Upon acceptance to the post-baccalaureate program, candidates must complete the

application to the Division of Professional Education on MyNDC.

6. All candidates must have access to a computer, an active NDC email account, Microsoft

Office software, and a TK20 subscription.

Adolescent-Young Adult Licensure Policies

Language Arts & Social Studies Licensure

Candidates who have earned a bachelor's-level degree or higher in English or History disciplines within

the last 10 years will not be required to take the content area courses listed in the licensure program

requirements. They will be required to take all Education courses, excluding any that may be transferred

in from other colleges or universities. Licensure candidates are encouraged to review the Pearson tests

for licensure and take any content courses they feel may be necessary to review critical content in their

chosen field.

Mathematics & Science Licensure

Candidates who have earned a bachelor's-level degree or higher in Mathematics or Science (Biology and

or/Chemistry) disciplines within the last 5 years will not be required to take the content area courses listed

in the licensure program requirements. They will be required to take all Education courses, excluding any

that may be transferred in from other colleges or universities. Licensure candidates are encouraged to

review the Pearson tests for licensure and take any content courses they feel may be necessary to review

critical content in their chosen field.

130

Additional Licensure for Already-Licensed Teachers

Waived Coursework

Already-licensed teachers looking to earn additional credentials will have the following coursework

waived:

ED 202/203 Introduction to Education & Field Experience (all licensure areas)

ED 342/343 Integrated Teaching Methods P-12 & Field Experience (all licensure areas)

Already-licensed teachers adding ECE or MCE licenses who have taken OAEs aligned with the content

(non-Education) courses, may also ask to have their scores reviewed for additional courses to be waived.

In order for OAE scores to be considered in place of select content courses, the following criteria must be

met:

1. Scores must be no more than 5 years old.

2. The candidate must have earned a minimum score of 240.

3. Only content areas that received a ranking of ++++ will be used for course waivers.

a. The individual courses waived will depend on the content area tests taken and will

vary by candidate.

Transfer Policy – Field Hours

Already-licensed teachers transferring in Education (ED) coursework do not need to show proof of field

hours in the following courses as long as the content of the course aligns with NDC’s course description.

ED 205/206 Psychology of Students with Special Needs & Field

ED 330 Collaborative Teaming

ED 353 Assessment of Special Needs

ED 355/380 Assessment & Correction of Reading Disabilities

ED 379 Music, Creative Arts, & Physical Movement Activities in ECE

ED 443 Instructional Methods in English Language Arts & Social Studies

ED 444 Instructional Methods in Science & Mathematics

131

COURSE OFFERINGS

ED 202 Introduction to Education 3 cr.

Introduction to the historical, sociological, and philosophical foundations of education, including an

understanding of the moral, social, and political dimensions of classroom teaching and schools. The focus

is on education as a profession. Designed to facilitate career exploration. Must be taken concurrently with

ED 203.

ED 203 Field Experience for ED 202 0.5 cr.

Field placement component for ED 202. Twenty hours (20) of observation, one-on-one tutoring, or other

classroom-related activities on three separate visits to classrooms representing the ECE, MCE, and AYA

licensure areas. Must be taken concurrently with ED 202 and (20) field experience hours required.

ED 204 Educational Psychology: Learning and Human Abilities 3 cr.

Study of development, learning, and instructional theory and its practical application to effective teaching

of diverse populations. Explores the psychological foundations of student variability, behavioral and

cognitive learning theories, information processing, motivation theories, practices of grading, and the

evaluation of student learning. The findings of research and current best practices in the above areas are

explored in relation to creating a positive classroom environment for learning. Co-requisite: PY 201.

ED 205 Psychology of Students with Special Needs 3 cr.

Overview of the life span of students with special learning needs. Focus will be placed on the

characteristics in mental, sensory, physical, communicative, social, and emotional development that affect

learning and adaptive behavior. Discussion of issues related to education, family life, and federal and

state legislation. Focus will be on the thirteen disabilities in law and how accommodations are made for

those students. Must be taken concurrently with ED 206.

ED 206 Field Experience for ED 205 0.5 cr.

Approximately twenty(20) hours of observation at an appropriate site, as determined by the instructor

and/or Field Placement Director. This course provides time to organize and reflect upon the field

experience in classrooms with students with learning differences. Must be taken concurrently with ED 205

and Twenty (20) field experience hours required.

ED 221 The Role of Phonics in Reading 3 cr.

An understanding of the nature and the role of word recognition literacy. This course analyzes

phonological awareness, phonemic awareness, phonics, structural analysis, and morphemic units in

decoding, spelling and their application in reading and writing. Knowing how to assess and intervene in

word recognition through informal assessments is also investigated. This course should be the first

reading course taken.

ED 265 Foundations of Early and Middle Childhood Education 3 cr.

This initial course includes an overview of the history, philosophy, and goals of teaching students in

grades P-9. It emphasizes the study of developmentally appropriate curriculum organization, the need for

integrating the curriculum, and multiple strategies for evaluating and assessing student performance.

ED 291, 292, 293 Special Topics 1-3 cr.

132

ED 301 Integrating Technology Across the Curriculum 3 cr.

An intermediate-level course in integrating technology into the classroom, which includes assistive

technology that targets diverse and special needs students. Teacher candidates are exposed to basic

technology operations for personal and professional use, address the social, ethical and human issues of

living in a digital society, and implement teaching methodology that promotes technology as a tool in the

learning process.

ED 310 Current Issues in Special Education Law, Services, and Leadership 3 cr.

This course reviews legislated and litigated requirements for special education and related services for

individuals with disabilities. Students will explore historical and current issues in providing services for

individualizes with disabilities including the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, Americans with

Disabilities Act, Elementary and Secondary Education Act, Free and Appropriate Education, Individuals

with Disabilities Education Improvement Act, and many legal cases that helped to shape the current laws

in Special Education. Students will also explore ethical concerns and guidelines. Leadership types and

roles of leaders will also be studied to support future special education teachers in their role as team

leaders and case managers. Prerequisite: Admission to the Division of Professional Education.

ED 330 Collaborative Teaming 3 cr.

This course is designed to develop collaborative skills and effective communication practices in working

with families of children with disabilities. Specific strategies to more effectively develop collaboration with

regular classroom teachers and other school and community personnel will be explored as well as

opportunities to practice elements of successful and effective team relationships. The student will

demonstrate a working knowledge of the Individual Education Plan team, including the consultative role of

professionals in related services. Ten (10) hours of field experience are required. It is recommended that

ED 354 be taken before ED 330. Prerequisite: Admission to the Division of Professional Education.

ED 332 Children’s Literature and Literacy 3 cr.

The course meets the literary requirement for ECE and MCE candidates. The curriculum includes a study

of literary genres in fiction and nonfiction, critical stances, story elements and text structure, and

sociocultural and historical perspectives of literature for children in the Western world. A wide range of

reading levels and varied types of literature for small children, primary, intermediate, middle, and high

school will be explored and evaluated. Candidates will create lesson plans to teach the elements of genre

and structure, and will apply cross-curricular standards to embed literature across disciplines.

Prerequisite: Admission to the Division of Professional Education.

ED 335 Reading in the Content Areas 3 cr.

This course is designed to explore the techniques used in the development of successful student reading

of subject matter content. This course studies the components of word study, comprehension, writing,

teaching for diverse learners (including students who have dyslexia), technology applications,

assessment, and collaborative techniques for teaching content area materials. Prerequisites: Admission

to the Division of Professional Education.

ED 341 Curriculum Principles P-12 3 cr.

An examination of curriculum principles that impact planning instructional activities for students. Emphasis

placed on the Backward Design concept. Prerequisites: Completion of ALL other education coursework

and 90% of content work. Must be ready to student teach in the one or two semesters following the

completion of this course. ED 341 precedes ED 342. Prerequisite: Admission to the Division of

Professional Education.

133

ED 342 Integrated Teaching Methods MCE and AYA 3 cr.

Effective teaching methodology that addresses the needs of today’s diverse classrooms is introduced.

Prerequisites: Completion of ALL other education coursework and 95% of content work. Must be ready to

student teach in the next semester following the completion of this course. Prerequisite: Admission to the

Division of Professional Education and ED 341. Must be taken concurrently with ED 343.

ED 343 Field Experience for ED 342 1 cr.

Field placement component for the ED 342 methods class required of education of MCE and AYA

majors/minors. The planning, teaching, and reflection of multiple lessons that are taught at an off-site

location that is arranged through the Office of School and Community Partnerships. Must be taken

concurrently with ED 342. Prerequisite: Admission to the Division of Professional Education. Thirty (30)

hours of field experience hours are required.

ED 352 Student Class Management – MMIS 3 cr.

Behavior management techniques and methods of positive behavior support are discussed as well as the

theories used to develop basic standards of reinforcement for all P-12 students, including those with

disabilities. Individual and classroom management plans are discussed, including methods of obtaining

baseline data to document observable behavior and to initiate problem-solving methods to change

inappropriate behavior. This course meets the state of Ohio’s requirements for instruction in Positive

Behavioral Interventions and Supports. Prerequisite: Admission to the Division of Professional Education

ED 353 Assessment of Special Needs 3 cr.

The student will demonstrate a working knowledge of terminology associated with the assessment of

individuals with disabilities, including formal and informal measures used to explore a student’s eligibility

and referral for special education. Basic methods of referral, screening, and placement will be analyzed.

Prerequisite: Admission to the Division of Professional Education and twenty-five (25) field experience

hours are required.

ED 354 Instructional Strategies for Mild/Moderate 3 cr.

Instructional strategies and methods of differentiating for students with mild and moderate disabilities

provide both the theoretical and practical aspects of developing an Individual Education Plan for students

with special needs. Included in the course is the use of accommodations, methods for planning and

monitoring instruction, choosing and developing materials, and integrating technology to ensure that

student abilities are acknowledged. Twenty-five (25) hours of field experience required. Must be taken

concurrently with ED 357.

ED 355 Assessment and Correction of Reading Disabilities 3 cr.

A study of assessment and intervention procedures for classroom diagnosis and remediation of reading.

There is an emphasis on methods and materials for the correction of reading problems. Last course in

ECE, MCE, MMIS reading core. Pre-requisite: ED 221 and should be taken concurrently with ED 380.

Prerequisite: Must have been admitted to the Division of Professional Education.

ED 357 Field Experience for ED 354 1 cr.

Field placement component for the ED 354 course. (MMIS students do not take ED 343; they take ED

354 instead). The planning, teaching, and reflection of multiple lessons taught in classrooms or resource

rooms to students on Individual Education Plans. Completed under the direction of an Intervention

Specialist or classroom teacher. Determined by the instructor and/or field placement director. Must be

taken concurrently with ED 354.

134

ED 376 Developmental Reading Instruction in ECE 3 cr.

A comprehensive approach to the development of reading with a focus on language development, oral

communication skills, and reading/writing through developmentally, individually and age-appropriate

activities for young children. Emphasis on children’s progress in literacy development, appropriate

teaching methodologies, and the holistic approach to literature and content materials for young learners.

Prerequisite: Admission to the Division of Professional Education.

ED 379 Music, Creative Arts and Physical Movement Activities in ECE 3 cr.

This course focuses on the appreciation for and integration of art, music, and physical movement

activities into the classroom learning environment. Students will learn strategies and techniques to meet

the needs of students with diverse needs and cultural backgrounds in the context of developmentally

appropriate practice. This course has five (5) hours of fieldwork embedded within the course.

Prerequisites: Admission to the Division of Professional Education.

ED 380 Field Experience for Reading for ECE, MCE & MMIS Licensure 1 cr.

Field placement component for the reading core required for all licenses. Thirty (30) hours of

observation/activities at an appropriate site, as determined by the instructor and/or Field Placement

Director. The study and the administration of multiple assessments from an informal reading inventory for

primary, middle, and high school students. Should be taken concurrently with ED 355. This is the last of

the reading core courses.

ED 391, 392, 393, 394 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

ED 443 Instructional Methods in English Language Arts and Social Studies 3 cr.

This course is designed to prepare Early Childhood Education majors to successfully teach English

language arts and social studies to students in the fourth and fifth grades. Pedagogy directly linked to the

nature and needs of the child in the fourth and fifth grades as related to the language arts and social

studies will be discussed and practiced throughout the course. Attention will be given to the

developmental needs of children in the fourth and fifth grades; and best practices for teaching fourth and

fifth grade language arts and social studies will be discussed, demonstrated and practiced. Prerequisite:

Admission to the Division of Professional Education and fifteen (15) hours of field experience are

required.

ED 444 Instructional Methods in Science and Mathematics 3 cr.

This course is designed to prepare Early Childhood Education majors to successfully teach mathematics

and science to students in the fourth and fifth grades. Pedagogy directly linked to the nature and needs of

the child in the fourth and fifth grades as related to math and science will be discussed and practiced

throughout the course. Attention will be given to the developmental needs of children in the fourth and

fifth grades; and best practices for teaching fourth and fifth grade math and science will be discussed,

demonstrated and practiced. Prerequisite: Admission to the Division of Professional Education. Fifteen

(15) hours of field experience are required.

ED 475 Issues in Education 3 cr.

An integrative seminar which focuses on an understanding of current issues affecting education and

educational practices in the United States and the role of the professional educator in responding to these

issues. Students are required to complete and submit an electronic portfolio prior to the completion of this

course. Senior status required. Must be taken immediately before student teaching

135

ED 460 Practicum in Education (Post-Baccalaureate Teaching License Certificate) 3 cr.

In educational clinical settings, students will practice appropriate planning and instruction, assessment

development within their content area and desired grade band. Practical experience will include an

examination, evaluation, and intervention of various educational application designed to serve and meet

the needs of all children with greater attention for those children identified and diagnose with learning

disabilities. This is a structured clinical experience requiring students demonstrating their ability to plan,

facilitate, and evaluate instructional activities in their new academic content area. The student will spend

up to five days in the classroom within an 8-week timeframe to fulfill a total of 60 hours in the field. All

students enrolled in the class must have a current BCI/FBI report. Prerequisites: Successful completion of

all professional education and content (e.g. academic content areas, ECE, and MMIS) coursework.

ED 460 Practicum in Education 6 cr.

In educational clinical settings, students will practice appropriate planning and instruction, assessment

development within their content area and desired grade band. Practical experience will include an

examination, evaluation, and intervention of various educational application designed to serve and meet

the needs of all children with greater attention for those children identified and diagnose with learning

disabilities. This is a structured clinical experience requiring students demonstrating their ability to plan,

facilitate, and evaluate instructional activities in their new academic content area. The student will spend

up to five days in the classroom within an 8-week timeframe to fulfill a total of 60 hours in the field. All

students enrolled in the class must have a current BCI/FBI report. Prerequisites: Successful completion of

all professional education and content (e.g. academic content areas, ECE, and MMIS) coursework.

ED 480 Student Teaching (Post-Baccalaureate Teaching License Certificate) 6 cr.

Student teaching for Post-Baccalaureate Teaching License Certificate students. Formal application must

be submitted one semester prior to student teaching.

ED 480 Student Teaching 12 cr.

Fifteen (15) weeks of student teaching in a chartered school under the supervision of cooperating

teacher(s) and a college supervisor. Candidates will teach in classrooms specific to their grade level

licensure band, their content area(s), and their program (i.e., Early Childhood, Middle Childhood,

Adolescent to Young Adult, or Mild Moderate Intervention Specialist). Cooperating teachers must have at

least 3-5 years of experience and be licensed in the candidate’s program area. If the candidate is working

toward a grade band license AND a license in MMIS, they will either complete 8 weeks in a grade band

classroom and 8 weeks in an MMIS classroom, or 16 weeks in an inclusion classroom on their grade

band. Prerequisites: Departmental approval. ALL education coursework and content-area coursework

must be completed prior to student teaching. Formal application made one semester prior to student

teaching.

ED 491, 492, 493, 494 Special Projects 1-3 cr.

ED 495 Education Internship 6 cr.

A field-based experience that is tailored to meet the career goals of students who do not wish to work in

P-12 classrooms. The internship is supervised by site coordinators and college supervisors and includes

6 credit hours that culminate in a capstone project. All education courses must be completed before

taking the internship.

136

ENGINEERING (PRE-ENGINEERING PARTNERSHIP WITH CWRU)

Notre Dame College in partnership with Case Western Reserve University offers a Binary Program in

Engineering. The Binary Engineering Program constitutes a rigorous curriculum for highly motivated

students with a demonstrated aptitude for science and mathematics as evidenced by high school

transcripts and/or performance on standardized tests. At the conclusion of the engineering degree

requirements at Case Western Reserve University, the student will receive a B.S. degree from Notre

Dame College and a B.S. degree from the School of Engineering, Case Western Reserve University.

The program requires a minimum of five years.

Students who are interested in pursuing a career in engineering should declare a pre-engineering

emphasis in addition to their major course of study. Freshman entering Notre Dame College should

make known their intent to enter the binary program so that they may meet with the Coordinator of the

Binary Engineering Program to discuss program requirements. Students who wish to pursue engineering

after graduation can do so with an undergraduate major in science or mathematics. During the

sophomore year the student should know the program requirements of the planned graduate school so

that appropriate course electives can be made.

Program Requirements

Students spend their freshman through junior years at Notre Dame College completing the degree

requirements for an NDC major (see appropriate section of this catalogue). Depending upon the

particular area of engineering in which the student is interested possible majors may include:

• Mathematics

• Information Systems

• Chemistry

• Biology

• Environmental Science

Common Binary Engineering Requirements (Pre-engineering Credits: 44)

MA175 Calculus I

MA176 Calculus II

MA277 Calculus III

MA 280 Differential Equations I

MA 221 Statistics I

CH 118 General Chemistry I

CH 119 General Chemistry I Laboratory

CH 120 General Chemistry II

CH 121 General Chemistry II Laboratory

PS 200 College Physics I

PS 201 College Physics I Laboratory

PS 202 College Physics II

PS 203 College Physics II Laboratory

IS 222 Programming Logic and Design

PH 200 Critical and Creative Thinking

137

Formal admittance to the Binary Engineering Program is made to Case Western Reserve University

during spring semester of the junior year. In addition to having completed the above engineering

prerequisites a student must have maintained an overall 3.0 GPA and a 3.0 GPA in science and

mathematics courses. Upon acceptance a student will spend a minimum of two years at Case Western

Reserve University completing courses required for an engineering degree.

Through the Binary Engineering Program, Case Western Reserve University offers degrees in

twelve areas of engineering including the following:

• Mechanical Engineering

• Civil Engineering

• Chemical Engineering

• Electrical Engineering

• Biomedical Engineering

• Engineering Physics

• Computer Engineering

Please see Case Western Reserve University’s Dual Degree Program website for more information:

engineering.case.edu/delpp/dualdegree.

Financial Considerations

While at Notre Dame College a student pays the usual Notre Dame College tuition and fees. Financial

aid is also administered through Notre Dame College. After formal acceptance into the binary

engineering program a student is subject to the tuition and fees of Case Western Reserve University.

Financial aid is then administered through Case Western Reserve University.

138

ENGLISH

English Department Mission Statement:

The Notre Dame College English Program strives to develop students’ skills in writing, reading,

researching, and critical thinking, while also promoting personal responsibility and fostering appreciation

for literature.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing a major in English will be able to:

• Write complete and effective sentences, paragraphs and essays in Standard American English (Linguistic Analysis).

• Analyze any text for its purpose, audience, genre, voice and format (Rhetorical Analysis).

• Discuss key elements of the works of major authors in their cultural contexts (Literary Analysis).

• Locate, evaluate and synthesize disparate ideas and sources of information in support of a central idea (Research and Analysis).

• Apply critical theories to a variety of texts in a broad range of media (Theoretical Analysis).

ENGLISH MAJOR

42 Credits

English Core (12 credits)

EN 215 Argument & Rhetoric

EN 225 Introduction to Literature

EN 312 History of the English Language

EN 314 Rhetorical Grammar

Historical Literary Surveys (12 credits)

EN 331 British Literature to 1700

EN 332 British Literature 1700-1900

EN 341 American Literature to 1900

EN 342 American Literature after 1900

Literature Electives (6 Credits)

Choose two (2) of the following courses:

EN 2XX/3XX Special Topics (topic will vary)

EN 255 Introduction to World Literature: Epics & Poetry

EN 256 Introduction to World Literature: Prose

EN 370 20th-21st Century British & American Poetry

EN 459 Post-Colonial Literature

EN 460 Literature of Continental Europe

EN 462 Major Authors Shakespeare’s Histories and Tragedies

EN 463 Major Authors

Writing Electives (6 Credits)

Choose two (2) of the following courses:

EN 2XX/3XX Special Topics (topic will vary)

EN 318 Creative Writing: Poetry

EN 319 Creative Writing: Fiction

139

EN 320 Creative Writing: Creative Non-Fiction

EN 325 Legal Writing

EN 326 Writing for the Sciences

Senior Year Capstone and Internship (4-6 credits)

EN 480 Great Books Seminar

EN 395/495 Internship (1-3 credits)

ENGLISH MINOR

24 Credits

English Core (9 credits)

EN 215 Argument and Rhetoric

EN 225 Introduction to Literature

EN 314 Rhetorical Grammar

Senior Year Capstone

EN 480 Great Books Seminar

Historical Literary Surveys (12 credits)

EN 331 British Literature to 1700

EN 332 British Literature 1700-1900

EN 341 American Literature to 1900

EN 342 American Literature after 1900

Literature and Writing Electives (6 Credits)

EN 255, EN 256, EN 281, EN 312, EN 318, EN 319, EN 320, EN 325, EN 326, EN 370, EN 459, EN 460,

EN 462, EN 463, or EN 2XX/3XX Special Topics.

Strongly recommended as electives: CA 220, CA 323, CA 324

140

COURSE OFFERINGS

* A college level composition course is a prerequisite to all other English courses.

EN 100 College Composition I 3 cr.

This course is part of the First-Year Composition Course curriculum. In this course, writing instruction

begins at the sentence level. EN 100 will prepare students for college-level skills in writing, reading

comprehension, and critical thinking with an introduction to the research process. This course will meet

for three class hours a week. Upon passing this course, students should enroll in EN 101: College

Composition II the following semester to complete the composition course requirement for First-Year

Composition.

EN 100W: Composition Workshop 1 cr., P/F

This course is a co-requisite course for EN100: College Composition I and supports the assigned EN100

curriculum. Students enrolled in Composition Workshop will work alongside their required introductory

first-year composition course using the same course texts and assignments. Class size is smaller,

allowing for the writing workshop structure with one-on-one interaction with the Instructor and fellow

writers. In Composition Workshop, students will work through the writing process before moving into the

more formalized drafting processes taught in EN100: College Composition I.

EN 101 College Composition II 3 cr.

This course is part of the First-Year Composition Course curriculum. Through writing as inquiry, in this

course students will practice critical analysis to evaluate arguments, research and organize evidence and

learn to understand contexts by studying the rhetorical situation out of which a text arises. This course will

meet for three class hours a week. If students have already taken EN 100, they should enroll in EN 101:

College Composition II to complete the composition course requirement for First-Year Composition.

EN 215 Argument & Rhetoric 3 cr.

Students will develop proficiency in expository, analytic, and critical writing that strengthens the rhetorical

skills necessary for those planning to enter fields involving substantial writing. Required for English

majors.

EN 225 Introduction to Literature 3 cr.

Expository, analytic, and critical writing based on reading in major literary genres and an introduction to

literary critical theory. Required for English majors.

EN 255 Introduction to Western Literature: Epics & Poetry 3 cr.

A study of representative epics and poems with an emphasis on their relevance to the development of

Western civilization.

EN 256 Introduction to Western Literature: Prose 3 cr.

A course focusing on selected prose works, including selections from a variety of literary periods and

genres.

EN 281 The Short Story 3 cr.

Analysis and discussion of selected short stories by authors from different cultures and countries.

141

EN 312 History of the English Language 3 cr.

This course will survey the development of the English Language from multiple perspectives, starting with

Indo-European languages to modern etymologies. Students will analyze the phonological, morphological,

lexiconic and syntactical changes in the language and discuss historical, geographical, social, and

political effects on language development. Required for English majors and those preparing for AYA and

recommended for English minors. Prerequisites: EN 215 or EN 314.

EN 314 Rhetorical Grammar 3 cr.

In this course, students will study the mechanics of grammar by deconstructing the sentence patterns that

structure the English language. In understanding how words, sentence and paragraphs function together,

students will recognize how the rules of language structure prose style. Required for English majors and

those preparing for AYA licensure and recommended for English minors and those preparing for Middle

Childhood licensure in Language Arts.

EN 318 Creative Writing: Poetry 3 cr.

Develops skills in writing poetry, including free verse and metered verse; traditional forms including the

sonnet, the villanelle, and the ballad; non-traditional forms including the prose poem and the found poem.

Students will also work on refining their skills in creating vivid sensory imagery and figurative language.

EN 319 Creative Writing: Fiction 3 cr.

Develops skill in writing fiction, specifically the short story. Writers will work on developing characters,

plot, and point of view, as well as sensory imagery and figurative language.

EN 320 Creative Writing: Creative Non-Fiction 3 cr.

Develops skill in writing creative non-fiction, including autobiography, memoir and research-based

imaginative pieces.

EN 325 Legal Writing 3 cr.

In EN 325 Legal Writing, students are introduced to the basic purposes and form of legal writing, including

case analysis and synthesis, and basic legal research methodologies. Students will learn: how to cite

appropriate legal authority, how to evaluate legal resources; how to organize a written legal analysis; and

how to write an objective legal memorandum. The course will emphasize research material available on

the internet, including how to find legal documents using free online resources.

EN 326 Writing for the Sciences 3 cr.

EN 326 Writing for The Sciences, studies the practice and conventions for writing about science to a

broader public of non-professionals. Students read and analyze some of the best and most influential

science journalism and see what makes that writing successful, before writing samples. While the course

addresses some of the more practical skills involved in writing about complex scientific information,

students will also learn about the models of science communication that support that work. All students

will have the opportunity to pursue their specific areas of scientific interest. Reading and writing

assignments have been designed to help students gain greater insight into the issues and challenges of

science writing in a variety of contexts.

EN 331 British Literature to 1700 3 cr.

A chronological survey of British literature and its historical and social background from the earliest

times to 1700, with readings from the highlights of major works.

142

EN 332 British Literature 1700-1900 3 cr.

A chronological survey of British literature and its historical and social background during the 18th and

19th centuries. Readings include samples of major works of the period.

EN 341 American Literature to 1900 3 cr.

A historical survey of American literature from its Native American and colonial beginnings to the end of

the nineteenth century, with emphasis on themes, images, stylistic techniques and cultural assumptions

in the works of major literary figures.

EN 342 American Literature after 1900 3 cr.

A concentration on 20th century American literature, with emphasis on the relationship between literature

and its cultural and intellectual contexts.

EN 370 20th- 21st Century British and American Poetry 3 cr.

Poetry, theory and techniques of modern poets such as Hopkins, Yeats, Eliot, Pound, Frost, Brooks,

Plath, Heaney, Collins.

EN 391, 392, 393, 394 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

EN 459 Post-Colonial Literature 3 cr.

Reading and analysis of literature reflecting the hybridity of cultures in nations which were once part of

European empires. Some introductory study of postcolonial theory. Junior-senior standing required or

departmental permission.

EN 460 Literature of Continental Europe 3 cr.

Study of the structures and themes in the principal works of representative European writers. Junior-

senior standing required.

EN 462 Shakespeare’s Histories and Tragedies 3cr.

Reading and analysis of Shakespeare’s histories and tragedies; study of Shakespeare’s development as

tragic dramatist and poet. Also listed as TR 462. Junior-senior standing required or departmental

permission.

EN 463 Major Authors 3 cr.

In English 460, students will study the life and selected works of one or two major American, British,

European or Non-Western writers. They will examine the author’s work in the context of the intellectual

and social climate in which it was produced as well as the impact of this writer on subsequent generations

of writers and thinkers. Authors will vary by semester.

EN 480 Great Books Seminar 3 cr.

The reading and discussion of selected texts, important for their literary genres and their impact on the

history of ideas. An examination of the themes and values of western civilization. Junior-senior standing

required.

EN 295, 395, 495 Internship 1-6 cr.

Up to 6 credits of internship can be applied to the major requirements; however, students can choose to

take more internship credits as elective credits.

143

ENTREPRENEURSHIP CO-MAJOR

Upon completion of the Entrepreneurship co-major, graduates will have the abilities to start and grow new

business ventures, and/or become a force for innovation and growth within existing businesses and other

organizations.

The Entrepreneurship co-major is designed to be a second major only. No specific degree is

designated for this co-major. Students must have a declared primary major, which results in a

Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree. Additionally, the Entrepreneurship Co-major will only

be awarded if the primary major requirements are met. Students must be concurrently enrolled in and

must complete another major at Notre Dame College. The program complements majors in all of NDC's

academic divisions and promotes the applications of entrepreneurial concepts in support of each

student's passion, regardless of major. The co-major provides a framework for understanding

entrepreneurship from a variety of disciplines and application of entrepreneurial skill sets to meet societal

and workplace demands.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the co-major in Entrepreneurship will be able to:

1. Describe the role of entrepreneurship (startup, corporate and social) in the contemporary global business environment

2. Identify viable entrepreneurial opportunities that create economic and social value in an ethical manner

3. Work collaboratively in entrepreneurial contexts 4. Communicate effectively, both in writing and in speech, about themselves and their ideas 5. Construct a comprehensive business plan and identify the appropriate resources to pursue it

Requirements:

Students must have a declared primary major, which results in a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of

Science degree.

Specific courses: (21 to 24 credits):

BU 100 Introduction to Business *

ENT 200 Entrepreneurial Mindset

BU 303 Entrepreneurship

ENT 300 Digital Marketing

ENT 350 New Venture Finance OR

ENT 375 Social Entrepreneurship

BU 410 New Venture Management

ENT 450 Entrepreneurial Leadership

ENT 395/495 Entrepreneurship Internship Experience

*Required for all NON-business majors and for a business major that is starting the Entrepreneurship co-

major in their freshman year.

Plus 2 upper level courses (6 credits)

Recommended courses –

CA 374 Presentation Techniques

CA 376 Intercultural Communication

CA 380 Organizational/Leadership Communication

144

COURSE OFFERINGS

BU 100 Introduction to Business 3 cr.

Survey course of business, including management and organization, human resource management,

marketing, social media and e-business, information systems, accounting, and finance. Topics included

within these areas include ethics and social responsibility, small business concerns and entrepreneurship,

and global issues. Students will explore topics such as the impact of social media on business the

economic crisis, green and socially responsible business, and sustainability. The course includes an

introduction to Microsoft Excel and other software used in business.

ENT 200 Entrepreneurial Mindset 3 cr.

An Entrepreneurial Mindset ignites students to begin to think in a creative manner, and act

entrepreneurial in their lives. The course provides for experiential learning beyond the classroom, making

connections, and building relationships that can support students throughout college and beyond. It

focuses on creativity as a driver of organizational innovation—including non-profits, small businesses,

large corporations to students’ own entrepreneurial startups.

BU 303 Entrepreneurship 3 cr.

Principles and techniques of owning, operating and managing a small business are introduced. Students

examine how to obtain financing, determine location, investigate expansion, franchising, facilities and

resource management and legal considerations.

Students develop a business plan.

ENT 300 Digital Marketing 3 cr.

The internet is a dynamic marketplace. This class will give students the theoretical understanding of the

internet marketplace necessary to adapt to its many changes, while also equipping students with the skills

needed to perform vital daily functions. By the end of the course, students will be able to walk into any

company with an online presence and improve their use of the internet to develop and implement digital

marketing strategies and tactics.

ENT 350 New Venture Finance 3 cr.

This course offers the academic tools, real world expertise, and practical knowledge necessary for teams

to build financial plans for early stage companies and to make smart financing decisions. It is targeted to

those who want to learn about and understand the unique issues related to starting and financing an

entrepreneurial company from the earliest idea stage to bringing the investment to a conclusion on exit.

ENT 375 Social Entrepreneurship 3 cr.

This course blends academic and experiential learning experience to help students understand the

unique aspects of social impact. Students are exposed to local leaders in the field, inspiring students to

consider a career with meaning by operating mission-based businesses designed to address the most

pressing domestic and global challenges.

BU 410 New Venture 3 cr.

This course completes the study of owning, operating and managing a small enterprise. Through the use

of case studies, emphasis is placed on planning the product or service, screening opportunities,

developing financial projections, obtaining capital and managing growth. The issues surrounding business

dissolution are also discussed.

145

ENT 450 Entrepreneurial Leadership 3 cr.

In this capstone course, students will enhance their knowledge and understanding of issues related to

founding, growing, and harvesting a firm, as well as preparing to take a leadership role in an

entrepreneurial venture. Students will study leadership theories, skills and practices necessary for

effectiveness in varied entrepreneurial settings, including private businesses, corporations, not-for-profit

organizations, and social movements. To assess Program Student Learning Outcomes, students will

complete a comprehensive project that includes the creation of a business model, plan, presentation, and

pitch.

ENT 395/495 Entrepreneurship Internship Experience 3 – 6 cr.

Work experience with a start-up company or organization that may be used to satisfy a student’s primary internship requirement if the experience combines aspects of both programs.

146

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

The Bachelor of Arts Degree in Environmental Science is designed for students who plan to seek

employment in an environmentally related vocation immediately upon graduation. It is not intended to

prepare the student for further graduate studies in the life or physical sciences or as preparation for

medical, dental or veterinary programs.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing a major in Environmental Science will be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of the core concepts of biological literacy - including evolution, structure and function, information flow and exchange, systems, and transformation of energy and matter – as it pertains to the environment.

• Connect their knowledge of the core concepts of biological literacy with studies in the liberal arts (i.e., science, mathematics, communications, philosophy, etc.).

• Apply the process of science.

• Evaluate the impacts of human activities on the environment.

• Conduct scientific investigations ethically and for the greater good.

• Communicate scientific information and ideas.

• Develop skills in self-learning.

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE MAJOR

53 Credits

Requirements:

BI 114,115 General Biology I and Lab: Molecular Biology

BI 116, 117 General Biology II and Lab: Organismal Biology

BI 210 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (GIS)

BI 310, 311 Ecology and Lab

BI/CH 395,495 Internship

BI 445/445L Wildlife Conservation and Management and Lab

BI 482 Coordinating Seminar

CH 106, 107 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry and Lab

CH 116,117 Principles of Organic and Biological Chemistry and Lab

CH 308 Environmental Chemistry

CH 320/320L Integrated Earth Systems and Lab

MA 221 Statistics I

MA 300 Statistics II

CA 232 Professional Communication

BI 390 Environmental Policy

SO 201 Introduction to Sociology

Recommended Electives:

BI 317/317L Plant Biology and Lab

BI 320 Evolution

BI 322 Animal Behavior

BI 360/361 Microbiology and Lab

BI 486 Independent Research

BU 425 Project Management

147

EC 100 Economics and Contemporary Issues

GO 200 World Geography

PH 380 Bioethics

PS 180/181 Basic Physics I and Lab

PS 182/183 Basic Physics II and Lab

Students are strongly encouraged to select a minor or a second major that would enhance their studies

and job opportunities. Some possible minors include the following:

Communication, Entrepreneurship, Political Science

COURSE OFFERINGS

Required courses for the Bachelor of Arts Degree in Environmental Science are offered primarily through

the biology and chemistry departments. Consult the catalog listing in the appropriate discipline for a

description of course offerings.

148

HEALTH EDUCATION/ PHYSICAL EDUCATION

The ultimate goal of health education is to enable individuals to use knowledge in ways that promote

positive behavioral change; therefore, the mission of the department is to empower students to make

healthful choices in all dimensions of their lives. Students are encouraged to explore health-related

problems confronting contemporary society so as to enable them to make effective decisions concerning

their own health and that of their family and community.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the minor in health education will be able to:

• Define, understand and value health and wellness as the dynamic interaction of the following dimensions: physical, emotional, social, spiritual, occupational and environmental.

• Demonstrate knowledge of health concepts and skills in all six dimensions.

• Value and integrate new behaviors that will promote lifelong health and wellness.

• Develop skills to critically evaluate and analyze health information with regard to its potential benefit to self and society.

HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR

22 Credits

This is an excellent minor for individuals interested in positively influencing the health behavior of

individuals and communities in the public or private sector. Students completing a minor in health

education will demonstrate evidence of achieving the program goals stated above.

Requirements:

BI 230, 231 Basic Anatomy and Physiology and Lab

HP 110 Wellness for College Life

OR

HP 112 Lifetime Wellness

HP 213 Stress Recognition and Management

HP 215 Nutrition for Sport, Fitness, and Health

HP 315 Understanding Sexuality

HP 321 Exercise Science

HP 330 Health Psychology

Recommended Electives:

HP 153 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries

PY 254 Psychology of the Adolescent

PY 351 Adult Development and Aging

SO 425 Conflict Management and Resolution

COACHING MINOR

18-21 Credits

An excellent minor for education majors and anyone interested in coaching in a school or recreational

setting. Upon completing the minor students will be able to demonstrate the skills and abilities needed to

coach a variety of sports. This minor includes CPR and a First Aid Certificate as required by the State of

Ohio for School Athletic Coaches.

149

Requirements:

BU 462 Legal Issues in Sports

HP 153 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries

HP 215 Nutrition for Sport, Fitness, and Health

HP 230 Coaching Team and Individual Sports

HP 388 Psychology and Ethics of Coaching

HP 400 Practicum

Recommended Electives:

BI 230/231 Basic Anatomy and Physiology and Lab

CA 201 Interpersonal Communication

HP 107 Water Safety Instruction

HP 213 Stress Recognition and Management

SO 425 Conflict Management and Resolution

SPORT MANAGEMENT MAJOR

68-69 Credits

For information on this major, please refer to the Business Administration section of this catalog.

COURSE OFFERINGS

HP 107 Water Safety Instruction 2 cr.

This course prepares and certifies individuals in American Red Cross and Water Safety. Content includes

primary and advanced swimming skills, stroke refinement and proficiency, basic and emergency water

safety skills.

HP 110 Wellness for College Life 3 cr.

A lifestyle approach to fitness and wellness emphasizing primary prevention and mind/body relationship.

Content focuses on topics of interest to traditional-age students.

HP 112 Lifetime Wellness 3 cr.

A holistic approach to fitness and wellness which emphasizes topics of interest to adult women and men

with life experience. Content integrates our physical, psychological, social and spiritual selves.

HP 115 Exercise and Conditioning 1 cr.

Designed to increase cardiovascular efficiency, flexibility, strength and endurance through an individually

planned exercise program.

HP 153 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries 3 cr.

Methods of preventing common athletic injuries, sport-specific conditioning techniques, First Aid, CPR,

Safety Education and discussion of blood borne pathogens. American Red Cross and Ohio Certification

granted if all criteria are met.

HP 191, 192, 193, 194 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

150

HP 213 Stress Recognition and Management 3 cr.

The stress response and its effects on body organs and systems, consequences of unmanaged stress for

personal health and relationships. Examination of a holistic perspective on internal and external stressors.

Techniques for identifying and effectively managing lifestyle stressors.

HP 215 Nutrition for Sport, Fitness, and Health 3 cr.

Basic principles of nutrition, stressing components necessary for the maintenance of good health, optimal

athletic performance and disease prevention.

HP 216 Nutrition in Health & Disease 3 cr.

Provides health care students with the theory and practical application for nutritional intervention to

prevent disease, promote health and manage health alterations. Prerequisites: BI 206/207 or BI 300/301

or BI 302/303.

HP 230 Coaching Team and Individual Sports 3 cr.

Development of a foundation of coaching techniques, strategies and organizational skills for coaching.

HP 291, 292, 293, 294 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

HP 315 Understanding Sexuality 3 cr.

A holistic health and psychosocial perspective on understanding sexuality as a composite of one’s total

being. Topics include physiology and health of the reproductive system; sexual behavior, components of

sexual choice; gender issues, sexuality and the life cycle.

HP 321 Exercise Science 3 cr.

Study of the science of exercise and its sub disciplines of exercise physiology, biomechanics, sports

psychology, motor learning and nutrition and health fitness. Students will learn techniques for health,

fitness and body composition assessments, physical and psychological aids to performance. Students will

review and synthesize research literature in the field of exercise science. Prerequisites: HP 110 or 112

and BI 230/231.

HP 330 Health Psychology 3 cr.

The contributions of the discipline of psychology to the promotion and maintenance of health-related

issues. Topics include the biopsychosocial view of health, pain management, stress management and

the relationship between lifestyle choices and optimal physical and psychological health. Prerequisite: PY

201.

HP 350 Applied Kinesiology 3 cr.

Study of the scientific basis of human movement. Structure and analysis of muscular-skeletal systems

and dynamics of movement. Application to individual

fitness programs, lifetime physical activity and coaching. Prerequisite: BI 230/231.

HP 388 Psychology and Ethics of Coaching 3cr.

An exploration of the psychology and philosophy of the coaching experience and the player/coach

relationship. Topics include: team and player motivation and leadership, communication, goal setting and

performance evaluation. Ethical considerations in coaching.

151

HP 391, 392, 393 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

HP 400 Practicum 1-3 cr.

Supervised coaching experience in a school or recreational setting.

152

HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION

Students in the healthcare administration program will acquire advanced knowledge of the dynamic

business environment of healthcare while studying healthcare delivery, providers and their services, and

financing. Students will gain an understanding of the significant role healthcare executives have in

improving the health of the communities their organizations serve as the program’s curriculum prepares

them to enter a variety of positions at healthcare organizations such as hospitals, long-term care facilities

and physician’s offices.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students Majoring in Healthcare Administration will be able to:

• Understand the nature and complexity of the health care environment

• Perceive the interrelated nature of the various components of the HC system

• Analyze systems and subsystems to improve organizational outputs and,

• Analyze the range of health care outcomes, the risks associated with them and place proposed change into that context

• Balance the competing needs of low-cost service, high quality health outcomes and sufficient remuneration to keep the system whole.

• Develop leadership capacity focusing on the change dynamic in health care

• Synthesize the changing, and often conflicting trends in state and federal regulatory environments with the goal of providing ongoing guidance to the best avenues to achieve positive patient outcomes and securing the sustainability of the health care system.

HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION MAJOR

Requirements:

Business Administration Core Courses + 24 credits in the following:

BU 386 Operations Management

BU 425 Project Management

HA 300 Introduction to the Healthcare System

HA 325 Health Information Management

HA 350 Healthcare Management and the Legal System

HA 400 Healthcare Management and Leadership

HA 425 The Full Continuum of Long-Term Care

HA 450 Disaster Management Planning

153

COURSE OFFERINGS

HA 300 Introduction to the Healthcare System 3 cr.

This is an introduction to the healthcare system. Topics to be covered include: a historical and current

explanation on the healthcare system, how organizations work together, communication and any legal

and ethical issues that may arise.

HA 325 Health Information Management 3 cr.

Course Description: This course provides an overview of Health Information Management including

financial aspects, how to manage this type of system and any legal and ethical issues that may arise.

Prerequisite: HA 300

HA 350 Healthcare Management and the Legal System 3 cr.

Course Description: This course will examine the legal positions in healthcare. Topics include:

healthcare laws, the liabilities of all healthcare practitioners, legal and ethical responsibilities, and the

basic aspects of a law suit. Prerequisite: HA 300

HA 400 Healthcare Management and Leadership 3 cr.

Course Description: This course will provide the student with developed standards and theories of the

executive process. Topics include strategic planning, the different types of management, legal and ethical

issues and growth within the organization and alliances. Prerequisite: HA 300

HA 425 The Full Continuum of Long-Term Care 3 cr.

Course Description: Students will learn all aspects of the long-term care system, including historical

background, reimbursement, staffing, leading, current challenges and future trends. Prerequisite: HA 300

HA 450 Disaster Management Planning 3 cr.

Course Description: Students will gain insight into the steps that are used to plan for any type of disaster

in a hospital or any type of long-term care setting. Topics include: types of possible disasters, ensuring

facilities have solid disaster plans, who are the point people in executing plans and safeguarding patient

information. Prerequisite: HA 300

154

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Management Information Systems will be able to:

• Communicate effectively in oral, written and listening skills.

• Analyze and think critically, including creative and ethical analysis.

• Improve organizational processes.

• Critically evaluate and specify actions on current ethical issues in the Information Systems field.

• Collaborate and negotiate with others as well as perform successfully at the individual level.

• Demonstrate the ability to integrate high performance in the design and implementation of information systems solutions.

• Demonstrate knowledge and skills related to the management of ongoing information systems operations.

• Investigate and apply opportunities created by technology innovations.

• Identify and document information requirements.

• Identify, design and evaluate solution and sourcing alternatives.

• Demonstrate knowledge of how enterprise IT architecture is integrated, designed and managed.

• Develop, test and debug simple applications.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS MAJOR

Requirements:

Business Administration Core Courses + 24 credits in the following:

BU 425 Project Management

IS 222 Programming Logic and Design

IS 310 Systems Analysis

IS 330 Information Technology Infrastructure

IS 340 Security, Ethics and Intellectual Property

IS 350 Database Management Systems

IS 435 Enterprise Architecture

Plus one upper level IS course

Recommended Coursework:

BU 388 Business Ethics

Plus one upper level IS course

155

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT MAJOR

Students completing a major in Software Development are prepared to function as professionals in the

discipline or to continue their education in graduate school. The program is designed to provide students

with fundamental skills and knowledge to succeed as a corporate, vendor, or independent software

developer, while allowing them to specialize in a number of tracks for more advanced topics. Students will

learn software engineering approaches to identify and analyze problems and to design and deliver

appropriate solutions. Learning outcomes for students are in accordance with recommendations from the

Association for Computing Machinery’s Curricula Report.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Software Development will be able to:

• Critically evaluate, analyze and interpret information to solve problems and make business decisions

• Use technology to develop and enhance business processes

• Communicate effectively in both written and oral forms

• Act ethically while adhering to the highest standards of personal, social and professional integrity

• Collaborate effectively in diverse teams across cultures

• Show mastery of software development knowledge and skills and of the professional standards necessary to begin practice as a software developer.

• Demonstrate an understanding of and apply appropriate theories, models, and techniques that provide a basis for problem identification and analysis, software design, development, implementation, verification, and documentation.

• Work both individually and as part of a team to develop and deliver quality programs/applications.

• Demonstrate an understanding and appreciation of the importance of negotiation, effective work habits, leadership, and good communication with stakeholders in a typical software development environment.

• Design appropriate solutions in one or more application domains using software engineering approaches that integrate ethical, social, legal, and economic concerns.

• Reconcile conflicting project objectives, finding acceptable compromises within the limitations of cost, time, knowledge, existing systems, and organizations.

Requirements:

Business Administration Core Courses (44 credits) plus 25 credits in the following courses:

Software Development Core: 19 Credits

IS 222 Programming Logic and Design

IS 235 Software Engineering

IS 310 Systems Analysis

IS 336, 337 C++ Programming and Lab

IS 350 Database Management Systems

IS 425 Data Structures and Storage

Advanced Programming: 6 Credits:

IS 345 contemporary Languages

IS 436 Advanced Programming

156

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT MINOR

19 Credits

Program Student Learning Outcomes for the minor:

Students completing the minor in programming will be able to:

• Demonstrate competency in programming specific to their chosen track

• Design programs/applications according to accepted principles of software engineering

Core: 10 Credits

IS 222 Programming Logic and Design

IS 235 Software Engineering

IS 336, 337 C++ Programming and Lab

Advanced Programming: 6 Credits

IS 345 Contemporary Languages

IS 436 Advanced Programming

COURSE OFFERINGS

IS 180 Introduction to Computer Desktop Skills 3 cr.

This course will introduce beginning computer concepts, including computer functions, hardware devices,

software types and using a network. It also includes exposure to Windows and Internet Explorer. It

concentrates on instruction in word processing, using spreadsheets, presentation graphics, and other

online collaboration tools.

IS 222 Programming Logic and Design 3 cr.

Language-independent course introducing the computer program design and development process.

Identification and solution of business problems emphasized. Concepts include program structures,

decision-making, flow control, algorithm development and arrays. Techniques include structured flow

charts, hierarchy charts, and the use of pseudocode in program design. Prerequisite: MA 105 or higher.

IS 235 Software Engineering 3 cr.

The software engineering process involves all of the steps of the Systems Development Life Cycle

(SDLC), from requirements modeling to design, from design to development, and from development

through testing to implementation. This course will examine all of those aspects as well as modern

methodologies for software development, team collaboration, and quality assurance. Prerequisite: IS 222.

IS 243 Multimedia Development 3 cr.

Introduction to the concepts of multimedia software, hardware, development concepts and basic visual

and human interface design issues. Hands-on experience with multimedia hardware and software.

IS 245 Website Design and Development 3 cr.

Emphasizes general principles of designing and building web sites. Use of HTML and web page editors to

build complete web sites. Use of scripting languages to tie web sites to databases and add other features

to the website.

157

IS 260 Computer Decision-Making Applications 3 cr.

Focus on intermediate level skills in spreadsheet and database management packages. Emphasis on

using the software tools to solve problems.

IS 310 Systems Analysis 3 cr.

Introduction to business systems analysis. The phases of the systems analysis and design cycle are

examined using an approach that provides the student with a practical method for the application of

systems techniques in the analysis, design, implementation, and evaluation of business information

systems. Prerequisites: BU 235 and IS 260.

IS 330 Information Technology Infrastructure 3 cr.

This course introduces students majoring in Management Information Systems to the concepts and

issues of Information Technology infrastructure, particularly, hardware, operating systems, and

networking, with an emphasis on how they are selected and used to support business functions. It

prepares students to work effectively with both IT professionals in the enterprise and external vendors

and to design processes and solutions that depend on that infrastructure. Pre-requisite: BU 235

IS 336 C++ Programming 3 cr.

Introduction to the object-oriented computer programming language C++. Emphasis on the syntax of C++

and techniques for developing, debugging and documenting programs. Taken concurrently with IS 337

C++ Programming Lab. Prerequisite: IS 222, must be taken concurrently with IS 337.

IS 337 C++ Programming Lab 1 cr.

One 2.75 hour lab period weekly taken concurrently with IS 336 C++ Programming. Lab provides hands-

on experience working with the C++ language. Must be taken concurrently with IS 336.

IS 340 Security, Ethics, and Intellectual Property 3 cr.

In this case study-based course, students will examine the context, implications, and mechanics of

information systems security at both the micro (individual system and network) and macro (enterprise)

levels. In addition, ethical considerations of information technology and its use in modern enterprises will

be investigated, as well as the growing issue of intellectual property rights and responsibilities.

Prerequisite: BU 235.

IS 345 Contemporary Languages 3 cr.

This course will introduce students who already have a programming foundation in C++ to a number of

the other popular contemporary languages, such as Java, C#, and Objective-C. The emphasis is on the

structural and syntactic differences between them, as well as explaining the circumstances in which one

language is preferable to another. Lab exercises will provide coding experience in each language.

Prerequisite: IS 336/337.

IS 350 Database Management Systems 3 cr.

A study of problems in managing data as a valuable resource of an organization. Topics include data

structures, data models (hierarchical, network, inverted, relational), database management systems,

database administration, data dictionaries, database design, and issues related to data management

(ownership, integrity, sharing, security, privacy). Exposure to microcomputer database management

systems. Prerequisites: IS 222, IS 260 and IS 310.

158

IS 391-394 Selected Topics in Info Systems 3 cr.

Study of selected topics in Information Systems. Topics will vary; title will reflect topics covered in a

particular offering. Some possibilities are Advanced Website Development, Using VBA with Microsoft

Office, Advanced Spreadsheet Analysis. Prerequisite varies with topic.

IS 425 Data Structures and Storage 3 cr.

This course investigates data structures in memory, such as arrays, queues, linked lists, and stacks. In

addition, methods of structuring and accessing data in secondary storage, such as files, databases, and

cloud storage, will be examined. Both of these concepts are considered within the context of software

development in modern programming languages. Prerequisites: IS 336/337, IS 345.

IS 435 Enterprise Architecture 3 cr.

This course explores the design, selection, implementation and management of enterprise IT solutions.

The focus is on application and infrastructure and their fit within the business. Students learn frameworks

and strategies for infrastructure management, system administration, data/information architecture,

content management, distributed computing, middleware, legacy system integration, system

consolidation, software selection, total cost of ownership calculation, emerging technologies, and IT

investment analysis. These topics are addressed both within and beyond the organization, with attention

paid to managing risk and security within audit and compliance standards. It also prepares students to

communicate technology architecture strategies concisely to as general business audience.

Prerequisites: BU 235, IS 330.

IS 436 Advanced Programming 3 cr.

This course builds on the intermediate-level skills learned in previous software development courses to

include advanced topics such as object-oriented design, data structures, and database integration. The

main focus of this class is a semester-long project intended to showcase the student’s programming

skills. Prerequisites: IS 345

IS 443 Advanced Multimedia Development 3 cr.

Focus on the physical design, testing and implementation of a multimedia module developed with an

authoring program. Prerequisites: IS 222 and 243.

IS 491-494 Independent Study 1-3 cr.

Opportunity for the student to study specific topics of interest not covered in curriculum which would aid in

overall content knowledge of business or help better prepare student for career. Must have approval of

department. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.

159

MATHEMATICS

The Mathematics Department program mission is to educate students with a broad foundation in

mathematical knowledge, applications and aesthetics for the purpose of preparation for careers, graduate

school and personal enrichment. Students pursuing either a Bachelors of Arts or Bachelors of Science in

Mathematics must complete the common major requirements as well as an area of concentration chosen

from one of the areas below.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

The Mathematics Program Mission is to educate students with a foundation in mathematical knowledge,

applications and aesthetics for preparation for careers, graduate school and personal enrichment.

Program Student Learning Outcomes include incorporating activities that will help students be able to:

• Analyze and use critical thinking to solve mathematical applications.

• Solve problems with mathematical competency and a willingness to find multiple strategies.

• Read, understand and complete proofs of mathematical concepts successfully.

• Communicate mathematical concepts clearly.

• Show an appreciation and knowledge of historical developments in mathematics and the people who accomplished them.

• Appropriately use technology to solve mathematical problems.

Common Major Requirements: 28 Credits

MA 175 Calculus I

MA 176 Calculus II

MA 277 Calculus III

MA 280 Differential Equations I

MA 330 Modern Geometry

MA 331 Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory

MA 332 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics

MA 432 Modern Algebra

MA 481 Coordinating Seminar

The Bachelors of Arts degree also requires an Internship experience (MA 295, 395, or 495) or a Student

Teaching Experience (see requirements under Education.)

PREPROFESSIONAL MATHEMATICS CONCENTRATION

39 Credits

This area of concentration will provide the students with the opportunity for personal growth by preparing

them for further studies in graduate school as well as for entry level positions in various mathematical and

other related professions, and will show the students how they can use their individual skills to better our

society as a whole.

Common Major Requirements plus the following:

MA 363 Numerical Analysis I

MA 410 Differential Equations II

MA 452 Discrete Structures

Plus one elective 300 level and above

160

MATHEMATICS MINOR

24 Credits

Requirements:

MA 175 Calculus I

MA 176 Calculus II

MA 277 Calculus III

MA 330 Modern Geometry

MA 331 Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory

Plus two electives (one at 200-level and one at 300/400-level)

Mathematics Placement Test

A student who intends to register for any of the following courses is required to have successfully

completed the prerequisite for that course within two years prior to registration or to have demonstrated

proficiency by taking a mathematics placement test within two years prior to registration.

MA 110 MA 131 MA 330 MA 144 MA 175

MA 130 MA 221

Binary Program in Engineering

Students who are interested in pursuing a career in engineering may enter the Binary Program in

Engineering. Students who major in mathematics or science at Notre Dame College can apply for

admission to a binary program at Case Western Reserve University. See ENGINEERING for more

information.

COURSE OFFERINGS

MA 100, MA 105 and 110 are developmental courses; they count toward the 120 credit hours required for

graduation, but do not fulfill the quantitative inquiry of the foundational outcomes of the Core Liberal Arts

Curriculum. Students must earn a C or higher in MA 105 to earn credit for the course. All courses beyond

the developmental series count toward the 120 credit hours required for graduation and fulfill the

quantitative inquiry requirement of the Core Liberal Arts Curriculum.

MA 100 Introductory Algebra 3 cr.

Sets, real numbers, basic algebraic operations and polynomial arithmetic, factoring, linear equations and

inequalities, rectangular coordinate systems, solution of linear systems, algebraic functions, exponents

and radicals, solution of quadratic equations and applications. Placement by ACT score.

MA 105 Beginning/Intermediate Algebra 3 cr.

Algebraic concepts taught through problem solving and applications of sets, real numbers, algebraic

operations, exponents, radicals, inequalities and factoring. Also, study of functions, systems of equations,

and the solving and graphing linear, quadratic, radical, exponential, and logarithmic equations and their

applications. Placement by ACT score. Students must earn a C or higher to earn credit for the course.

MA 110 Intermediate Algebra 3 cr.

Algebraic operations, solving equations and inequalities, lines, inequalities and their graphs, introduction to conic sections, introduction to functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, systems of equations, problem solving techniques and applications. Prerequisite: (Placement required).

161

MA 125 Math for Living 3 cr.

This course offers a broad-based overview of mathematics intended for non-quantitative majors.

Emphasis will be on problem solving for real world situations using mathematical tools. The course

reviews number systems and basic algebraic principles, interpretation of statistical data and financial

mathematics. Other topics may include calculations involving geometry and basic trigonometric

relationships, exponentials, unit conversions, voting principles, graph theory and similar application-based

subjects. Prerequisite: MA 100 or placement

MA 130 Elementary Number Theory 3 cr.

General preparation in mathematics for elementary educators. Set theory, problem solving strategies,

pattern recognition, numeration systems, number theory, properties of and operations with real numbers.

Prerequisite: MA105 or MA110

MA 131 Geometry, Probability and Statistics from an Elementary Point of View 3 cr.

General preparation in mathematics for elementary educators. Geometry with emphasis on shapes and

measurement, transformational geometry and symmetry, logic, counting methods, permutations and

combinations, an introduction to probability and statistics. Prerequisite: MA105 or MA110

MA 144 Precalculus Mathematics 4 cr.

Functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, trigonometric functions and their inverses, identities,

equations and applications and analytic geometry. Prerequisite: MA 110 or equivalent. (Placement

required).

MA 145 Applied Calculus I 3 cr.

Functions, limits and continuity, the derivative, differentiation of polynomial, logarithmic and exponential

functions and applications. Prerequisite: MA120

MA 175 Calculus I 4 cr.

Review of functions and graphs, limits and continuous functions, the derivative, differentiation of algebraic

and transcendental functions, applications, anti-derivatives, definite integrals and applications.

Prerequisite: MA 144 or equivalent.

MA 176 Calculus II 4 cr.

Continuation of MA 175. The definite integral, computation of anti-derivatives, techniques of integration,

the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, applications, introduction to convergence or divergence of

sequences. Prerequisite: MA 175.

MA 191, 192 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

MA 220 Applied Finite Mathematics 3 cr.

Introduction to mathematical modeling, usage and arithmetic of matrices, linear programming, counting

techniques, probability, Markov processes and the mathematics of finance. Prerequisite: MA 110 or

equivalent.

MA 221 Statistics I 3 cr.

Descriptive statistics, probability, normal and binomial distributions, sampling concepts, sampling

distribution, estimation, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals and linear correlation. Prerequisite:

MA105 or MA110.

162

MA 277 Calculus III 3 cr.

Continuation of MA 176. Sequences, series, Taylor series, multivariable calculus, analytic geometry in

R3, partial derivatives, applications of the derivative, multiple integrals, applications of multiple integrals,

vector functions and their derivatives. Prerequisite: MA 176.

MA 280 Differential Equations I 3 cr.

First-order equations and applications, higher-order linear equations, linear systems, series solution of

linear equations, LaPlace transform solution of linear equations and introduction to numerical methods of

solution. Prerequisite: MA 277.

MA 300 Statistics II 3 cr.

Continuation of estimation and hypothesis testing, correlation, simple and multiple regression, inferences

on variances and proportions, analysis of variance (ANOVA), nonparametric tests, index numbers, time

series and introduction to decision theory. Prerequisite: MA 221.

MA 310 Number Theory 3 cr.

Divisibility properties of integers, prime numbers, linear and quadratic congruences, Diophantine

equations, special number theory functions and quadratic residue theory. Corequisite: MA 332.

MA 330 Modern Geometry 3 cr.

Axiomatic foundations to Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries and contemporary approaches to the

study of geometry. Prerequisite: MA 144 or equivalent.

MA 331 Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory 3 cr.

Algebra of matrices, systems of linear equations, Gauss-Jordan reduction, inverses, discriminants, eigen

values, linear spaces and subspaces, spanning sets, linear independence, basis, null space, change of

basis, orthogonal bases, linear transformations, matrix representation and composition of transformation.

Prerequisite: MA 176 or MA 144 with departmental approval, or MA 220 with department approval.

MA 332 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics 3 cr.

Logic and set theory, proof techniques, relations and functions, algorithms, elementary properties of

integers, counting techniques and probability. Prerequisite: MA 175 or MA 144 with department approval

or MA 220 with department approval.

MA 350 Math History 3 cr.

A study of algebra, number theory, irrational numbers, analytical geometry, the Calculus, non- Euclidean

geometries and infinite sets from an historical perspective. Prerequisite: MA 144.

MA 363 Numerical Analysis I 3 cr.

Theory and techniques of numerical computation, interpolation by Lagrange and difference methods,

numerical differentiation and integration and numerical solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: MA

176.

MA 391, 392 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

163

MA 410 Differential Equations II 3 cr.

Infinite series, complex variables, vector analysis, Fourier series, curvilinear coordinates and partial

differential equations. Prerequisite: MA 280.

MA 416 Advanced Probability and Statistics 3 cr.

This course will encounter topics such as sample space, discrete and continuous probability functions,

special distributions, combinatorics, random variables, expected values, moment-generating functions

and estimation. Prerequisites: MA 176 and MA 300.

MA 432 Modern Algebra 3 cr.

Groups, rings, fields, normal subgroups, congruence, quotient groups, ideals, quotient rings, equivalence

relations, abstract algebraic structures. Prerequisite: MA 332 (or co-requisite).

MA 452 Discrete Structures 3 cr.

Graph theory, Boolean algebras, logic, networks, structures, morphisms and finite state machines.

Prerequisite: MA 332.

MA 463 Numerical Analysis II 3 cr.

Matrix computations and solutions of linear equations, iterative solutions of systems of equations,

computer methods of optimization and simulations.

Prerequisite: MA 280 and MA 363.

MA 481 Coordinating Seminar 1 cr.

Special topics in mathematics are explored in an interdisciplinary format. Preparation of a research paper

for public presentation is required. No prerequisite. Taken in the final semester before graduation.

MA 491, 492 Independent Study 1-3 cr.

MA 295, 395, 495 Internship 1-6 cr.

A program which enables students to receive credit for work, paid or volunteer, related to their academic

studies in their major field, both to make these studies more practical and to open possibilities for

employment after graduation. Up to 6 credits of internship can be applied to the major requirements;

however, students can choose to take more internship credits as elective credits.

Prerequisite: sophomore status.

164

LANGUAGES

ARABIC

In keeping with the mission of Notre Dame College, Arabic language courses offer students studies that

enable them to think critically, read analytically, and write clearly in the Arabic language while learning

about its literature and culture. The coursework in these areas provides students with the tools to develop

communicative and intercultural competency and proficiency, so that they can interact, engage, and

compete in the global community.

Arabic courses are open to all students, and the study of this language has applications for those

students majoring in intelligence studies. The intelligence and law enforcement communities are seeking

candidates for employment who have some proficiency in Arabic in order to effectively counter potential

international terrorist threats. Accordingly, some level of Arabic proficiency can be useful for candidates

seeking employment with the Departments of State, Treasury, Defense, Homeland Security, and other

federal, state and local agencies.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Upon completing 12 credits of Arabic, students will be able to:

• Demonstrate sufficient comprehension to understand most factual material in nontechnical prose

• Possess an active reading vocabulary

• Initiate and maintain predictable face-to-face conversations and satisfy limited social demands such as travel and accommodation needs

• Demonstrate understandable pronunciation

• Demonstrate ability to write routine social correspondence

• Produce writing that is legible to native readers

• Comprehend short conversations in common social and emergency situations

SPANISH

In keeping with the mission of Notre Dame College, the Spanish courses enable students to think

critically, read analytically, and write clearly in the Spanish language while also learning about literature

and culture. The coursework in these areas provides students with the tools to develop communicative

and intercultural competency and proficiency, so that they can interact, engage, and compete in the

global community.

As with Arabic, Spanish has applications for those enrolled in Intelligence Studies as the language aids

intelligence professionals who have a particular interest in the areas of law enforcement and border

security.

165

COURSE OFFERINGS

ARB 200: Introduction to Arabic I 3 cr.

This course is designed for students with no previous knowledge of Modern Standard Arabic. Students

will learn the Arabic alphabet, basic writing and conversational skills, and entry-level Arabic grammar,

including gender of nouns and verbs and regular conjugations. Students will also be exposed to Arabic

culture and social customs. Prerequisite: none

ARB 201: Introduction to Arabic II 3 cr.

Building upon skills introduced in ARB 200, students are expected to enhance the four language skills of

speaking, listening, reading and writing in Modern Standard Arabic. This class will introduce hollow,

double-root, and defective verbs, absolute negation, and conditional tense. Students will continue

learning about Arab culture. Prerequisite: ARB 200.

ARB 300: Intermediate Arabic I 3 cr.

Students will begin to develop an intermediate knowledge of Modern Standard Arabic. Through the

introduction of new vocabulary, the course will provide opportunities for students to solidify and augment

the grammar learned in the introductory courses. It will focus on the development of the ability to use

Modern Standard Arabic orally and in reading and writing. The oral component will enable students to

practice and improve upon their Arabic oral communication skills. Assessment will be through specific

presentations and projects, which will allow the students to further develop and build on the oral aspect of

the Arabic language. Prerequisite: ARB 201.

ARB 301: Intermediate Arabic II 3 cr.

This course continues building the students’ intermediate knowledge of Modern Standard Arabic. The

continued introduction of new vocabulary will provide opportunities for students to solidify and augment

the grammar learned in the three previous courses. The course will continue to focus on the development

of the ability to use Modern Standard Arabic orally and in reading and writing. The oral component will

allow students to practice and improve upon their Arabic oral communication skills. Assessment will be

through specific presentations and projects, which will allow the students to further develop and build on

the oral aspect of the Arabic language.

Prerequisite: ARB 300.

SP 101 Basic Spanish I 4 cr.

Introduction to the Spanish language and Hispanic cultures through interactive and communicative

reading, writing, listening, and speaking activities to develop language and cultural proficiency.

SP 102 Basic Spanish II 4 cr.

Continuation of Spanish 101.

SP 201 Intermediate Spanish I 3 cr.

Continuation of SP 102. Integration of grammar, oral, and written practice in exercises, conversation and

readings which evolve within a cultural context. Prerequisite: SP 102 or 2 years of high school Spanish or

equivalent proficiency.

SP 202 Intermediate Spanish II 3 cr.

Continuation of SP 201. Prerequisite: SP 102 or 2 years of high school Spanish or equivalent proficiency.

166

NURSING

The mission of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Program is derived from the institutional mission

statement of the College. The mission of the Notre Dame College Nursing Program is to prepare a

professional nurse who is responsive to the health needs of a diverse global society.

This mission is implemented through fostering personal, professional, and social responsibility within the

context of a values-based faith environment. Liberal arts and the sciences serve as the foundation for the

professional education and the development of core competencies. The baccalaureate nursing program

provides unique opportunities for service to meet the health needs of society, especially the vulnerable

and underserved. International educational opportunities are also integrated throughout the program to

prepare students for practice in a rapidly changing global health care environment. The baccalaureate

nursing program prepares individuals for practice in a variety of health care settings and serves as a

foundation for further graduate education. Upon successful completion of the licensure examination, the

graduate is licensed by the state in which they test.

Tracks:

Multiple entry levels for the program are designed to meet the needs of the life-long learner. The

Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) accredited Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program

has two tracks. The Pre-Licensure Track is designed to prepare the student to become a professional

nurse. Upon completion of the program the graduate is eligible to take the National Council Licensing

Exam (NCLEX-RN®) to become a registered nurse.

The second track is the Post-Licensure RN to BSN Track. This track is designed for the registered nurse

(RN) who has a diploma in nursing or an Associate of Science degree with a major in nursing and who

wants to complete a Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree.

Program Student Learning Outcomes:

Graduates of the BSN Program will be able to:

• Synthesize concepts and theories from the liberal arts, sciences, and the discipline of nursing to promote the health and well-being of individuals, groups, communities, and populations.

• Communicate effectively using oral, written and other forms of information technology.

• Demonstrate competence in technological skills used in professional nursing practice.

• Apply critical thinking to evaluate alternatives and make decisions that affect the health and well-being of self and others.

• Integrate personal and professional values to practice within the legal and ethical standards of the profession.

• Respect human diversity in the provision of health care to populations of different gender, socioeconomic, religious, or cultural traditions.

• Demonstrate leadership and management in the delivery of health care within complex adaptive systems.

• Support a commitment to life-long learning for personal and professional development.

• Use evidence-based practice in the provision of health care services for individuals, groups, communities, and populations in a variety of settings.

• Participate in political processes that influence the economic, legal and social direction of health care policies.

Transfer and Advanced Standing:

• Transfer students must submit a nursing application to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program and must meet all prerequisites for entry into the Program.

• Students transferring into the Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program must abide by the College policies regarding transfer students and the evaluation of credits toward the degree. Not all

167

qualified transfer students may be accepted into the program. The best qualified applicants will be selected each year based on the number of seats available.

• All courses transferred into the Nursing Program, including nursing courses, must have a grade of C or greater for transfer credit to be granted. Courses older than 10 years will be considered for transfer on an individual basis; courses may transfer in only as electives but not count toward general education requirements.

• Courses pre-requisite to the major and nursing major courses completed five years or more before admission may not transfer and may need to be repeated. The Division of Nursing Chair and the Admission and Retention Committee in the Division of Nursing will determine the transfer status of such courses. The policies for transfer credits are the same for both the pre-licensure and RN-BSN tracks.

• Faculty of the Notre Dame Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program will evaluate content of nursing courses to determine if the course is comparable to one offered in the Notre Dame Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program. Students requesting transfer credit must provide a course description and course syllabus as a basis for evaluation of transfer credit. Students may be required to take proficiency tests in identified subjects to validate learning.

• Any student admitted to the Nursing Program with advanced standing must meet current college and nursing program curriculum and graduation requirements at the time of admission to the program.

• Transfer students requesting advanced standing in the Nursing Program must provide documentation that they are a student in good standing from a nursing program in which they were previously enrolled.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

Students in the Pre-Licensure Track must demonstrate satisfactory performance on a comprehensive exit

examination as described in the Nursing Division Student Handbook in order to graduate from the

program. All Candidates for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing Degree must meet the requirements listed

below.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing must have:

• Earned a minimum of 120 semester hours of credit

• Successfully completed courses fulfilling the Core Curriculum

• Successfully completed the courses fulfilling the requirements of the baccalaureate nursing major (refer to NDC College Catalog)

• Maintained a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the nursing major

• Attended Notre Dame College for at least one year

• Completed a minimum of thirty-two (30) semester credits of course work at Notre Dame College, including a minimum of sixteen (15) semester credits of nursing courses

• At least 36 credits of upper-biennium courses (300 or 400 level)

Pre-Licensure BSN Track Policies

PRE-LICENSURE BSN TRACK ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Nursing Program admission is open to all students who demonstrate that they have the intellectual ability,

emotional stability and personal qualifications needed to be a professional nurse. Students wishing to

apply to the BSN Program must first be admitted to the College. This is a separate application process

conducted through the Admissions Office.

Prerequisites needed for admission to the BSN Program are: 27-30 credits

FYF 100 First Year Falcon or equivalent for adult students

BI 204/BI 205 Human Anatomy and Physiology I/Lab

168

BI 206/BI 207 Human Anatomy and Physiology II/Lab

CH 106/107 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry/Lab

CH 116/117 Principles of Organic and Biological Chemistry/Lab

EN100/101 College Composition I and II

MA110 Intermediate Algebra

PY 201 General Psychology

The nursing application process is competitive with preference given to current Notre Dame College

students. Not all qualified students may be accepted into the program.

Current Notre Dame College students may apply to the Pre-Licensure Track of the BSN program Spring

semester for entry beginning the following academic year. Students applying to the nursing program

must:

• Have a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.75 or higher (grades earned over 10 years ago will not be used to calculate the GPA),

• Complete the course prerequisites for the nursing program with a grade of C or greater,

• Submit ACT or SAT scores (not required for students age 23 or over),

• Provide documentation of physical and emotional ability to meet the requirements of the program from their health care provider,

• Submit a separate application for the BSN program through the Nursing Centralized Application Service (NCAS) at https://portal.nursingcas.org

Direct Entry Option

The direct entry option provides high school seniors who meet certain criteria to be admitted to both to the

College AND direct admission to the BSN Program. After direct admission, students in the nursing major

are expected to abide by the same progression policy as other nursing majors in order to retain their

status in the nursing program. The following are the criteria for direct admission to the BSN Program at

Notre Dame College:

• Completion of a College Preparatory Curriculum in high school;

o 4 units of English, 3 (4) units of Science (including chemistry, 3 (4) units of Mathematics, 3 units of Social Studies, 2 (4) World Language,1 unit Physical Education, remaining units representative of visual arts, communication, technology or performing arts.

• Minimum cumulative high school GPA of 3.5 on a 4.0 scale (i.e. unweighted GPA)

• Composite ACT score of 22 or higher (or equivalent SAT scores)

• Completed, with a grade of C or higher, the following high school courses: chemistry, and mathematics

Once directly admitted into the BSN Program, students in the nursing major must successfully complete,

with grades of C or higher, all prerequisite and support courses required of pre-nursing students. Direct

Admit BSN students must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.75 or higher during their freshman year at

NDC. If those criteria are met, Direct Admit BSN students will progress to the first year (sophomore level)

of the BSN program.

Conditional acceptance for students in the Pre-Licensure track may be given for those students who are

currently enrolled in nursing program prerequisites at the time of application. All nursing course

prerequisites must be completed with a grade of C or better and all other requirements must be met for

full acceptance into the program. Students in the Pre-Licensure Track will be notified of final acceptance

into the program once grades are received for spring semester and the cumulative GPA is determined.

Physical and emotional capabilities required for applicants to the Nursing Program include (but are not

limited to):

• Visual acuity with or without corrective lenses to read small print on medication labels and/or

169

physician’s orders, calibrate equipment, perform physical assessment and recognize when a patient is in imminent danger.

• Hearing ability with or without auditory aids to understand the normal speaking voice without seeing the person’s face, hear emergency alarms, student/patient’s calls for help, call bells and stethoscope sounds originating from body systems.

• Physical ability to perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation, pulling, pushing, stooping and kneeling.

• Ability to communicate effectively in verbal and written form.

• Manual dexterity and fine motor skills, including the ability to draw up medication in a syringe.

• Emotional stability to function in stressful situations and to accept personal responsibility and accountability for his/her actions.

Pre-licensure students must have a completed criminal record and background check prior to beginning

any clinical experience. Students must assume all costs associated with the background checks/

fingerprinting. The results of the criminal background check may impact the student’s ability to complete

the clinical component of the program. Clinical affiliating agencies may refuse access to clinical sites for

students with a criminal record. The results of the background check are used, along with other

components of the student’s academic and personal record, to determine the ability of the person to fulfill

the requirements of the program.

In accordance with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 Notre Dame College will make

reasonable accommodations to assist a student with a disability to advance through the program.

Re-Enrollment Policy

A student in the Pre-Licensure Track of the baccalaureate program who fails a nursing course or

withdraws from the nursing sequence for a semester for any reason, including verified illness, personal

crisis, or military service, must make a request to the Admission and Retention Committee for re-

enrollment. The written request must include a completed Nursing Division Re-enrollment form (available

online or in the Nursing Division office) and an Action Plan developed in collaboration with the student’s

advisor. Students who fail or withdraw from a nursing course may not take nursing electives without

applying and being accepted for re-enrollment. Re-enrollment in nursing courses is based upon a space

available basis and cannot be guaranteed. The re-enrolled student must meet current College and

nursing program curriculum and graduation requirements at the time of re-enrollment to the program,

regardless of the number of credits earned under a previous catalog.

Students who have two unacceptable grades in any combination of nursing courses, including nursing

electives, are dismissed from the program and not eligible for re-enrollment.

Readmission Following Absence of One Year or More Policy

If a student has not been enrolled in classes at Notre Dame College for one calendar year, the student

must apply for readmission to the college and to the nursing program. Students seeking readmission are

expected to follow the same admission process as those prospective students who will be attending Notre

Dame College for the first time. The student must meet current College and nursing program curriculum

and graduation requirements in place at the time of readmission to the program, regardless of the number

of credits earned under a previous catalog.

Grading:

A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 is required for all students in the baccalaureate nursing program.

A minimum grade of “C” is required in all nursing prerequisites, support courses and nursing courses in

the nursing major. Students must achieve a minimum exam average of 75% in each nursing course and

170

complete all course requirements as specified in the course and clinical syllabus, in order to satisfactorily

pass the nursing course with a grade of C or greater. ATI exams are included as part of the exam

average. If a student achieves less than a 75% exam average in a nursing course, the student must

repeat the theory, lab, and clinical component (if included) of the nursing course. The nursing program

grading scale for exams differs from the College grading scale. See the Nursing Student Handbook for

additional information.

If a nursing course has a clinical/lab component, students must achieve a satisfactory rating in the

clinical/lab component, as well as meet all other course requirements, in order to successfully pass the

course. Students who receive an unsatisfactory clinical/lab rating, but maintain an overall average of

70% or greater for ALL course assignments (including tests and quizzes) will receive a grade of C-.

Prerequisite courses and support courses may be repeated only once if a grade lower than C is achieved.

Two unacceptable grades in any combination of nursing courses (NR) including Nursing Elective courses

will be grounds for dismissal from the nursing program.

Progression:

Students must attain a final semester grade of C or better in all nursing prerequisites, support courses,

and required nursing courses; must have a 2.5 cumulative GPA; and must achieve a satisfactory

clinical/lab rating for their clinical/lab experience to progress in the program. See the Nursing Student

Handbook for additional information about progression related to course grading policies.

Nursing program students may only withdraw from the same nursing course (NR) one time due to a failing

grade, that is, a course grade average lower than 75 % and/or unsatisfactory clinical performance. The

withdrawal policy applies if the student withdraws from a course due to the 75% exam average policy.

See the Nursing Student Handbook for additional information about progression related to course grading

policies.

Students will be placed on academic probation in the nursing program, by the Nursing Division, if the

cumulative GPA is lower than 2.5 at the end of any semester in the program. If the student does not show

progress or raise the GPA to 2.5 or above by the following semester, the student will be dismissed from

the program.

PRE-LICENSURE TRACK REQUIREMENTS

Prerequisites:

FYF 100 First Year Falcon or equivalent for adult students

BI 204/205 Human Anatomy and Physiology I/Lab

BI 206/207 Human Anatomy and Physiology II/Lab

CH 106/107 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry/Lab

CH 116/117 Principles of Organic and Biological Chemistry/Lab

EN 100/101 College Composition I and II

MA 110 Intermediate Algebra or equivalent

PY 201 General Psychology

Support Courses:

BI 240/241 General Microbiology/Lab

HP 216 Nutrition in Health and Disease

MA 221 Statistics I

PY 251 Lifespan Development

SO 201 Introduction to Sociology

171

NURSING MAJOR

NR 200 Health Assessment Across the Lifespan

NR 215 Foundations of Nursing I

NR 216 Foundations of Nursing II

NR 225 Pharmacology and Pathophysiology

NR 310 Evidence Based Practice

NR 320 Adult Nursing Practice

NR 330 Mental Health Nursing

NR 340 Family Nursing

NR 410 Health Care Policy in Complex Adaptive Systems

NR 420 Community/Populations Nursing Practice

NR 430 Nursing Care of Adults/Families with Complex Multisystem Health Alterations

NR 450 Gerontology

NR 460 Health Care Leadership/Management in Complex Adaptive Systems

NR 461 Professional Practicum

Nursing Elective

Select one (1):

NR 391 Nursing Informatics

NR 470/471 Holistic Nursing

NR 472/473 Selected Topics in Nursing

NR 474/475/476 International Nursing: A Global Perspective

RN to BSN Post-Licensure Track Policies

RN TO BSN POST-LICENSURE TRACK

The RN-BSN Program at Notre Dame College is delivered in a fully online format designed to

accommodate the needs of the adult student. Courses are offered in two eight-week sessions each

semester (Fall, Spring, and Summer). The length of time to degree completion is dependent upon course

credits transferred and time to complete remaining degree requirements.

Students must complete 120 semester credits to earn the baccalaureate degree with a minimum of 36

credits completed at the upper division level (300-400 course level).

A RN-BSN program student who is a graduate of an nursing program will receive a minimum of 31

semester credits for previous nursing courses. No more than 96 credits will be considered for transfer.

Students must earn a minimum of 30 credits at NDC to graduate.

Students applying to the RN to BSN Post-Licensure Track may be given conditional acceptance pending

completion of nursing program prerequisites. Support courses must be completed prior to enrollment in

the Nursing major course sequence. RN students who submit evidence of current certification in

gerontology from the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) will receive credit by examination for

NR 450. This credit will be applied during the student’s last semester before graduation.

RN to BSN Post-Licensure Track Support Courses

BI 204/205 Human Anatomy and Physiology I/Lab

BI 206/207 Human Anatomy and Physiology II/Lab

CH 106/107 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry/Lab

EN 100/101 College Composition I and II

172

PY 201 General Psychology

BI 240/241 General Microbiology/Lab

HP 216 Nutrition in Health and Disease

MA 221 Statistics I

PY 251 Lifespan Development

SO 201 Introduction to Sociology

Nursing Major (RN-BSN)

NR 300 Professional Transitions

NR 305 Health Promotion and Education

NR 310 Evidence Based Practice

NR 410 Health Care Policy in Complex Adaptive Systems

NR 425 Community and Population Health Nursing

NR 455 Gerontological Nursing

NR 460 Health Care Leadership/Management in Complex Adaptive Systems

NR 464 RN to BSN Capstone Practicum

Nursing Electives:

Select one (1)

NR 391 Nursing Informatics

NR 472/473 Selected Topics in Nursing

RN to BSN Post-Licensure Track Admission Requirements

• Hold an associate degree or diploma in nursing with a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher

• Students with a GPA of 2.00 to 2.49 may be provisionally accepted. Those students provisionally accepted will be permitted to take 6-7 semester credits of study toward degree completion in which academic ability to achieve a 2.5 or higher GPA at Notre Dame College can be demonstrated. Provisionally accepted students who do not achieve a 2.5 or higher GPA after completion of 6-7 semester credits may be denied full admission into the RN-BSN nursing program

• Current, valid, and unencumbered licensure as a registered nurse in the state in which the clinical practice experiences will be completed

• RN to BSN students are exempt from the ACT/SAT requirements

RN to BSN Post-Licensure Track Reenrollment/Readmission Policy

A student in the baccalaureate program, who interrupts enrollment in the nursing sequence of courses for

any reason, must apply for re-enrollment. Re-enrollment in nursing courses is based upon a space

available basis and cannot be guaranteed. If a student has not been enrolled in classes at Notre Dame

College for one calendar year, the student must apply for readmission to the College and to the nursing

program. Students seeking readmission are expected to follow the same admission process as those

prospective students who will be attending Notre Dame College for the first time. The student must meet

current College and nursing program curricular and graduation requirements at the time of readmission to

the program, regardless of the number of credits earned under a previous catalog.

RN to BSN Post-Licensure Track Grading Policy

A final semester grade of B- or better is required to successfully complete a nursing course. A minimum

cumulative GPA of 2.5 is required for all students in the baccalaureate nursing program.

173

RN to BSN Post-Licensure Track Progression Policy

RN to BSN Post-Licensure Track students must attain the following for course progression:

• A final semester grade of C or better to successfully complete a nursing course.

• If a grade of C is NOT attained, the student must repeat the course before enrolling in any other

Nursing course.

• A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA.

• Two unacceptable grades in any combination of nursing courses (NR) including Nursing Elective courses will be grounds for dismissal from the Nursing Program. Students must achieve a satisfactory evaluation for their clinical/lab experience to progress in the program. RN to BSN Post-Licensure Track students must show evidence of and maintain a current, valid, and unencumbered license as a registered nurse in the state in which clinical experiences will be completed.

• See Nursing Student Handbook for additional information related to grading policies.

RN TO BSN POST-LICENSURE TRACK PRACTICE REQUIREMENT

The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) Accreditation Criteria requires RN-BSN

programs to include an experiential practice learning requirement (2013). To assure compliance with this

standard, the RN-BSN Post-Licensure program curriculum culminates with NR 464, the Capstone course.

The purpose of the Capstone practicum is to provide a student-designed learning experience with

integration and application of baccalaureate level nurse competencies through the completion of a

clinically focused project. In this 5 credit hour course, RN-BSN students complete 90 hours of

experiential learning in addition to didactic coursework. The student is supported in this learning

experience by an onsite preceptor and course faculty member. Students select the site where the

capstone practicum project will be completed. Students need to have completed all required courses

(nursing and core curriculum courses) before enrolling in NR 464. RN-BSN students must show evidence

of and maintain a current, valid, unencumbered license as a registered nurse in the state in which the

Capstone project will be completed.

Reference

Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education. (2013). Standards for accreditation of baccalaureate and

graduate nursing programs. Washington, DC, Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education.

174

COURSE OFFERINGS: PRE-LICENSURE PROGRAM

Level I (Sophomore)

NR 200 Health Assessment Across the Life Span 3 cr.

Didactic, and lab with two and one-half class hours/week, one and one-half lab hours/week. A systems

approach is used to provide students with a comprehensive approach for basic health assessment of the

individual. Cross cultural approaches for interviewing and communication principles are presented.

Collection of data and identification of patterns and relationships provide a foundation for personal health

assessment and the nursing care planning process. Developmental theories across the lifespan serve as

a framework for assessment of normal growth and development. Prerequisites: Admission to the Bachelor

of Science in Nursing Program (BSN), BI 240/ 241, and PY 251 (or concurrent).

NR 215 Foundations of Nursing I 4 cr.

Didactic, lab, clinical with two class hours/week, three lab hours/week and forty-five (45) hours

clinical/semester. Introduction to the theoretical foundations of nursing and conceptual framework of the

curriculum. Concepts include critical thinking and the nursing process, basic health care needs of the

individual, diversity, systems theory, communication, and evidence-based practice. The process of values

clarification is discussed. Legal, professional, and ethical standards of the profession are introduced.

Service learning required in this course. Prerequisites: Admission into the BSN program, BI 240/241 (or

concurrent).

NR 216 Foundations of Nursing II 5 cr.

Didactic, lab, clinical with two class hours/week, three lab hours/week and ninety (90) hours

clinical/semester. Builds on concepts, knowledge and skills introduced in Foundations of Nursing I.

Establishes a foundation for safe nursing practice in meeting basic care needs of individuals with

common disruptions of body systems. Presents scientific principles and evidence base for skill

development, including medication administration. Opportunities for self-mastery and application of skills

are provided in a variety of settings. Use of critical thinking in application of skills is stressed.

Prerequisites: NR 200; NR 215; NR 225 (or concurrent).

NR 225 Pharmacology and Pathophysiology 3 cr.

Didactic with three class hours/week. Pharmacokinetics and clinical applications of a variety of classes of

drugs based on pathophysiological alterations and clinical concepts are presented. Drug interactions with

living systems are examined. Role of the nurse is discussed, including legal and ethical issues related to

medication administration. Opportunities to develop skill in drug calculations are provided. Prerequisites:

NR 200, NR 215, BI 240/241, NR 216 (or concurrent).

Level II (Junior)

NR 310 Evidence-Based Practice 3 cr.

Didactic with three class hours/week. Sources, levels and strength of evidence for best practice are

reviewed. Process for critiquing evidence is discussed. Methods and tools for implementation of

evidence-based practice to achieve optimal patient outcomes are examined. Relationship of health care

policy to evidence-based practice is discussed. Service learning is required in this course. Prerequisites:

NR200, NR215, NR 216, NR 225 and MA 221 (or concurrent) for students enrolled in the BSN Pre-

licensure track; NR 300 (or concurrent) for students enrolled in the Post-Licensure RN to BSN Track.

175

NR 320 Adult Nursing Practice 6 cr.

Didactic, clinical with three and one-half class hours/week, one and one-half lab hours/week and ninety

(90)hours clinical/semester. Study of health alterations of the adult through the lifespan. Application of

critical thinking and the nursing process in the care of adults with short-term acute and/or chronic health

alterations. Interrelationships of body systems are emphasized as well as interrelationships with other

complex adaptive systems. Application of strategies for health promotion, maintenance and restoration of

the adult. Prerequisites: HP 216, NR200, NR215, NR 216, NR 225, NR 310 (or concurrent). (Students

admitted to the College prior to 2014 are subject to credit hour requirements as listed in the catalog of

their admittance year.)

NR 330 Mental Health Nursing 5 cr.

Didactic, clinical with four class hours /week and forty-five hours clinical/semester. Focus is on promotion

and maintenance of mental health and care of individuals and groups experiencing mental health

alterations. Emphasis is placed on vulnerable populations and the context in which mental health

alterations occur. Health care policy implications of mental health issues are discussed. Service-learning

opportunities are provided with vulnerable populations experiencing or at high risk for mental health

alterations. Prerequisites: NR 310, NR 320.

NR 340 Family Nursing 6 cr.

Didactic, clinical with three and one-half class hours/week, one and one-half lab hours/week and ninety

hours clinical/semester. Family assessment and diversity of family styles. Issues related to providing

health care services for vulnerable family populations are compared with issues related to healthy

families. Strategies to minimize health risk and to promote health and well being of the family are

discussed. Care of parents, including pregnancy, and children from newborn through adolescence are

presented in the context of a childrearing family as a complex adaptive system. Service learning

opportunities are provided with vulnerable family populations. Prerequisites: NR 310 and NR 320.

Level III (Senior)

NR 410 Health Care Policy in Complex Adaptive Systems 3 cr.

Didactic with three class hours/week. Analyses of economic, legal and social factors impacting health

care policies. Discussion of relationship between emerging social issues/trends and health care

disparities. Discussion of social justice and equity in access and delivery of health care services.

Opportunities are provided to participate in political processes impacting nursing and health care policy.

Service learning required in this course. Prerequisites: NR 330, NR 340 for students enrolled in the BSN

Pre-Licensure Track. NR 300 (or concurrent) for students enrolled in the Post- Licensure RN to BSN

Track. Open to non-nursing majors with permission of instructor.

NR 420 Community and Population Health Nursing 5 cr.

Didactic three hours/week and 90 clinical practicum hours/semester. Introduces concepts and strategies

to promote culturally sensitive care for communities and populations. Diversity and culture are examined

in relation to social systems and patterns of interconnected relationships. Epidemiological concepts are

integrated throughout. Examines the role of the nurse in caring for communities and populations.

Emergency preparedness and bioterrorism are introduced. Collaboration and coordination with

community members and agencies is emphasized. Pre-licensure track requirements: Prerequisites:

NR330, NR 340 and NR 410 (or concurrent).

176

NR 430 Nursing Care of Adults/Families with Complex Multisystem Health Alterations 7 cr.

Didactic, clinical with four and one-half class hours/week, one and one-half ab hours every week and

ninety (90) clinical hours/semester. Application of critical thinking and use of the nursing process with

adults/families experiencing complex, multisystem health alterations. Role of technology in the

assessment and management of acutely ill adults is discussed. Prerequisites: NR 330, NR 340. (Students

admitted to the College prior to 2014 are subject to credit hour requirements as listed in the catalog of

their admittance year.)

NR 450 Gerontology 3 cr.

Didactic, Clinical/Practice experience with two class hours/week and forty-five (45) clinical hours in the

pre-licensure BSN program. For post-licensure RN-BSN students, the credit hour distribution is the

equivalent of three class hours per week. Study of theories of aging and systems impacting older adults.

Literature, art and/or film are used as mediums to examine issues related to aging. Discussion of end-of-

life concepts and theories. Examines responses of the older adult in health and illness from an

interdisciplinary perspective. Prerequisites: NR 330 and NR 340

NR 460 Health Care Leadership/Management in Complex Adaptive Systems 3 cr.

Didactic course with three class hours/week. Exploration of leadership and management theories/

concepts applied to the role of the nurse as a leader, manager and coordinator of care. Examines

concepts and theories related to negotiation, conflict management and delegation. Legal implications of

documentation and delegation are emphasized. Strategies to improve cost, safety and quality of care,

based on evidence-based practice, are applied within complex adaptive health care systems.

Prerequisites: NR 430 for students enrolled in the BSN Pre-Licensure track. Corequisite: NR 461 for

students enrolled in the BSN Pre-Licensure Track. NR 300 (or concurrent) for students enrolled in the RN

to BSN Track.

NR 461 Professional Practicum 5 cr.

Seminar, clinical with one class hour/week and one hundred eighty (180) hours clinical/semester. Role

development of the professional nurse. Prepares students for transition to practice as a professional

nurse. Students develop an individualized program of study to integrate concepts/theories of the nursing

program into their professional practice. Includes discussion of strategies for organization and time

management. Open to students enrolled in the BSN Pre-Licensure Track only. Prerequisites: NR 410, NR

420, NR 430, NR 450, NR 460. NR 450 and NR 460 may be taken concurrently.

NURSING ELECTIVES

NR 391 Nursing Informatics 3 cr.

This course is designed to examine computer technology and health information systems by successfully

managing data, information, knowledge, and technology to provide safe and effective patient care. The

utilization of tools, databases, Internet, and the World Wide Web is explored to further enhance the

quality of patient care, and inform practice decisions. A focus on data management, telecommunication,

legal and ethical issues, and educational applications are discussed within the course and how they

impact nursing administration, evidence-based research as well as the future of nursing. Actual problem-

solving, computer competencies and web-based projects will be emphasized and how they can be used

to improve the efficiency of the nursing care delivery system. Prerequisites: NR 300 for RN-BSN program

students; Junior or Senior standing for pre-licensure BSN students.

177

NR 470/471 Holistic Nursing 2 cr./3 cr.

Didactic with two class hours/week (2 cr.) An additional credit (1) may be earned for a service learning

component. Introduction to use of complementary and alternative health modalities (CAM). Analysis of

evidence base for selected CAM. Prerequisites: Junior or senior level status for nursing majors. Junior or

senior status and permission of the Chair of the Division of Nursing.

NR 472/473 Selected Topics in Nursing 2 cr./3 cr.

Didactic with two class hours/week (2 cr.) An additional credit (1) may be earned for service learning

component. Focus is a special topic related to nursing. Course is taught in seminar format. Topic for

seminar to be announced. Prerequisites: Level II (Junior) or Level III (Senior) status in the nursing

program.

NR 474/475 International Nursing: A Global Perspective 2 cr./3 cr.

Didactic with two class hours/week (2 cr.) An additional credit (1) may be earned for service learning

component. Comparison of health care systems in developing countries versus the United States.

Introduction to global diseases including malaria, tuberculosis and HIV. Cultural beliefs impacting health

care are explored. May include a travel abroad component. Prerequisites: Level II (Junior) or Level III

(Senior) status in the nursing program or permission of the Chair of the Division of Nursing.

NR 476 International Nursing: A Global Perspective 1 cr.

Travel abroad component only. Must be a Junior or Senior level nursing program student, or obtain

special permission of the Chair of the Division of Nursing. Prerequisite or concurrent: NR 474.

NR 491 Independent Study 1-3 Cr.

178

COURSE OFFERINGS: POST-LICENSURE PROGRAM

NR 300 Professional Transitions (RN-BSN ONLY) 3 cr.

Didactic with 3 class hours/week. Introduction to the philosophy and curriculum framework for BSN

completion program. Theoretical foundations of nursing practice are presented. Systems theory and

complexity theory are introduced. Process of values clarification is introduced. Current nursing issues

are discussed. Examines scope and standards for the nursing profession and ethical issues related to

the practice of nursing. Law regulating the practice of nursing is reviewed. Current, valid license as a

registered nurse and evidence of satisfactory completion of an accredited diploma or associate of science

in nursing program are required. Prerequisites: Admission to the RN-BSN Program.

NR 305 Health Promotion and Education 3 cr.

This course assists the student in developing skills necessary to influence health behaviors in self and

others. Determinants of health, wellness, illness and disability across the lifespan will be examined.

Students will explore environmental, sociocultural, economic and political factors contributing to effective

health behaviors. Theoretical models of health behavior and principles of teaching/learning will be utilized

to address health education needs across the lifespan.

NR 310 Evidence-Based Practice 3 cr.

Didactic with three class hours/week. Sources, levels and strength of evidence for best practice are

reviewed. Process for critiquing evidence is discussed. Methods and tools for implementation of

evidence-based practice to achieve optimal patient outcomes are examined. Relationship of health care

policy to evidence-based practice is discussed. Service learning required in this course. Prerequisites:

NR200, NR215, NR 216, NR 225; MA 221 (or concurrent) for students enrolled in the BSN Pre-licensure

track; NR 300 (or concurrent) for students enrolled in the Post-Licensure RN to BSN Track.

NR 410 Health Care Policy in Complex Adaptive Systems 3 cr.

Didactic with three class hours/week. Analyses of economic, legal and social factors impacting health

care policies. Discussion of relationship between emerging social issues/trends and health care

disparities. Discussion of social justice and equity in access and delivery of health care services.

Opportunities are provided to participate in political processes impacting nursing and health care policy.

Service learning required in this course. Prerequisites: NR 330, NR 340 for students enrolled in the BSN

Pre-Licensure Track. NR 300 (or concurrent) for students enrolled in the Post- Licensure RN to BSN

Track. Open to non-nursing majors with permission of instructor.

NR 425 Community and Population Health Nursing 3 cr.

Introduces concepts and strategies to promote culturally sensitive care for communities and populations.

Diversity and culture are examined in relation to social systems and patterns of interconnected

relationships. Epidemiological concepts are integrated throughout. Examines the role of the nurse in

caring for communities and populations. Emergency preparedness and bioterrorism are introduced.

Collaboration and coordination with community members and agencies is emphasized.

Post- licensure RN/BSN track requirements: Pre-Requisites: NR 300 or concurrent, 3 Credit hours

NR 455 Gerontological Nursing 3 cr.

Didactic course with three class hours per week. Study of theories of aging and systems impacting older

adults. Literature, art and/or film are used as mediums to examine issues related to aging. Discussion of

end-of-life concepts and theories. Examines responses of the older adult in health and illness from an

interdisciplinary perspective. Prerequisites: NR 300 (or concurrent) for students enrolled in the Post-

Licensure RN to BSN Track.

179

NR 460 Health Care Leadership/Management in Complex Adaptive Systems 3 cr.

Didactic course with three class hours/week. Exploration of leadership and management theories/

concepts applied to the role of the nurse as a leader, manager and coordinator of care. Examines

concepts and theories related to negotiation, conflict management and delegation. Legal implications of

documentation and delegation are emphasized. Strategies to improve cost, safety and quality of care,

based on evidence-based practice, are applied within complex adaptive health care systems.

Prerequisites: NR 300 (or concurrent)

NR 464 RN to BSN Capstone Practicum 5 cr.

Didactic with one class hour/week, two class seminar hours/week and ninety (90) Clinical Practice

Experience hours. This course provides an integrated experience with opportunities to apply

baccalaureate level nursing competencies. Role development of the baccalaureate nurse is stressed.

Students develop an individualized program of study to integrate concepts/theories of the nursing

program into their professional practice. The capstone includes a clinical practice experience consisting of

the development, implementation and evaluation of a clinically focused project. Prerequisites: Open to

students in the RN to BSN Track only. Completion of all required courses; consideration may be given if

student has no more than three credit hours remaining towards the degree.

NURSING ELECTIVES

NR 391 Nursing Informatics 3 cr.

This course is designed to examine computer technology and health information systems by successfully

managing data, information, knowledge, and technology to provide safe and effective patient care. The

utilization of tools, databases, Internet, and the World Wide Web is explored to further enhance the

quality of patient care, and inform practice decisions. A focus on data management, telecommunication,

legal and ethical issues, and educational applications are discussed within the course and how they

impact nursing administration, evidence-based research as well as the future of nursing. Actual problem-

solving, computer competencies and web-based projects will be emphasized and how they can be used

to improve the efficiency of the nursing care delivery system. Prerequisites: NR 300 for RN-BSN program

students; Junior or Senior standing for pre-licensure BSN students.

180

PERFORMING ARTS

The Performing Arts Department at Notre Dame College embraces a diverse and inclusive community.

We offer a variety of performance opportunities in instrumental music, vocal music, theatre, dance, and

cheer. Through our performing ensembles, applied lessons, and academic courses, students actively

engage in self-exploration and personal responsibility. We encourage learning through honing critical

thinking skills, emotional development, and respecting performing art forms and cultures from across the

globe.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students electing music courses should:

• Perform and/or attend performances of a variety of music/theatre representing both classical and contemporary styles.

• Use musical vocabulary accurately to describe musical/theatrical styles and performances and to critique performing arts events.

• Recognize and respect the artistic creativity and professional discipline of composers, performers and various types of artists.

Core Requirement Creative Inquiry

This requirement may be met by various courses in music as specifically listed on page 34 in this catalog.

Prerequisites:

Audition/Interview with Director of specific Performing Group. Admission to any music, theatre, cheer, or

dance ensemble is at the desecration of the director.

Full admission into the program will be granted by the Performing Arts Faculty upon a successful audition in the selected area of concentration. Auditions will occur before the first academic semester of study. Audition requirements are located within the College website.

PERFORMING ARTS CORE COURSES

36 Credits

There is a common core of courses taken by students majoring in Performing Arts programs, including

Music Entrepreneurship and Theatre Entrepreneurship.

Requirements:

Entrepreneurship & Business (24 credits)

BU 100 Introduction to Business

ENT 200 Entrepreneurial Mindset

BU 303 Entrepreneurship

ENT 300 Digital Marketing

ENT 350 New Venture Finance

BU 410 New Venture Management

ENT 450 Entrepreneurial Leadership

ENT 496 Entrepreneurship Leadership Internship

Communication (6 credits)

CA 376 Intercultural Communication

CA 380 Organizational/Leadership Communication

181

Information Systems (6 credits) IS 243 Multimedia Development

IS 245 Website Design & Development

MUSIC ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Concentrations: Vocal Music, Instrumental Music, Music Composition

Program Student Learning Outcomes

• Effectively demonstrate performance excellence in a college-based ensemble and individually through private instruction and solo performance. Assessed by rehearsal attendance and participation, concert/production/recital performance, and post-performance discussions.

• Understand and apply terminology, technique, and notation accurately to describe styles and performances and to critique performances. Assessed by rehearsals, in-class discussions, and individual auditions/evaluations.

• Evaluate and appreciate different modes of creativity and innovation in relations the business and entrepreneurial approach to arts management. Assessed by senior recital/project business and operational plan, internship weekly planning log and self-reflection, and in-class discussions.

Performance Requirements

• Must participate in a Notre Dame College based Music Performing Arts Ensemble during each semester of attendance.

• Music students must take private music lessons during each semester of attendance. The senior recital/project is the capstone and includes private lessons.

• Alternative approval for this requirement can be reviewed by the Executive Director of Performing Arts.

VOCAL MUSIC CONCENTRATION

29 additional credits to the Performing Arts Core Credits

Music Theory (9 credits)

MU 103 Music Theory- Introduction (prerequisite)

MU 203 Music Theory – Diatonic

MU 303 Music Theory – Chromatic

MU 330 Music Arraigning and Composition

NOTE: Students must pass music theory competency exam to take MU 203. Students who do not pass exam, must take MU 103 prerequisite. However, MU 103 does not count towards the major requirements.

Music History (6 credits)

MU 214 Music Now & Then (required)

MU 213 Jazz Appreciation

or

MU 220 History of Rock & Roll

Literature (3 credits)

MU 311 Survey of Western Vocal Literature

Recital/Project (3 credits)

MU 470 Senior Recital/Project

Private Music Lessons applied to major (4 credits):

While students may take more than one type of private lessons, they must enroll every semester of attendance in voice lessons. The exception is the semester they register for their senior recital/project, as

182

that comes with private lessons. Course level based on placement and progression in the specific applied area.

MU #97 Applied Music: Voice

Performing Ensemble applied to major (4 credits):

Must enroll every semester of attendance. Course level based on placement and progression in the specific performance area.

MU #10 Concert Choir

MU #11 Chamber Singers

INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC CONCENTRATION

29 additional credits to the Performing Arts Core Credits

Music Theory (9 credits)

MU 103 Music Theory- Introduction (prerequisite)

MU 203 Music Theory – Diatonic

MU 303 Music Theory – Chromatic

MU 330 Music Arranging and Composition

NOTE: Students must pass music theory competency exam to take MU 203. Students who do not pass exam, must take MU 103 prerequisite. However, MU 103 does not count towards the major requirements.

Music History (6 credits)

MU 214 Music Now & Then (required)

MU 213 Jazz Appreciation

or

MU 220 History of Rock & Roll

Literature (3 credits)

MU 316 Survey of Instrumental Literature

Recital/Project (3 credits)

MU 470 Senior Recital/Project

Private Music Lessons applied to major (4 credits):

While students may take more than one type of private lessons, they must enroll every semester of attendance in their main instrument area. The exception is the semester they register for their senior recital/project, as that comes with private lessons. Course level based on placement and progression in the specific applied area.

MU #80 Applied Music: Composition

MU #81 Applied Music: Guitar

MU #82 Applied Music: Percussion/Mallet

MU #83 Applied Music: Strings

MU #84 Applied Music: Brass

MU #85 Applied Music: Woodwind

Performing Ensemble applied to major (4 credits):

Must enroll every semester of attendance. Course level based on placement and progression in the specific performance area.

183

MU #15 Performing Groups- Marching Band/Wind Symphony

MU #61 Performing Groups- Jazz Combo

MU #65 Performing Groups- Pep Band

MUSIC COMPOSITION CONCENTRATION

29 additional credits to the Performing Arts Core Credits

Music Theory (12 credits)

MU 103 Music Theory- Introduction (prerequisite)

MU 203 Music Theory – Diatonic

MU 303 Music Theory – Chromatic

MU 330 Music Arranging and Composition

MU 430 Advanced Composition

NOTE: Students must pass music theory competency exam to take MU 203. Students who do not pass exam, must take MU 103 prerequisite. However, MU 103 does not count towards the major requirements.

Music History (6 credits)

MU 214 Music Now & Then (required)

MU 213 Jazz Appreciation

or

MU 220 History of Rock & Roll

Literature (3 credits)

MU 311 Survey of Western Vocal Literature

or

MU 316 Survey of Instrumental Literature

Recital/Project (3 credits)

MU 470 Senior Recital/Project

Private Music Lessons applied to major (3 credits):

While students may take more than one type of private lessons, they must enroll every semester of attendance in their main instrument area. The exception is the semester they register for their senior recital/project, as that comes with private lessons. Course level based on placement and progression in the specific applied area.

MU #80 * Applied Music: Composition

Performing Ensemble (2 credits):

Course level based on placement and progression in the specific performance area.

MU #10 Concert Choir

MU #11 Chamber Singers

MU #15 Performing Groups- Marching Band/Wind Symphony

MU #61 Performing Groups- Jazz Combo

MU### Performing Groups- Pep Band

NOTE: MU 303 and MU 403 are required for Music Composition Concentration. While performing ensembles are strongly encouraged, only 2 semesters of any performing ensemble is required for Music Composition Concentration.

184

THEATRE ENTREPRENEURSHIP

29 additional credits to the Performing Arts Core Credits

Program Student Learning Outcomes

• Effectively demonstrate performance excellence in a college-based ensemble and individually through private instruction and solo performance. Assessed by rehearsal attendance and participation, concert/production/recital performance, and post-performance discussions.

• Understand and apply terminology, technique, and notation accurately to describe styles and performances and to critique performances. Assessed by rehearsals, in-class discussions, and individual auditions/evaluations.

• Evaluate and appreciate different modes of creativity and innovation in relations the business and entrepreneurial approach to arts management. Assessed by senior recital/project business and operational plan, internship weekly planning log and self-reflection, and in-class discussions.

Performance Requirements

• Must participate in a Notre Dame College based Music Performing Arts Ensemble during each semester of attendance.

• The senior recital/project is the capstone and includes private lessons. Theatre students are required to take 2 semesters of private voice or vocal ensemble.

• Alternative approval for this requirement can be reviewed by the Executive Director of Performing Arts.

Please note that while the study of theatre must also be the study of the literature that is being portrayed. While music concentration students study music history, theatre students study the history of literary text through “Drama and Theatre” and while music students study music theory, theatre students study the theory of acting through the techniques of interpreting and improvising the literary text.

Literature/Technique (6 credits)

TR 212 Oral Interpretation

or

TR 260 Art of Improvisation

TR 261 Drama and Theatre

or

TR 262 Modern Drama and Theatre

Acting/Directing (9 credits)

TR 309 Acting & Directing

TR 409 Advanced Acting & Directing

TR 313 Event/Play Production

Project/Performance (3 credits)

TR 470 Senior Project/Performance

Music and Dance (5 credits) MU 103 Music Theory- Introduction

DA 110 Intro to Dance

DA 110-2 Intro to Dance-2

Private Voice Lessons or Vocal Ensemble (2 credits):

Alternate applied lessons can be approved by the Director of Theatre. Course level based on placement and progression in the specific applied area.

185

MU #97 Applied Music: Voice

MU #10 Concert Choir

MU #11 Chamber Singers

Performing Ensemble applied to major (4 credits):

Must enroll every semester of attendance. Course level based on placement and progression in the specific performance area.

TR #05 Performing Groups- Theatre

DA #11 Dance Ensemble

PERFORMING ARTS MINOR

No Audition Required

18 Credits

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing a minor in the Performing Arts will be able to:

• Effectively demonstrate performance excellence in a college-based ensemble.

• Understand the history of musical/theatrical development with emphasis on contemporary trends in Music and Theatre.

• Evaluate and appreciate different modes of creativity and expression from both Music and/or Theatre.

Performance Requirement

• Performing Arts Minor Students must participate in a Notre Dame College based Performing Arts Program (Instrumental, Vocal, or Theatre) during each semester of attendance.

• *Alternative approval for this requirement can be reviewed by the Director of Performing Arts.

Course Requirements

18 Credits from any of the following courses (at least 6 credits must be from Upper Biennium

courses):

Music Courses

MU 103 Music Theory- Introduction

MU 203 Music Theory—Diatonic

MU 303 Music Theory—Chromatic

MU 211/212 Music History I, II

MU 213 Jazz Appreciation

MU 214 Music Now and Then/Music Appreciation

MU 220 History of Rock & Roll

MU 330 Music Arranging and Composition

MU 430 Advanced Music Composition

MU 311 Survey of Western Vocal Literature

MU 316 Survey of Instrumental Literature

Theatre and Dance Courses

TR 212 Oral Interpretation

TR 260 Improvisation

186

TR 261 Drama and Theatre

TR 262 Modern Drama and Theatre

TR 309 Acting and Directing

TR 313 Event and Play Production

CA 305 Film Studies

DA 110/110-2 Introduction to Dance

Performing Ensembles*

DA #11/#11-2 Dance Ensemble

MU #10/#10-2 Concert Choir

MU #11/#11-2 Chamber Singers

MU #15/#15-2 Performing Groups- Marching Band/Wind Symphony

MU #61/#61-2 Performing Groups- Jazz Combo

MU #65/###-2 Performing Groups- Pep Band

TR #05/#05-2 Performing Groups- Theatre

Applied Music Lessons*

MU #97 /#97-2 Applied Voice Lessons

MU #96 /#96-2 Applied Piano Lessons

MU #85/#85-2 Applied Woodwind Lessons

MU #84/#84-2 Applied Brass Lessons

MU #83/#83-2 Applied Strings Lessons

MU #82/#82-2 Applied Percussion/Mallet Lessons

MU #81/#81-2 Applied Guitar Lessons

MU #80/#80-2 Applied Composition Lessons

*MU#15/#11/#10, TR#05, and DA#10 Performing Groups – Instrumental, Vocal, Theatre, and Dance are

all 1 credit per semester courses that can be taken every semester. Course level based on progression in

the specific performance area, which is fulfilled by completing the course at each level two times. The

identification of “up to 3 credits” is meant to limit the application of credits taken in these courses towards

the minor. While the student can earn credits in every semester they take part in a performing group, only

3 of those credits can be used towards the minor, thereby ensuring that students will gain a well-rounded

experience in the other coursework offered.

Note: Three credits of the same Performing Group will meet Creative Inquiry requirement for the College

Core Curriculum.

MUSIC MINOR

Audition Required

18 Credits

Prerequisites:

Students enrolled in the Minor in Music must pass a music theory competency exam before taking MU203

(Diatonic Music Theory). Students who are accepted into the program, but do not pass the competency

exam must take MU103 (Music Theory- Introduction) as a prerequisite to MU203. MU103 does not count

towards the Minor in Music degree requirements.

187

Course Requirements

18 Credits from any of the following courses (at least 6 credits must be from Upper Biennium

courses):

Music Courses

MU 103 Music Theory- Introduction

MU 203 Music Theory—Diatonic

MU 303 Music Theory—Chromatic

MU 214 Music Now and Then

MU 211/212 Music History I, II

MU 330 Music Arranging and Composition

MU 430 Advanced Music Composition

MU 311 /316 Survey of Western Vocal Literature/ Instrumental Literature

Choose one of the following:

MU 213 Jazz Appreciation

MU 220 History of Rock & Roll

Performing Ensembles*

DA #11/#11-2 Dance Ensemble

MU #10/#10-2 Concert Choir

MU #11/#11-2 Chamber Singers

MU #15/#15-2 Performing Groups- Bands

MU #61/#61-2 Performing Groups- Jazz Combo

MU #65/###-2 Performing Groups- Pep Band

TR #05/#05-2 Performing Groups- Theatre

Applied Music Lessons*

MU #97/#97-2 Applied Voice Lessons

MU #96 /#96-2 Applied Piano Lessons

MU #85/#85-2 Applied Woodwind Lessons

MU #84/#84-2 Applied Brass Lessons

MU #83/#83-2 Applied Strings Lessons

MU #82/#82-2 Applied Percussion/Mallet Lessons

MU #81/#81-2 Applied Guitar Lessons

MU #80/#80-2 Applied Composition Lessons

*MU#15/#11/#10, TR#05, and DA#10 Performing Groups – Instrumental, Vocal, Theatre, and Dance are

all 1 credit per semester courses that can be taken every semester. Course level based on progression in

the specific performance area, which is fulfilled by completing the course at each level two times. The

identification of “up to 3 credits” is meant to limit the application of credits taken in these courses towards

the minor. While the student can earn credits in every semester they take part in a performing group, only

3 of those credits can be used towards the minor, thereby ensuring that students will gain a well-rounded

experience in the other coursework offered.

Note: Three credits of the same Performing Group will meet Creative Inquiry requirement for the College

Core Curriculum.

188

THEATRE MINOR

Audition Required

18 Credits from any of the following courses (at least 6 credits must be from Upper Biennium

courses):

Theatre Minor

TR 212 Oral Interpretation

TR 261 Drama and Theatre

TR 262 Modern Drama and Theatre

TR 260 Art of Improvisation

TR 309 Acting and Directing

TR 409 Advance Acting & Directing

TR 313 Event and Play Production

CA 305 Film Studies

MU 103 Music Theory- Introduction

MU #97 Applied Voice*

TR #05 Performing Groups- Theatre*

DA 110/10-2 Introduction to Dance

Performing Ensembles*

DA #11/#11-2 Dance Ensemble

MU #10/#10-2 Concert Choir

MU #11/#11-2 Chamber Singers

MU #15/#15-2 Performing Groups- Marching Band/Wind Symphony

TR #05/#05-2 Performing Groups- Theatre

Applied Music Lessons*

MU #97/#97-2 Applied Voice Lessons

MU #96 /#96-2 Applied Piano Lessons

MU #85/#85-2 Applied Woodwind Lessons

MU #84/#84-2 Applied Brass Lessons

MU #83/#83-2 Applied Strings Lessons

MU #82/#82-2 Applied Percussion/Mallet Lessons

MU #81/#81-2 Applied Guitar Lessons

MU #80/#80-2 Applied Composition Lessons

*MU#15/#11/#10, TR#05, and DA#10 Performing Groups – Instrumental, Vocal, Theatre, and Dance are

all 1 credit per semester courses that can be taken every semester. Course level based on progression in

the specific performance area, which is fulfilled by completing the course at each level two times. The

identification of “up to 3 credits” is meant to limit the application of credits taken in these courses towards

the minor. While the student can earn credits in every semester they take part in a performing group, only

3 of those credits can be used towards the minor, thereby ensuring that students will gain a well-rounded

experience in the other coursework offered.

Note: Three credits of the same Performing Group will meet Creative Inquiry requirement for the College

Core Curriculum.

189

MUSIC COURSE OFFERINGS

MU #10/#10-2 Concert Choir 1 cr.

Vocal groups rehearsing weekly and performing at least once a semester. For students wanting to

progress in the choir, the course must be taken at the same level two times, once as a #10 course and

then as a #10-2 course. Pre-requisite for #10-2 is completion of the same level #10 course (i.e.

completion of MU 110 is required to enroll in MU 110-2). Pre-requisite for the upper level #10 course is

completion of the lower level #10-2 course (i.e. enrollment in MU 210 requires completion of MU 110-2).

MU #11/#11-2 Chamber Singers 1 cr.

Vocal group rehearsing and performing at least three times a semester. For students wanting to progress

in the chamber, the course must be taken at the same level two times, once as a #11 course and then as

a #11-2 course. Pre-requisite for #11-2 is completion of the same level #11 course (i.e. completion of MU

111 is required to enroll in MU 111-2). Pre-requisite for the upper level #10 course is completion of the

lower level #11-2 course (i.e. enrollment in MU 211 requires completion of MU 111-2).

MU #15 Performing Groups- Marching Band/Wind Symphony 1-3 cr.

Instrumental groups rehearsing weekly and performing at least once a semester. For students wanting to

progress in the band, the course must be taken at the same level two times, once as a #15 course and

then as a #15-2 course. Pre-requisite for #15-2 is completion of the same level #15 course (i.e.

completion of MU 115 is required to enroll in MU 115-2). Pre-requisite for the upper level #15 course is

completion of the lower level #15-2 course (i.e. enrollment in MU 215 requires completion of MU 115-2).

MU #61 Performing Groups- Jazz Combo 1 cr.

A jazz combo rehearsing weekly and performing at least once a semester. For students wanting to

progress in jazz combo, the course must be taken at the same level two times, once as a #60 course and

then as a #60-2 course. Pre-requisite for #60-2 is completion of the same level #60 course (i.e.

completion of MU 160 is required to enroll in MU 160-2). Pre-requisite for the upper level #60 course is

completion of the lower level #60-2 course (i.e. enrollment in MU 260 requires completion of MU 160-2).

MU #65 Performing Groups- Pep Band 1 cr.

Offered only in spring semesters, a pep band rehearsing weekly and performing at all home basketball

games. Other performances opportunities will be available. For students wanting to progress in pep band,

the course must be passed with a C or better. Example: In order to progress to MU 261, MU 161 must be

passed at a C or better.

MU #97, #96, #85, #84, #83, #82, #81, #80 Applied Music

Private lessons available in piano, voice or instruments, for credit or non-credit. Credit amounts arranged

and granted on the basis of an evaluated performance at the end of the semester. Other special projects

in music may be arranged. Pre-requisites: 200 level and up MU #97-2, #96-2, #85-2, #84-2, #83-2, #82-2,

#81-2, #80-2 from the lower level for that applicable instrument.

MU #97-2, #96-2, #85-2, #84-2, #83-2, #82-2, #81-2, #80-2 Applied Music

Private lessons available in piano, voice or instruments, for credit or non-credit. Credit amounts arranged

and granted on the basis of an evaluated performance at the end of the semester. Other special projects

in music may be arranged. Pre-requisite: MU #97, #96, #85, #84, #83, #82, #81, #80 from that level.

MU 191, 192, 193, 194 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

190

MU 103 Music Theory- Introduction 3 cr.

Fundamentals of music theory, ear training, sight singing.

MU 203 Diatonic Music Theory 3 cr.

Fundamentals of music theory, ear training, sight singing, form and analysis, and written keyboard

harmony. Prerequisite MU 103 or passing of music theory competency exam.

MU 303 Chromatic Music Theory 3 cr.

Music theory practices from late Baroque to the end of the Romantic period such as borrowed chords

from secondary keys, augmented sixth chords, augmented thirds, altered chords, modulation, sequences,

and other techniques that go beyond diatonic music theory. Prerequisite MU 203.

MU 211, 212 Music History I, II 3, 3 cr.

Survey of the development of Western music from ancient to modern times, with emphasis on listening

skills.

MU 213 Jazz Appreciation 3 cr.

A development and an understanding of jazz as a uniquely American art form through listening to

recorded and live performances. Emphasis on aural perception.

MU 214 Music Now and Then 3 cr.

An exploration of various contemporary musical styles and forms as they are traced back to their

historical (“classical”) roots. Attendance at live concerts, including one off-campus performance, is

required.

MU 220 History of Rock & Roll 3 cr.

History of Rock & Roll is a lecture course that is intended to build an understanding of the music

developed in the 20th Century to now in the United States. Students should leave this course with an

advanced knowledge of Rock & Roll, listening techniques, tools to analyze and evaluate music and its

social impact, and the societal impact on the music performed and written.

MU 311 Survey of Western Vocal Literature 3 cr.

A survey of Western vocal literature for solo voice with a particular focus on art song and vocal

chamber music from the early 16th century to the present. The course incorporates discussion of stylist

elements of well-known historical periods, genres, and composers, methods for interpretation and

analysis, listening to great interpreters of song, and training for repertoire planning with analysis of

stylistic and historical norms.

MU 316 Survey of Instrumental Literature 3 cr.

Combines information and practices learned from instrumental ensembles, music theory and music

history and focuses on performance and research.

MU 320 Music and Art: Historical Survey 3 cr.

A survey of music and visual art forms from the perspective of basic elements such as line, harmony,

texture, timbre and form. Includes the development of artistic styles in music and art through various

historical periods. Attendance at live concerts and visits to the art museum are an integral part of the

course.

191

MU 330 Music Arranging and Composition 3 cr.

Music Arranging and Composition is intended for Performing Arts minors and is intended to build musical

tools through the study of music composition and application of that creative process. Student should

leave this class with an advanced knowledge of music theory, compositional skills, arranging skills, and

standard music literature. Students must have prior music theory knowledge to be enrolled in this course.

Students must have a willing attitude in regard to collaboration with other musical students and faculty.

Prerequisite or Co-requisite: MU 203.

MU 391, 392, 393, 394 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

MU 430 Advanced Music Composition 3 cr.

Advanced harmony, orchestration, analysis, and notation. Students will leave this class with an advanced

knowledge of composition to create entire new music pieces for performance. Prerequisite MU 330.

MU 470 Senior Project/Performance 3 cr.

The culmination of the study in music theory, history, pedagogy, applied lessons and ensemble and

requires the integration of learning from all areas of the music and entrepreneurship curriculum in order to

research, prepare, program, market, organize and perform a successful presentation of their major

program. Assessment methods may include portfolios, creative projects, research papers, or a

performance recital. This course comes with 10, private lessons in the student applied area of study

(voice/instrumental). Requires approval of applied faculty.

*Dance (DA), Music (MU), and Theatre (TR) courses, such as Applied Music and Performing Ensembles

– Instrumental, Vocal, Theatre, and Dance are listed with # are all 1 credit per semester courses that can

be taken every semester. The course level will be based on progression in the specific performance area,

which is fulfilled by taking the course at each level two times. The identification of “up to 3 credits” in the

performing arts minor is meant to limit the application of credits taken in these courses towards the minor.

(See Performing Arts minor.) While the student can earn credits in every semester they take part in a

performing group, only 3 of those credits can be used towards the minor, thereby ensuring that students

will gain a well-rounded experience in the other coursework offered.

Note: Three credits of the same Performing Group will meet Creative Inquiry requirement for the College

Core Curriculum.

THEATRE AND DANCE COURSE OFFERINGS

* A college-level composition course is a prerequisite to theatre literature courses.

DA 110 Introduction to Dance 1 cr.

Develops an understanding of dance techniques, movement styles, and dance as a creative art form and

aesthetic practice. Weight, momentum, alignment, breath, focus and muscular efficiency fundamentals

will be explored and honed. Students will build physical coordination, footwork/footskills, strength,

flexibility, balance, body awareness and an understanding of the basic principles of dance and

movement. Pre-requisite: none.

DA 110-2 Introduction to Dance 1 cr.

Develops an understanding of dance techniques, movement styles, and dance as a creative art form and

aesthetic practice. Weight, momentum, alignment, breath, focus and muscular efficiency fundamentals

will be explored and honed. Students will build physical coordination, footwork/footskills, strength,

192

flexibility, balance, body awareness and an understanding of the basic principles of dance and

movement. Pre-requisite: DA 110.

DA #11 Dance Ensemble (i.e. 211, 211-2, 311, 311-2, 411, 411-2) 1 cr.

Hones a physical understanding of dance techniques, movement styles, and dance as a creative art form

at a more advanced level. Weight, momentum, alignment, breath, focus and muscular efficiency

fundamentals will be perfected through weekly rehearsals, dance repertory, and dance productions.

Students will build physical coordination, strength, flexibility, balance, body awareness and an

understanding of the basic principles of dance and movement. Pre-requisite: Intro to Dance DA110-2

unless approved by director after audition.

TR #05/#05-2 Performing Groups- Theatre 1 cr.

The theatre courses are designed to develop both creative and analytical thinking through the

exploration of the creative theatrical process; define and apply the vocabulary related to the

production of live theatre. For students wanting to progress in the theatre, the course must be taken at

the same level two times, once as a #05 course and then as a #05-2 course. Pre-requisite for #05-2 is

completion of the same level #05 course (i.e. completion of TR 105 is required to enroll in TR 105-2). Pre-

requisite for the upper level #05 course is completion of the lower level #05-2 course (i.e. enrollment in

TR 205 requires completion of

TR 105-2).

TR 212 Oral Interpretation 3 cr.

Explores basic theory and practice in the art of communicating literature: prose, poetry, and drama.

Selection, analysis, and performance are the primary areas of focus.

TR 260 Art of Improvisation 3 cr.

An introduction to the basic elements and techniques of “improv,” this course will focus on performance,

writing and communication skills used in creating sketch comedy. This course applies to many disciplines

as it emphasizes the value of collaboration, listening and analytical thinking from a perspective of

generosity.

TR 261 The Drama and Theatre 3 cr.

Study of dramatic literature, acting, stage design, production, and theatrical styles and trends from the

classical age of Greece to the middle of the nineteenth century. Recommended preparation for TR 262.*

TR 262 Modern Drama and Theatre 3 cr.

Study of dramatic literature, acting, stage design, production, and theatrical styles and trends from Ibsen

to the present. Recommended preparation: TR 261.*

TR 309 Acting and Directing 3 cr.

Provides basic laboratory training in techniques of acting and directing through practical exercises with

short scenes and plays. Work on voice and movement. Interpretation skills, performance analysis, and

the planning and conducting of rehearsals are used to achieve an individual approach to acting and

directing.

193

TR 409 Advanced Acting and Directing 3 cr.

Advanced laboratory training in techniques of acting and directing through practical exercises with

extended scenes and short plays. Work on voice, movement, interpretation skills, performance analysis,

and the planning and conducting of rehearsals are used to achieve and individual approach to acting and

directing.

TR 313 Event/Play Production Apprenticeship 3 cr.

Offers practical experience in event and theatrical production. Includes class work and participation in the

stages of an actual event or production. Hands-on activities are required of all students. All aspects of

producing are explored, including research, design, promotion, execution, management, and evaluation.

TR 374 Presentation Techniques (Also listed as CA 374) 3 cr.

Practice in a variety of public speaking forms serves as focus: advanced work in the extemporaneous

mode, as well as an introduction to manuscript, memorized, and impromptu styles. Experiences with

special occasion speaking take students beyond the confines of the classroom into settings involving

larger spaces, technical considerations, and other challenges.

TR 381 Women Playwrights (Also listed as EN 381) 3 cr.

Analysis and discussion of the works of selected women playwrights of the twentieth century.*

TR 462 Shakespeare’s Histories and Tragedies (Also listed as EN 462) 3 cr.

Reading and analysis of Shakespeare’s histories and tragedies; study of Shakespeare’s development as

tragic dramatist and poet. Junior-senior standing required.*

TR 470 Senior Recital/Project 3 cr.

The culmination of study in theatre criticism, history, pedagogy, acting & directing and production and

requires the integration of learning from all areas of the theatre and entrepreneurship curriculum in order

to research, prepare, program, market, organize and perform a successful presentation of their major

program. Assessment methods may include portfolios, creative projects, research papers, or a

performance recital. This course comes with weekly meetings coachings with the Director of Theatre.

Requires approval of Director of Theatre.

TR 295, 395, 495 Internship 1-6 cr.

Up to 6 credits of internship can be applied to the major requirements; however, students can choose to

take more internship credits as elective credits.

*Dance (DA), Music (MU), and Theatre (TR) courses, such as Applied Music and Performing Ensembles

– Instrumental, Vocal, Theatre, and Dance are listed with # are all 1 credit per semester courses that can

be taken every semester. The course level will be based on progression in the specific performance area,

which is fulfilled by taking the course at each level two times. The identification of “up to 3 credits” in the

performing arts minor is meant to limit the application of credits taken in these courses towards the minor.

(See Performing Arts minor.) While the student can earn credits in every semester they take part in a

performing group, only 3 of those credits can be used towards the minor, thereby ensuring that students

will gain a well-rounded experience in the other coursework offered.

194

PHILOSOPHY

Philosophy courses at Notre Dame College challenge students to think critically about our world and the

human condition, providing a strong foundation for a liberal arts curriculum. Philosophy is an important

part of our liberal arts tradition because it directly fosters a life-long pursuit for truth, beauty and

goodness.

Notre Dame College students are required to take two philosophy courses. All students are required to

take the ethics course (PH 480) to learn how to analyze critical questions of right and wrong in our time

and to identify and apply various philosophical positions in response to these questions. Although the

History of Western Philosophy course (PH 180) is recommended at the beginning of one’s college career,

a student is free to choose among the various philosophy electives to satisfy the Philosophical Inquiry

requirement.

Philosophical thinking can be applied in any life situation because it teaches general problem solving,

clear and persuasive communication, and writing that is ordered, coherent and complete. For this reason,

one can argue that a philosophy minor is an invaluable compliment to any academic discipline.

Careers that are especially dependent on philosophy and philosophical thinking include law, politics, the

sciences, theology, journalism, communication, management and education.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing a minor in philosophy will be able to:

• Identify, comprehend, analyze and evaluate philosophical arguments in oral and written discourse.

• Understand, analyze, interpret and apply major works in the areas of the History of Philosophy, Ethics and contemporary topics.

• Be able to develop and express philosophical positions using the insights of philosophers and other thinkers.

PHILOSOPHY MINOR

18 Credits

Requirements: 6 credits

PH 180 History of Western Philosophy

PH 480 Current Ethical Problems and Positions

12 additional credits in philosophy courses

195

COURSE OFFERINGS

PH 180 History of Western Philosophy 3 cr.

A study of the history of western philosophy which chronicles the major thinkers and their key thoughts.

The history of philosophy is understood as an ongoing conversation which continues in our own day. The

course sketches the main contours of the way in which the conversation has taken shape since its

beginnings with the ancient Greeks.

PH 200 Critical and Creative Thinking 3 cr.

Thinking is both a skill and an art, with its own purposes, principles, strategies and precautions. This

course is designed to develop and strengthen one’s thinking by exploring the creative processes involved

in problem identification and solution, the role of argument formation and criticism, and finally,

communicating one’s thinking. Both current events and timeless philosophical questions will be explored.

Critical and Creative Thinking is a strong foundational course for all academic disciplines and majors.

PH 320 Philosophy of Person 3 cr.

A critical examination of human nature and personal identity. Questions like “Who am I, really?” and

“How free am I?” will be explored, along with our relationship to others and the natural world. Our

understanding of “personhood” may be challenged when exploring topics such as animal rights, rights of

corporations and robots. As part of our study, we will read primary works by both classical and

contemporary philosophers. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing; PH 180 recommended.

PH 340 Philosophical Perspectives on Woman 3 cr.

A survey of various notable models of female nature which have been expressed in the history of western

thought, from the ancient period to the present. The latter part of the course will be devoted to readings in

the feminist critique of these historical models and will look at contemporary views of female nature.

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing; PH 180 recommended.

PH 355 Political Philosophy 3 cr.

A study of the major approaches to the questions surrounding the political nature of human beings.

The key thoughts of the major political philosophers, both classical and contemporary, will be analyzed.

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing; PH 180 recommended.

PH 360 Philosophy of Art 3 cr.

An investigation into the nature of art. What is art? Is beauty subjective? What role should an artist play in

society? These are a few of the timeless questions that will be explored. Students will also develop a

language of art that will assist in defining their own aesthetic values. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing;

PH 180 recommended.

PH 380 Bioethics 3 cr.

An investigation of ethical issues raised by technological advances in the health care sciences. Issues to

be studied include the beginnings and endings of life, genetic research, organ transplants, reproductive

technologies, the right to health care and the allocation of scarce resources. In addition, the relation of

humans to the life of the planet and to their more specific environment will be studied. Prerequisite:

Sophomore standing; PH 180 recommended.

PH 391, 392, 393, 394 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

196

PH 480 Current Ethical Problems and Positions 3 cr.

A critical examination of the major approaches to ethics given to us by the history of philosophy. The

contributions of Aristotle, Aquinas, Kant and Mill are studied first from a theoretical perspective. These

theories are then applied to a variety of ethical issues which face us today. The student is introduced to

the world of both the theory and practice of ethics. Junior status required; PH 180 recommended.

PH 481, 482 Seminar 1-3 cr.

Research and reports on selected periods or areas of philosophy. Conferences as the instructor directs.

Open to qualified students who have had introductory courses in philosophy. Hours and credit arranged

by the instructor, with the approval of the division head.

PH 491, 492, 493, 494 Independent Study 1-3 cr.

An opportunity for qualified and capable students to do independent work in the field of philosophy.

Topics, hours and credits arranged by the instructor, with the approval of the division head.

197

PHYSICS

COURSE OFFERINGS

All laboratory courses must be taken concurrently with the corresponding lecture courses. A student must

have the permission of the instructor to deviate from this policy. A student who withdraws from a lecture

course may not continue the laboratory course except under unusual circumstances and with the

permission of the instructor.

PS 150 Concepts in Physics 3 cr.

This course, intended for Middle Childhood Education students and non-science majors wishing to fulfill

the science section of the Analytical Inquiry requirement of the Core Curriculum, will explore a wide

variety of topics in physics, including the scientific method, linear and circular motion, Newton’s laws of

force, momentum, energy, electricity and magnetism. Prerequisite: MA 110.

PS 151 Concepts in Physics Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly.

PS 180 Basic Physics I 4 cr.

A general physics course covering the principles of mechanics and heat with emphasis on applications to

biological systems. Includes a weekly problem/recitation session. Prerequisite or co-requisite: MA 144.

PS 181 Basic Physics I Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly.

PS 182 Basic Physics II 4 cr.

A general physics course covering optics, electricity, magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics. Includes a

weekly problem/recitation session. Prerequisite: PS 180, 181.

PS 183 Basic Physics II Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly.

PS 191, 192, 193, 194 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

PS 200 College Physics I 4 cr.

Study of linear and angular kinematics and dynamics for point masses and systems of masses;

conservation of momentum; simple harmonic motion. Includes a weekly problem/recitation session.

Prerequisite: MA 175.

PS 201 College Physics I Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly.

PS 202 College Physics II 4 cr.

Electricity, introduction to Maxwell’s equations, electromagnetic waves, introduction to optics. Includes a

weekly problem/recitation session. Prerequisites: PS 200, 201.

198

PS 203 College Physics II Laboratory 1 cr.

One three-hour laboratory period weekly.

PS 391, 392 Special Topics 1-3 cr.

PS 491, 492 Independent Study 1-3 cr.

An opportunity for students who meet the requirements to do independent studies. Permission required.

199

PSYCHOLOGY

A student completing the major in psychology will be prepared for graduate-level work in clinical,

experimental, and applied psychology, as well as for entry level positions in the mental health care field

and behavioral research laboratories. Psychology coursework is also appropriate for students planning

careers in education, law, nursing, business, criminal justice, and intelligence analysis.

Mission Statement: Students majoring in psychology at Notre Dame College seek to understand mental

processes and behavior by exploring the individual in a biopsychosocial context free of biases and

judgment. One main goal of the psychology major is the development, in the student, of a healthy

skepticism and intellectual curiosity by asking questions about the causes of human behavior. Most

importantly, we encourage application of knowledge to empower students to make responsible and

thoughtful decisions in all areas of life to enhance the mind, the body, and the spirit.

Program Student Learning Outcomes:

Students completing the major in psychology will be able to:

1. Knowledge Base in Psychology

Describe key concepts, principles, and overarching themes in psychology

Develop a working knowledge of psychology’s content domains

Describe applications of psychology

2. Scientific Inquiry and Critical Thinking

Use scientific reasoning to interpret psychological phenomena

Demonstrate psychology information literacy

Engage in innovative and integrative thinking and problem solving

Interpret, design, and conduct basic psychological research

Incorporate sociocultural factors in scientific inquiry

3. Ethical and Social Responsibility in a Diverse World

Apply ethical standards to evaluate psychological science and practice

Build and enhance interpersonal relationships

Adopt values that build community at local, national, and global levels

4. Communication

Demonstrate effective writing for different purposes

Exhibit effective presentation skills for different purposes

Interact effectively with others

5. Professional Development

Apply psychological content and skills to career goals

Exhibit self-efficacy and self-regulation

Refine project management skills

Enhance teamwork capacity

Develop meaningful professional direction for life after graduation

200

PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR

49 Credits

For an outline of the online track, contact the Finn Center for Adult, Graduate and Online Learning .

Requirements: All courses (25 credits)

Psychology Core:

PY 201 General Psychology

PY 202 Psychological Foundations

PY 222 Behavioral Science Statistics

PY 251 Lifespan Development

PY 307 Behavioral Science Research Methods

PY 325 Biopsychology

PY 385 Psychological Tests and Measurements

PY 498 Psychology Senior Seminar

Requirements: Two courses from each of the four tracks (24 credits). To complete a track, which is

optional, the student must successfully complete all courses in the track:

Psychology Tracks:

Clinical and Counseling Psychology

PY 225 Multicultural Psychology

PY 301 Gender Psychology

PY 379 Clinical and Counseling Psychology

PY 370 Abnormal Psychology

Developmental Psychology

PY 253 Child Psychology

PY 254 Adolescent Psychology

PY 351 Adult Development and Aging

PY 375 Personality Psychology

Psychology as a Science

PY 210 Social Psychology

PY 340 Learning and Behavior

PY 380 Cognitive Psychology

PY 425 Sensation and Perception

Applied Psychology

PY 235 Sport Psychology

PY 389 Industrial/Organizational Psychology

PY 360 Forensic and Law Psychology

PY 390 Human Factors Psychology

Psychology Electives:

Courses in the Psychology Electives section are optional for students who are interested in pursuing

Research or Practical Experiences in preparation for graduate training and/or a career in an applied field.

201

PSYCHOLOGY MINOR

25 Credits

Requirements: The five courses from the Psychology Core below (16 credits)

Psychology Core:

PY 201 General Psychology

PY 202 Psychological Foundations

PY 222 Behavioral Science Statistics

PY 251 Lifespan Development

PY 307 Behavioral Science Research Methods

Requirements: Plus, one course each from any three of the four tracks (9 credits)

COURSE OFFERINGS

PY 201 General Psychology 3 cr.

This course introduces the science of human behavior and mental processes. Emphasis is placed on the

principles, methods, and theories of modern psychology. Major topics covered include research design,

lifespan development, personality, learning, memory, biopsychology, and psychopathology. Prerequisites:

None. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 3, 4)

PY 202 Psychological Foundations 3 cr.

This course engages the psychology major in the discipline and science of psychology. It covers the

current state of the field with an emphasis on the skills and knowledge required to succeed in a field that

offers a wide variety of opportunities. The course lays the groundwork for the higher-level courses in

psychology by building on the basic knowledge and skills from other courses (i.e. APA style in

composition and general content knowledge in PY 201), by covering career opportunities and

development, the nature of the science of Psychology including basic scientific methodology, and the

publication process. Students are required to complete individual and small group projects and

presentations applying and synthesizing the information introduced in the course. Prerequisites:

Psychology major and after or concurrent with PY 201. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 3, 4,

5)

PY 210 Social Psychology 3 cr.

This course is an introduction to the psychological study of how thoughts, feelings and behaviors of

individuals are influenced by group settings. Students learn social psychological methodology as well as

the application of social psychology to historical and current events. The course explores topics such as

aggression, interpersonal attraction, attitude formation and change, and conformity and obedience to

authority. Prerequisite: PY 201. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 4)

PY 222 Behavioral Science Statistics 3 cr.

This course provides instruction in the application of descriptive and inferential statistics to the analysis

and interpretation of data in the social sciences with an emphasis on hypothesis testing. Students

develop skills in the communication of statistical information. Students learn theory and application of

statistical hypothesis testing, to test for significance of relationships between variables, and differences

between groups in a variety of situations. Students learn to clearly and accurately communicate findings

and accurately interpret the presentation of statistical findings encountered in research. Prerequisites: PY

201, MA 110; MA 221 strongly recommended. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2).

202

PY 225 Multicultural Psychology 3 cr.

This course introduces theories and research in the study of psychosocial issues of racial, ethnic, and

cultural groups. Students examine the relationship of race, culture, and social course and discuss the

research implications for the multicultural study of psychology. Students learn major theoretical

perspectives in multicultural psychology and begin to build cultural competence, a critical skill in the

application of psychology. Students demonstrate skills through evaluation of research and critical writing,

as well as a comprehensive course project. Prerequisite: PY 201. (Program Student Learning Outcomes

1, 3, 4)

PY 235 Sport Psychology 3 cr.

This course is an introduction to the psychological study of people and their behavior in sport

environments. Emphasis is placed on the mental skills associated with high-level performance in sport, as

well as in other areas of life. The course addresses the question of how sports participation can contribute

to a person’s overall psychological health and well-being. Prerequisite: PY 201. (Program Student

Learning Outcomes 1, 4, 5)

PY 251 Lifespan Development 3 cr.

The course provides an overview of current research and theories of human development from

conception to death with an emphasis on physical, cognitive and social development. The student learns

to conduct theory evaluation and comparison, and be able to identify and evaluate contemporary and

global aspects of development. Prerequisite: PY 201. (Student learning outcome 1)

PY 253 Child Psychology 3 cr.

This course provides students with a thorough understanding of infant and child development. The course

covers child development research and the ways that such research can be used to enhance the lives of

children and their families. Major child development theories are discussed and provide the foundation for

understanding the sequence of child development and the processes that underlie it. In addition, this

course highlights the impact of culture on child development. Prerequisite: PY 201. (Program Student

Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 3)

PY 254 Adolescent Psychology 3 cr.

This course provides students with knowledge about the biological, cognitive, and socioemotional

processes that are characteristic of adolescence. The course is a comprehensive overview of the history

of the field of adolescent development and of current lifespan developmental issues pertinent to this field

of study. Students are familiarized with the various theories of adolescent development and the field of

adolescent development research. Students in the course learn to discuss the biological, cognitive,

socioemotional, and cultural aspects of the development of adolescent behavior. Prerequisite: PY 201.

(Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 3)

PY 291, 292, 293 Selected Topics 3 cr.

PY 301 Gender Psychology 3 cr.

This course introduces the study of the psychological differences and similarities between women and

men. Students examine gender-related beliefs, stereotypes and behavior. In addition, they study the

evidence for male-female similarities and differences and develop an understanding of the mutual links

between gender roles and the structure of relationships. Students demonstrate skills through personal

203

reflection and critical reading and writing. Prerequisite: PY 201. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1,

3, 4)

PY 307 Behavioral Science Research Methods 4 cr.

This course provides students with an introduction to the research methods most commonly used in the

behavioral sciences. Also, emphasis will be placed on the ethical issues involved in human subject

research. An important aspect of the course is getting students prepared to read academic, peer-

reviewed journal articles and to write an APA style research proposal or research report. Prerequisites:

PY 201, PY 222. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 3, 4)

PY 325 Biopsychology 3 cr.

This course introduces the student to the idea that behavior is controlled by neurophysiological

processes. Three content areas covered in the course include: 1) an in-depth examination of neurons and

the electrical and chemical events that underlie neural transmission, 2) the structure and function of the

peripheral and central nervous systems, and 3) the involvement of the central nervous system in various

behavioral phenomena, including learning and memory, drug addiction, and consciousness. Students

demonstrate mastery of the material through written assessments aimed toward the integration of the

information provided in course with information from other primary sources. Prerequisite: PY 201.

(Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 4)

PY 340 Learning and Behavior 3 cr.

This course introduces the student to theory and research in the area of learning processes and behavior.

The course focuses on the historical movement of research and theory in the area of learning from

behaviorism to the cognitive revolution up to the more modern day research on the neurobiology of

learning. Prerequisites: PY 201, PY 325. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 4)

PY 351 Adult Development and Aging 3 cr.

The goal of this course is to introduce students to adult development and aging. The course emphasizes

the many issues facing the adult as he or she ages, with an emphasis on aspects related to preparing

young adults for successful aging. Topics covered include age-related physical changes, changes in

mental health, cognitive changes with advanced age, changes in personality, and ways to deal with

approaching death. Questions addressed include: Is age-related decline in functioning inevitable? Are

there things we can do to prevent some of the negative aspects of the aging process? How is the concept

of aging different among different cultures? Prerequisite: PY 201. (Program Student Learning Outcomes

1, 2, 3)

PY 360 Forensic and Law Psychology 3 cr.

This course surveys a wide range of psychological principles and research findings that have been

applied to the criminal justice system. It encompasses both the contributions of the more basic

psychological fields (i.e., the area of Law and Psychology) and the more applied psychological fields (i.e.,

the area of Forensic Psychology). Topics include expert witnesses, lie detection, police psychology,

correctional psychology, police lineups, false memories, juries, and investigative psychology and

psychological profiling. Students read and discuss textbook chapters, original research articles, and case

studies, and relate them to each other. Prerequisite: PY 201. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 4,

5)

204

PY 370 Abnormal Psychology 3 cr.

This course introduces the definition and classification of abnormal behavior. In addition, the course will

explore various theoretical approaches concerning the causes. Students receive a comprehensive

overview of the symptoms, demographic features, and typical progression of major forms of

psychopathology. They also address several constructs that enhance the study of human mental

disorders, including the importance of the context in which disordered behavior occurs, the connection

between the mind and the body, and the multiple causality model of psychopathology. Prerequisite: PY

201. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 3, 4)

PY 375 Personality Psychology 3 cr.

This course assists the student in understanding personality – both their own and others – through an

understanding of the field of personality psychology. The course is designed to create a sense of the total

functioning of the individual by understanding how the different parts of personality interact. The student

learns to describe and examine personality through understanding its structural and dynamic nature.

Personality development in children, adolescents, and adults is included as well. Prerequisite: PY 201.

(Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 3)

PY 379 Clinical and Counseling Psychology 3 cr.

This course provides a comprehensive overview of major approaches to counseling and clinical

psychotherapy, including the therapeutic process, the client-therapist relationship, and specific techniques

used in practice. The historical origins of theories are examined. Students learn about ethical, legal, and

professional issues in counseling and clinical practice. Prerequisites: PY 201, PY 370. (Program Student

Learning Outcomes 1, 3, 4)

PY 380 Cognitive Psychology 3 cr.

This course provides the student with an introduction to research and theory on the nature of cognitive

processes from an information processing perspective. The focus is on the processes used to transform,

store, manipulate and retrieve information. A neurocognitive emphasis is given as well. Topics include

attention, pattern recognition, memory, and language. Students conduct a mini-experiment in which they

collect data, analyze and interpret the collected data, and present the results of their research to the

course. Prerequisites: PY 201, PY 325. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 4)

PY 385 Psychological Tests and Measurements 3 cr.

This course provides a survey and evaluation of current psychological tests with a focus on the areas of

personality testing, intelligence testing, and achievement testing. There is also an emphasis on the

statistical and theoretical underpinnings of test construction, reliability, and validity, as well as ethical

issues. Interviewing techniques and the Graduate Record Exam are covered both in theory and with short

practical exercises. Prerequisites: PY 201, MA 221. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 3, 4, 5)

PY 389 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 cr.

This course introduces the methods used by industrial/organizational psychologists to increase

organizational effectiveness. The emphasis is on understanding employees, employee management

relationships, and behaviors. Topics include job analysis, employee selection and training, performance

appraisal, job attitudes, workplace motivation, organizational culture, and the work environment.

Prerequisite: PY 201. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 4, 5)

205

PY 390 Human Factors Psychology 3 cr.

This course provides a survey of our current knowledge of the capabilities and limitations of human

operators. It focuses on how this knowledge can be used to guide the design of systems and human-

system interfaces. It links theories of human performance with the real world and also includes specific

examples of human factors failures and what has changed in light of these failures (Wickens, Lee, Liu, &

Gordon-Becker, 2003). In addition, students find and design a human factors project, including a

cost/benefit analysis, and present their project. Prerequisite: PY 201. (Program Student Learning

Outcomes 1, 4, 5)

PY 400 Practical Experience 3 cr.

This course offers the psychology major supervised application of psychological principles and

techniques in appropriate applied settings. It consists of at least 75 hours of supervised

practicum/internship experience. Supervision is performed by a supervisor on site and a professor at

Notre Dame College. The student is required to complete different written assignments about their

experiences as well. The student should have senior standing or have completed most course

requirements for the psychology major. Admission is granted on an individual basis by the department

chairperson. The psychology department chairperson must approve the practicum site before the student

makes a commitment for the 75 hours. Prerequisites: None. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 4, 5)

PY 425 Sensation and Perception 3 cr.

This course provides the student with an in-depth look at how the sensory systems (visual and auditory

systems) and the brain transform physical stimuli into mental representations. The course will follow the

physical stimulus of light or sound from the external world through the sensory organ and into the areas of

the brain designed to process the information. Individual differences in perceptual processes are

emphasized. A major component of the course is an analysis of a specific area of sensation and

perception through a literature review and the writing of an APA style literature review. Prerequisites: PY

201, PY 325. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 4)

PY 498 Psychology Senior Seminar 3 cr.

This course focuses on the integration of psychological methods and theories. Psychology majors, with

faculty assistance, choose a major issue in psychology to investigate and discuss in seminar-style course

sessions. This work culminates in a major course presentation and theoretical paper written in APA style.

Prerequisite: Senior standing or instructor permission, PY 201. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1,

2, 3, 4, 5)

Independent Research and Professional Development Practical Experience 3 cr.

PY 195 and 196: Freshman (fall and spring semesters, respectively)

PY 295 and 296: Sophomore (fall and spring semesters, respectively)

PY 395 and 396: Junior (fall and spring semesters, respectively)

PY 495 and 496: Senior (fall and spring semesters, respectively)

This course provides the student with practical experiences and training regarding the entire research

process in the science of psychology. To this end, the student will learn about and, if she/he is advanced

enough, participate in, the design of research studies, literature searches for these research studies, data

collection and analysis, write up, and publication at conferences. The student can earn authorship on

conference publications, if she/he is sufficiently involved in the project as per American Psychological

Association (APA) guidelines. Furthermore, the student learns how to apply to graduate degree programs

after the conclusion of their studies at Notre Dame College. Prerequisites: Psychology major and

practicum instructor permission. (Program Student Learning Outcomes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5)

206

COURSE OFFERINGS - Sociology

SO 201 Introduction to Sociology 3 cr.

This introductory course examines the science of social relationships and organizations, presents basic

social concepts, and examines the culture and complex functioning of humans in groups and institutions.

Suggested as a prerequisite for all sociology courses.

SO 305 Minority Groups 3 cr.

An examination of diversity in the United States; historical antecedents; dynamics of assimilation,

prejudice, and discrimination.

SO 425 Conflict Management & Resolution 3 cr.

Discussion of sources and dynamics of conflict in interpersonal and group settings. Identification of

conflict management strategies including mediation and negotiation. Development of skills for conflict

management and resolution.

207

PUBLIC SERVICE & SECURITY STUDIES

Mission Department

The Department of Public Service and Security Studies has, as its mission, the preparation of students for

service-oriented careers through education in a variety of majors, with a strong emphasis on

interdisciplinary studies. Our majors in Criminal Justice, Cybersecurity, Emergency Management Policy,

History, Intelligence Studies and Political Science, will enable students to prepare for careers of

responsibility and service.

CRIMINAL JUSTICE STUDIES

Mission Statement

The criminal justice program at Notre Dame College provides students with the theoretical, practical, and

professional knowledge in preparation for dynamic fields of employment within the criminal justice

system.

Program Description

Criminal justice at Notre Dame College is a broad interdisciplinary approach to the study of crime and

justice. Grounded in the liberal arts, students will learn to formulate policy responses to a myriad of

important issues including crime, violence, delinquency, and victims’ rights. Criminal Justice graduates

will find a healthy industry job outlook. This degree prepares students for careers in law enforcement,

federal service agencies, the courts, corrections, homeland security, victim advocacy, and the security

industry.

Students who complete half the requirements for the major and have an overall GPA of 3.25 are eligible

for induction into the Notre Dame College chapter of the Order of the Sword and Shield (Omicron Sigma

Sigma), the national academic and professional honorary society for Intelligence, Homeland Security,

Emergency Management and all Protective Security disciplines

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Criminal Justice Studies will be able to:

• Describe and analyze the basic structure of the U.S. Criminal Justice System including police, courts, corrections, and victims.

• Critique the criminal justice system including the legal, theoretical, and public policy issues that impact it.

• Compare and contrast contemporary justice issues through the application of current theories and literature as they impact the American CJ system.

• Construct and evaluate research designs and methods that evaluate agency programs, or investigate empirical or theoretical issues relating to justice studies.

• Articulate knowledge and appreciation for diversity (including, but not limited to race, culture, ethnicity, gender, religion) and its effects within the context of the criminal justice system.

208

CRIMINAL JUSTICE STUDIES MAJOR

45 Credits

For an outline of the online track, contact the Finn Center for Adult, Graduate and Online Learning.

The Criminal Justice Studies major at Notre Dame College enables students to select from two

tracks:

• Track I: Criminal Justice Studies: General

• Track II: Criminal Justice Studies: Law Enforcement Academy (OPOTA)

Track I: Criminal Justice: General Track II: Criminal Justice: Law Enforcement Academy (OPOTA)

CJ 131 American Criminal Justice

CJ 231 Courts and Justice

CJ 233 Criminal Law

CJ 235 Theory and Applied Criminology

CJ 333 Role of Police in Contemporary Society

CJ 334 Corrections in America

CJ 430 Criminal Justice Policy Analysis & Planning

CJ 432 Ethics in Criminal Justice

CJ 450 Senior Research Seminar

CJ 495 Senior Practicum

CJ 499 Victimology

PO 210 State and Local Government and Politics

PO 350 Introduction to Social Science Research

Plus 6 credits of electives

Suggested electives include:

CJ 335 Organized and White-Collar Crime

EMPS 150 Principles of Emergency Management

EMPS 425 Crisis Leadership

IP 350 Terrorism

PO 415 Politics of Homeland Security

CJ 131 American Criminal Justice

CJ 231 Courts and Justice

CJ 235 Theory and Applied Criminology

CJ 334 Corrections in America

CJ 430 Criminal Justice Policy Analysis & Planning

CJ 432 Ethics in Criminal Justice

CJ 470 Law Enforcement Academy I

CJ 480 Law Enforcement Academy II

CJ 499 Victimology

PO 210 State and Local Government and Politics

PO 350 Introduction to Social Science Research

Plus 6 credits of electives

Suggested electives include:

CJ 335 Organized and White-Collar Crime

EMPS 150 Principles of Emergency Management

EMPS 425 Crisis Leadership

IP 350 Terrorism

PO 415 Politics of Homeland Security

“BADGE TO GRAD” PROGRAM

With our Badge to Grad program, all Ohio police officers enrolling in the Criminal Justice program at Notre

Dame College may earn up to 21 transfer credit hours from Ohio Peace Officer Training Academy

(OPOTA) coursework and their experience.

The 21 credits from OPOTA completion would include the following Notre Dame College courses and

credits:

CJ 131 American Criminal Justice (3)

CJ 231 Courts and Justice (3)

CJ 233 Criminal Law (3)

CJ 333 Role of Police (3)

CJ 334 Corrections (3)

CJ 495 Practicum (6)

209

The Notre Dame College online Criminal Justice Program only accepts police officers and OPOTA

completers as designated by an official transcript or certificate.

COURSE OFFERINGS

CJ 131 American Criminal Justice 3 cr.

This course provides an overview of the American criminal justice system, emphasizing the “system,” its

legal actors and political constraints. Course will cover the historical development and will familiarize

students with the functions, structure and organization of those criminal justice agencies responsible for

the administration of justice in the United States.

CJ 231 Courts and Justice 3 cr.

Course examines the functions, operations, and decision-making processes of the American criminal

court system. The role of judges, prosecutors, defense attorneys and juries will also be explored.

Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

CJ 191, 192, 291, 292, 391, 392, 491, 492 Selected Topics 1-6 cr.

CJ 233 Criminal Law 3 cr.

Course provides an analysis of the principles of criminal law and those concepts focusing on both the

procedural aspects and substantive elements of various crimes. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or

departmental permission.

CJ 235 Theory & Applied Criminology 3 cr.

This course provides a general introduction to the study of criminal behavior from an interdisciplinary

perspective. Students will examine criminological theories of crime and criminality, offender types, along

with current trends and patterns found in crime and delinquency. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or

departmental permission.

CJ 333 The Role of Police in Contemporary Society 3 cr.

Course examines the role of police in the administration of justice and the critical issues that impact law

enforcement in contemporary society. Topics presented include: the history of policing, basic police

operations, subcultural influences, the influence of coercive power, and emerging technologies.

Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

CJ 334 Corrections in America 3 cr.

This course explores the historical development, organizational structure, personnel, administration, and

inmate social world in the American prison system. Also studied are the areas of probation and parole

and their place in the overall concept of rehabilitation and community corrections. Prerequisite:

sophomore standing or departmental permission.

CJ 335 Organized and White-Collar Crime 3 cr.

Course provides the student with a realistic understanding of organized and white-collar crimes in the

United States as well as the globalization of both types of activity. The history, business, and attempts by

the government to fight both types of crimes will be explored. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or

departmental permission.

210

CJ 430 Criminal Justice Policy Analysis & Planning 3 cr.

This course examines how program and policy development may be used in an effort to resolve criminal

justice issues. Course will present a comprehensive and structured account of the process of

administering planned change in the criminal justice system. Techniques of policy analysis and program

evaluation will be applied to real world scenarios. Prerequisite: junior standing or departmental

permission.

CJ 432 Ethics in Criminal Justice 3 cr.

A critical examination of the diverse ethical issues encountered in the criminal justice system. The

emphasis will center on making moral, rational, and responsible decisions which will lead to ethical

professional behavior. Prerequisite: junior standing or departmental permission.

CJ 450 Criminal Justice Senior Research Seminar 3. cr.

This course is designed to provide criminal justice majors with a capstone experience emphasizing the

integration of knowledge acquired in previous courses on the institutions, policies, and practices of the

criminal justice system. Students engage in the development and production of a senior level research

paper grounded in criminal justice theory and policy literature. Prerequisite: senior standing or

departmental permission.

CJ 470 Law Enforcement Academy I 6 cr.

This course which provides transfer credit from the Ohio Peace Officer’s Basic Training Academy

(OPOTA) curriculum. Specific topics covered include: Ohio criminal law, criminal procedure for the law

enforcement professional, criminal investigations and report writing, law enforcement driving techniques,

traffic enforcement, firearms training, physical conditioning and human relations. The course is open

only to those students who have been accepted to the Tri-C Peace Officer Basic Training

Academy (POBT) through the Notre Dame College partnership.

CJ 480 Law Enforcement Academy II 6 cr.

This course which provides transfer credit from the Ohio Peace Officer’s Basic Training Academy

(OPOTA) curriculum. Specific topics covered include: Ohio criminal law, criminal procedure for the law

enforcement professional, criminal investigations and report writing, law enforcement driving techniques,

traffic enforcement, firearms training, physical conditioning and human relations. The course is open

only to those students who have been accepted to the Tri-C Peace Officer Basic Training

Academy (POBT) through the Notre Dame College partnership.

CJ 495 Criminal Justice Senior Practicum 3 cr.

The senior practicum provides students with field experience at a criminal justice agency of their choice.

Students work closely with NDC Career Services in completing both the on-site and written requirements.

Prerequisite: Twelve hours of criminal justice courses and senior standing.

CJ 499 Victimology 3 cr.

This course provides an overview of the scientific study of victimology and the rediscovery of crime

victims by the current justice system. Emphasis is placed on victim’s rights and the criminal justice

response to the plight of the victim. Prerequisite: junior standing or departmental permission.

211

CYBERSECURITY

The Bachelor’s degree in Cyber Security is focused on students learning the methodologies, skills and

logic to protect the privacy and security of data people have entrusted to various organizations. Students

will understand hacking, threats to personal records, major economic damages, and infrastructure

breaches and learn how to counter or prevent such happenings.

Program Student Learning Outcomes:

• Understand complex cybersecurity problems and apply principles of cybersecurity design and best practice—including intelligence, damage assessment, recovery and computer forensics, risk assessment and management, and human factors—to prevent and/or mitigate cyberattacks.

• Demonstrate foundational knowledge of information technologies, and their impact on organizational processes and decision-making.

• Design, implement, administer, and evaluate solutions in computer networks and database management systems using cybersecurity best practices.

• Assess and apply security principles and practices to maintain operations and protect information infrastructure in the presence of cyber risks and threats.

• Recognize and analyze professional responsibilities and make informed judgments in cybersecurity practice based on legal and ethical principles.

• Operate and communicate effectively as a member or leader of a cybersecurity team.

CYBERSECURITY MAJOR

70 credits

Core Cyber Security Requirements: 70 credits

CY 100 Introduction to Cyber Security

CY 150 IT Fundamentals

CY 210 Computer Networks

CY 250 Web Programming

CY 310 Ethical Hacking and Penetration Testing

CY 325 Operating Systems

CY 350 Programming for Cybersecurity

CY 360 Network Defense & Countermeasures

CY 370 Linux for Cybersecurity

CY 385 Digital Forensics & Incidence Response

CY 410 Cloud Security

CY 420 Wireless & Mobile Security

CY 430 Advanced Web Security

CY 450 Cybersecurity Practicum

CY 460 Cybersecurity Practice and Policy

CY 475 Advanced Data Security

CY 495 Internship

IS 222 Programming Logic & Design

IS 310 Systems Analysis

IS 330 Information Technology Infrastructure

IS 350 Database Management Systems

MA 221 Statistics I

212

CYBERSECURITY MINOR

19 credits

CS 100 Introduction to Cybersecurity

CY 210 Computer Networks

CY 310 Ethical Hacking and Penetration Testing

CY 360 Network Defense and Countermeasures

CY 385 Digital Forensics and Incident Response

CY 460 Cybersecurity Practice and Policy

COURSE OFFERINGS

CY 100 Introduction to Cybersecurity 3 cr.

Provides the knowledge necessary to improve security by identifying and prioritizing potential threats and

vulnerabilities of a computer network. Introduces policies, legal aspects and compliance. Content: Cyber

Stalking, fraud, and abuse. Denial of service. Hacking techniques. Industrial Espionage in cyberspace.

Encryption. Network scanning and vulnerability scanning. Cyber terrorism and information warfare.

Prerequisite: None.

CY 150 IT Fundamentals 4 cr.

Covers the fundamentals of IT device installation, configuration, maintenance, and networking with

thorough instruction built on the CompTIA A+ 220-901 and 220-902 exam objectives. Content: Computer

anatomy. BIOS/UEFI tools. Motherboard. RAMs. Expansion cards. Storage. CPUs. Ports and interfaces.

Designing and customization. Configurations. Printers and multifunction devices. Networking. Mobile

devices. Troubleshooting. Prerequisite: None.

CY 210 Computer Networks 4 cr.

Takes students from an entry-level knowledge in computer networks to advanced concepts in Ethernet

and TCP/IP networks, presenting how and why networking technologies are used. Content: Layers.

Cabling. Wireless Networking. LANs Interconnecting. TCP/IP. Router Configuration. Switch Configuration.

Routing Protocols. Internet Technologies. Troubleshooting. Network Security. Cloud Computing and

Virtualization. Codes and Standards. Prerequisite: CY 150.

CY 250 Web Programming 3 cr.

Introduces the concepts, languages, tools, and skills required for both client- and server-side

programming, to develop platform-independent sites using the most current Web development

technology. Content: Internet fundamentals. Web. HTML and XHTML. CSS. Dynamic Documents.

Bootstrap, Javascript, jQuery, PHP, and MySQL. XML. Flash. Ajax. Java Web Software. ASP.NET.

Android Software Development. Prerequisite: CY 150.

CY 310 Ethical Hacking and Penetration Testing 3 cr.

Introduces the concepts, terminology, challenges, theory, practices, and the essential practical skills

needed to conduct reliable security audits. It covers the entire penetration testing lifecycle. Contents:

Standards. Cryptography. Reconnaissance. Malware. Windows Hacking. Mac Hacking. Web Hacking.

Vulnerability Scanning. Linux Hacking. Kali Linux. General Techniques. Metasploit. Metasploit in Ruby.

General Hacking Knowledge. Prerequisite: CY 250.

213

CY 325 Operating Systems 3 cr.

Presents design issues and fundamental principles in contemporary operating systems, providing a solid

understanding of the key structures and mechanisms used in computers and mobile devices. Content:

Computer System. Process description and control. Threads. Concurrency. Memory management. Virtual

memory. Uniprocessor, multiprocessor, multicore, and real-time scheduling. I/O Management and disk

scheduling. File management. Prerequisite: CY 150.

CY 350 Programming for Cybersecurity 3 cr.

Introduces several programming languages commonly used to recognize vulnerabilities in an application,

how an attacker could exploit those vulnerabilities, and how to identify malicious code. Content: AI for

Cybersecurity. Python for Machine Learning and Data Analysis. Metasploit Exploits with Ruby on Rails.

Assembly. Java Apps. Manual control over memory with C. Prerequisite: CY 250.

CY 360 Network Defense and Countermeasures 3 cr.

Covers the essential network security concepts and techniques needed to protect, monitor, analyze,

detect, and respond to unauthorized activity within the organization’s information systems and computer

networks. Content: Attacks types. Firewalls. Intrusion detection systems. Encryption fundamentals. Virtual

private networks. Operating system hardening. Defending against virus Attacks, Trojan Horses, Spyware,

and Adware. Assessing System Security. Prerequisite: CY 210.

CY 370 Linux for Cybersecurity 4 cr.

Introduces fundamental Linux concepts with a primary focus on security. It also covers basic scripting

toward understanding tools for penetration testing and cybersecurity threat detection. Content:

Introduction to Linux OS. User and group accounts. File and data storage. Automation. Networks

services. Process. Software management and log administration. Security tasks. Security policy

development. Prerequisite: Junior standing.

CY 385 Digital Forensics and Incident Response 3 cr.

Covers the entire lifecycle of incident response, including preparation, data collection, data analysis, and

remediation, which are the main activities in incident response and digital forensics. Content: Scope.

Windows and Mac Operating and File Systems. Computer Hardware. Acquiring Evidence. Online

Investigations. Investigation documentation. Admissibility of Digital Evidence. Network and mobile

Forensics. Prerequisite: Junior standing.

CY 410 Cloud Security 3 cr.

Presents security best practices for multivendor cloud environments, applicable when moving legacy on-

premises projects to the cloud or building a new infrastructure from the ground up. Content: Data asset

management, identity and access management, vulnerability management, network security, and incident

response in for Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, and IBM Cloud. Prerequisite: CY 385.

CY 420 Wireless and Mobile Security 3 cr.

Describes the targets for attackers, the threats to mobile devices, including annoyance, stealing money,

invading privacy, propagation, and malicious tools, and the source of attacks. Content: Dangers.

Communication attacks. Phone hacking technologies. Password cracking. Attacks on Software

Applications. Attacks on hardware vulnerabilities. Malware. Countermeasures. Providers. Android and IOs

security. Mobile forensics. Prerequisite: CY 385.

214

CY 430 Advanced Web Security 3 cr.

Provides a comprehensive coverage of web security building a complete understanding of the most

common web attacks and their countermeasures, particularly in relation to the client side. Content:

Browser security model. Web app vulnerabilities. SQL Injection. DoS. TLS attacks. Same-origin policy.

Cross-site scripting and request forgery. Authentication and access controls breaking. Information

leakage. Prerequisite: CY 250.

CY 450 Cybersecurity Practicum 4 cr.

Provides students with practical work experience, key to the success in the internship, by revisiting the

main cybersecurity concepts through a systematic hands-on approach, and preparing student to pass the

CompTIA Security+ certification exam. Content: Software and Web security. Attacks on TCP/IP and DNS.

Packet sniffing and spoofing. Firewall and VPN. Hacking and defense. Cryptography, PKI, and TLS

programming. CompTIA Security+.

CY 460 Cybersecurity Practice and Policy 3 cr.

Prepares to master modern information security regulations and frameworks and learn specific best-

practice policies for key industry sectors, including finance, healthcare, online commerce, and small

business. Content: Cybersecurity policy organization, format and styles. Models and frameworks.

Governance and risk management. Assets management and data loss preventions. CIA. PCI. NIST.

GLBA. HIPAA. FISMA. Prerequisite: Junior status.

CY 475 Advanced Data Security 3 cr.

Acquaints students with the main mechanisms available to protect digital data, such as a sensitive data in

a database, from unwanted actions of unauthorized users. Content: Advanced SQL security capabilities.

Disk encryption. Software versus hardware-based protection mechanisms. Backups. Data masking. Data

erasure. International laws and standards. Auditing. Microsoft, IBM, and Oracle recommendations.

Prerequisite: Senior status.

CY 495 Internship 3 cr.

All students are required to complete a concluding professional experience. The internship will serve as a

working capstone where students will integrate all they have learned within the context of a computer

security internship. This internship is to culminate in a critical evaluation of the security environment in

which they have been working. The evaluation will be required to discuss weaknesses and causes and

offer meaningful solutions to resolve the problem. Prerequisite: Senior status.

215

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AND POLICY STUDIES

Mission Statement:

The Emergency Management and Policy Studies program at Notre Dame College provides students

with the knowledge of building sustainable capabilities across all phases of emergency management in

preparation for dynamic fields of employment within the U.S. Emergency Management System.

Program Description

The Bachelor of Arts in Emergency Management and Policy Studies prepares students for a variety of

careers in homeland security, state and local emergency management agencies, government and non-

profit sectors, cybersecurity, and public health organizations. Emergency management is a field

dedicated to protecting resources and ensuring public safety in the event of a catastrophic event such as

a natural disaster, train derailment, or terrorist attack. Students earning the degree may find employment

as emergency management directors, project managers, logisticians, cybersecurity specialists, and

nonprofit administrators.

Students who complete half the requirements for the major and have an overall GPA of 3.25 are eligible

for induction into the Notre Dame College chapter of the Order of the Sword and Shield (Omicron Sigma

Sigma), the national academic and professional honorary society for Intelligence, Homeland Security,

Emergency Management and all Protective Security disciplines

Program Student Learning Outcomes Students completing the Bachelor of Arts in Emergency Management and Policy Studies will be able to:

1. Describe and analyze the basic structure of the Federal Emergency Management System

including assistance, communications, disaster relief, planning, and the emergency management

cycle: mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery.

2. Critically evaluate the role and purpose of response and recovery in emergency planning and

policy development and implications for social change.

3. Critique the federal, state and local emergency management systems, including the legal,

theoretical, and public policy issues that impact them.

4. Compare and contrast contemporary emergency management issues through the application of

current theories and literature as they impact the American Emergency Management System.

5. Construct and evaluate research designs and methods that evaluate emergency management

systems, programs, and planning.

6. Apply knowledge of diversity by discussing effects of diversity within the context of the emergency

management system.

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT POLICY MAJOR

33 credits

Requirements:

EMPS 150 Principles of Emergency Management

PO 210 State and Local Government

EMPS 250 Disaster Relief and Recovery

EMPS 300 Planning, Risk Analysis and Threat Assessment

PO 350 Introduction to Social Science Research

IP 350 Terrorism

EMPS 360 Disaster Communication and Technology

216

PO 415 Politics of Homeland Security

EMPS 425 Crisis Leadership

EMPS 450 Senior Research Seminar

EMPS 495 Emergency Management Policy Studies Internship

COURSE OFFERINGS

EMPS 150 Principles of Emergency Management 3 cr.

This course provides an overview of emergency management in the United States. Topics covered

include the history and philosophy of emergency management, the four phases of the emergency

management cycle, and the role of agencies at federal, state and local levels with an emphasis on

natural, technological and terrorism hazards. Pre-requisite: None.

EMPS 250 Disaster Relief and Recovery 3 cr.

Disaster recovery is the last phase in the emergency management cycle. It is a complex process that

involves the whole community of public, private, and nongovernmental organizations. This course will

examine the foundations for disaster relief and recovery including the planning stages of recovery,

resources used, and formation of public/private partnerships for recovery action and resource allocation.

Pre-requisite: EMPS 150.

EMPS 300 Planning, Risk Analysis and Threat Assessment 3 cr.

This course provides an introduction to critical infrastructure protection and the policies, strategies, and

practical applications of risk and resilience efforts from an all hazards perspective. The course is

designed to enhance the student’s ability to recognize and evaluate risks associated with human-caused,

natural, and technological disasters through a myriad of risk management approaches, including best

practices used by the homeland security enterprise. Pre-requisite: EMPS 150, EMPS 250.

EMPS 360 Disaster Communication and Technology 3 cr.

This course provides an overview of disaster communications and the various types of technologies used

in preparedness, response, and recovery efforts. Special focus is placed on the increased use of social

media platforms and the variety of challenges these methods present. Pre-requisites: Sophomore

standing

EMPS 425 Crisis Leadership 3 cr.

This course offers a look at leadership before, during and after a crisis event. It examines the

responsibilities and practices of emergency response agencies, police, government, and non-profit

organizations in response to natural disasters, terrorism and technological hazards. Students will examine

case studies and participate in crisis decision-making simulations to prepare themselves as future crisis

leaders. Pre-requisite: Junior Status.

EMPS 450 Senior Research Seminar 3 cr.

This course is designed to provide EMPS majors with a capstone experience emphasizing the integration

of knowledge acquired in previous courses on the institutions, policies, and practices of the U.S.

Emergency Management System. Students engage in the development and production of a senior level

research paper grounded in appropriate theory and policy literature. Prerequisite: senior standing or

departmental permission.

217

EMPS 495 Emergency Management Policy Studies Internship 3-6 cr.

This course is designed to provide EMPS majors with a capstone experience emphasizing the integration

of knowledge acquired in previous courses on the institutions, policies, and practices of the U.S.

Emergency Management System. Students engage in the development and production of a senior level

research paper grounded in appropriate theory and policy literature. Prerequisite: senior standing or

departmental permission.

218

HISTORY

Mission Statement:

Through the study of history, students will come to appreciate the diverse and complex nature of

humankind. The development of research and critical thinking skills used to form historical interpretations,

question assumptions, think imaginatively and develop clear, well-reasoned assessments will be

emphasized, along with a commitment to life-long learning.

Program Description

One of the most common questions History students are asked is: “Why are you majoring in History?” On

the surface, this seems like a simple question, but once you think about it you may find that it isn’t all that

easy to answer. History is different things to different people, and even historians debate the meaning of

historical events among themselves.

Ultimately, history is personal. History is a part of everyone’s life, and it affects us in ways we may not

always think about. We live in a society that is the result of generations of development. The decisions,

actions, attitudes, beliefs, knowledge, fears, hopes, and feelings of people who have come before us

have brought about the world we live in today. Knowing about the past can help us both appreciate the

present and understand how we as a people and a society have come to this point in time. Past

experience, if carefully considered, may offer lessons for dealing with present-day situations. Some might

even argue that the past may offer clues to the future.

But what can you do with a degree in History? The simple answer is anything you want to do. People in

widely diverse careers attribute their success to studying history as undergraduates. For example, people

with undergraduate degrees in History work as attorneys and paralegals, in business, as writers and

journalists, government officials, intelligence analysts, researchers, policy analysts, politicians,

broadcasters, museum curators and teachers. A list of career opportunities can be found here:

http://www.historians.org/pubs/Free/careers/Index.htm

History majors at Notre Dame College also have the opportunity to work in numerous internships related

to these careers. NDC History majors have interned in law offices, courts, libraries and historical

societies, banks, fusion centers, think tanks and foreign embassies. And many NDC students who

complete their undergraduate degrees in History eventually go on to earn graduate degrees.

Students who complete a minimum of twelve credits in history with a minimum GPA of 3.1 and an overall

GPA of 3.0 or better will qualify for induction into Phi Alpha Theta, the national history honor society.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing a major in History will be able to:

• Demonstrate a command of key historical terms and distinctions.

• Use historical language in keeping with established professional usage.

• Apply key historical concepts effectively.

• Demonstrate the ability to use historical analogies effectively.

• Analyze historical questions and issues clearly and precisely.

• Formulate historical information accurately, recognize and evaluate key historical assumptions.

• Identify and discuss fundamental historical problems knowledgeably.

• Recognize and evaluate important historical implications and consequences.

• Identify and compare relevant competing historical points of view, evaluate them and argue

219

effectively in support of a specific historical perspective or interpretation.

• Demonstrate excellent historical reasoning and problem-solving.

• Produce clear, precise, and well-reasoned work.

HISTORY MAJOR

39 Credits

Students successfully completing a major in History will have developed a range of historical thinking,

skills and abilities which they will use in the acquisition of knowledge.

Requirements:

EN 215 Argument and Rhetoric

HI 110 Western Cultures from 1500

HI 200 Major Themes in American History

HI 450 Senior Research Seminar

HI 495 Internship

In addition to the specific courses listed above, students must complete the following:

• Eighteen (18) credits in history AND Six (6) credits in political science

• Three (3) of the eighteen (18) credits in history must be from the following: HI 210, HI 330, HI 332, HI 333, HI 334.

A student who desires to do so may also declare an area of special interest within the History major.

These areas of special interest include U.S. History, European History or Non-Western History. Students

choosing a special area of interest will complete 12 out of the 18 required history credit hours of

coursework in the area of special interest, as well as completing the other requirements for the major.

Outstanding students with a major or minor in History may be inducted into the Omicron Iota chapter of

Phi Alpha Theta, the national history honorary society.

HISTORY MINOR

18 Credits

Requirements:

EN 215 Argument and Rhetoric

HI 110 Western Cultures from 1500

HI 200 Major Themes in American History

An additional nine (9) credits in upper level history courses are required for completion of the minor.

Three (3) of the nine (9) credits must be in a non-European and non-American content area. Students

must choose one course from this group: HI 330, HI 332, HI 333, HI 334, HI 335, HI 336, HI 338.

220

COURSE OFFERINGS

HI 110 Western Cultures from 1500 3 cr.

This course will examine the development of the Western World from 1500 to the present. Emphasis will

be placed on the interaction between European culture and the culture of Africa, Latin America, the

Middle East and Asia during the periods of colonialism, imperialism and after independence.

HI 200 Major Themes in American History 3 cr.

A thematic survey of the political, economic, cultural development of American civilization from its

inception to the present time. Themes will include the colonial experience, the development of the

American nation, the national schism, American expansion, the evolution of American foreign policy, the

American reform impulse, the growth of presidential power and American diversity.

HI 301/WS 301 History and Themes of the Women’s Movement 3 cr.

A course aimed at exploring how women have shaped and are shaping their own lives and the world. It

begins with an overview of the role of women in Western culture since Paleolithic times. Then writers in

the First Wave of Feminism (1840-1920) and from the Second Wave (1970 to the present) are surveyed.

The course will focus on themes relevant to students and to important current developments for women.

Teaching is marked by collaboration, a key element in feminist methodology. Prerequisite: sophomore

standing or departmental permission.

HI 310 From Colonies to Nation: American History from 1600-1820 3 cr.

An examination of the emergence of the American nation, from the colonial experience through the

revolutionary period and the early national period. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental

permission.

HI 311 Forging the American Nation: The United States from 1820-1914 3 cr.

This course traces the growth of the United States during the 19th century. Major themes to be explored

include expansion, slavery and sectionalism, reconstruction, industrialism, and imperialism through the

Progressive Movement. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

HI 312 America Ascendant: The United States from 1914 to the Present 3 cr.

Examines the development of the United States into a world superpower, focusing on the reforms of the

New Deal, New Frontier/Great Society and the Civil Rights Movement. Also considered is the assumption

of international responsibility through two world wars and the Cold War. Attention is also paid to issues in

American diversity and the divisions in the nation resulting from the Vietnam conflict along with recent

issues of significance. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

HI 318 Ohio History 3 cr.

Examines the history of Ohio from pre-colonial times to the present. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or

departmental permission.

HI 322 “Isms”, Revolution and Imperial Expansion 3 cr.

Explores the “long century” of European history following the end of the Napoleonic Wars to the eve of

World War I. New themes in European thinking are examined, along with the spread of industrialism, the

rise of nationalism and the resurgence of imperialism. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental

permission.

221

HI 325 The Passing of the Old Order: Europe in the 20th Century 3 cr.

An examination of the end of the Balance of Power system and the devastating effects of the two world

wars on Europe’s place in the world. Beginning with the origins of World War I through the end of the

Cold War, the reduction of Western Europe’s dominant position in the world will be investigated. Special

attention will be given to the failure of the Treaty of Versailles, the rise of fascism, the Holocaust and the

origins and effects of the Cold War on Europe. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental

permission.

HI 330 Africa: A Continental History 3 cr.

Examines African history from earliest times to the present, with emphasis on the 19th and 20th

centuries; the ancient African civilizations, the impact of Europe, the colonial era and the development of

the modern independent African states. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

HI 332 The Transformation of Japan: From Feudalism to Nationhood 3 cr.

An investigation into the transition of Japan from a feudal, agrarian society dominated by a military

dictatorship to a modern, western-style nation and the world’s second leading economic power. The

major aspects of traditional Japanese society, culture and politics will be examined first, followed by a

study of the creation of the modern Japanese state. Consideration will be given to the speed with which

this transformation was accomplished, Japanese expansion and militarism and Japan’s “economic

miracle” following the World War II. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

HI 333 The Middle East: From Islam to Nationalism 3 cr.

This course examines Middle Eastern history from the time of Muhammad to the present, with emphasis

on the 19th and 20th centuries: the origins and spread of Islam, the rise and fall of the Ottoman and

Safavid Empires, the era of European imperialism, and the development of the contemporary Middle

East. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

HI 334 The Making of Modern China 3 cr.

Focuses on the struggle to remake Chinese society in light of the effects of western imperialism on China.

Traditional China is examined briefly, then the course focuses on China’s struggles in the 19th and 20th

centuries to throw off foreign encroachment and transform itself into a modern nation. Prerequisite:

sophomore standing or departmental permission.

HI 335 The Making of Modern India 3 cr.

This course will examine the history of the Indian subcontinent in the Indus Valley. It will depict Muslim

influence in India during the 10th-17th centuries ending with the Mughal Empire, following with the

evolution of Indian nationalism beginning with the mid-19th century Indian Sepoy Mutiny. It will examine

Indian Muslim/Hindu nationalism prior to the establishment of Indian independence, focus on the impact

of 18th-20th century British colonialism, Indian independence movements, and Muslim-Hindi relations

during and after colonialism. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

HI 336 Latin America: A Regional History 3 cr.

An overview of the development of Latin America from the arrival of the indigenous population to the

present day. The focus will be on the diversified culture of the region, its role within the Western

Hemisphere, and its relationship with the United States. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or

departmental permission.

222

HI 338 Southeast Asia: A Regional Overview 3 cr.

Southeast Asia exists today as an interesting mixture of Chinese, Indian, indigenous and European

peoples, cultures, religions, cuisines and languages. For centuries the region of Southeast Asia has been

a crossroads of international economic and cultural exchange. This course is an historical survey and will

cover a time period from pre-colonial dynasties through the colonial period and into the modern

era. Topics will include the interaction between local kingdoms and Chinese and Indian dynasties,

European and American colonization, the Vietnam War and Cambodian genocide, and the recent

economic development of the region. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

HI 401 Colloquium on Historical Methodology 3 cr.

An exploration of the development of historiography as represented in the works of the world’s great

historians from ancient times to the present. Consideration will be given to methods of research,

evaluation of historical evidence and historical interpretation. Additionally, attention will be paid to the

uses and misuses of history in contemporary society. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental

permission.

HI 410 American Diplomacy 3 cr.

An examination of the evolution of American foreign policy from isolationism to the assumption of

international responsibilities. Special attention will be paid to the increasing role of the executive in the

making of American foreign policy. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

HI 411 African-American History: The Struggle for Freedom and Equality 3 cr.

An investigation of the role of Black Americans in the history of the United States through the years of

slavery, the transition from servitude to freedom and the struggle to acquire equal rights within American

society and the special contributions Black Americans have made to the development of the American

nation. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

HI 421 The Holocaust 3 cr.

A consideration of key issues and events that led to the Holocaust, 1939-1945, during the World War II

era. The course examines the history of Europe between the world wars, focusing on Jews, Gentiles and

Germans. The impact of the rise of the Third Reich and passage of the Nuremberg laws will be

discussed, and attention is paid to the condition of Gentiles and Jews at the outbreak of the war and the

shadow of death that enveloped them in Germany and the occupied countries. The implementation of the

Final Solution is traced along with its ramifications for Europe. The course concludes with the process of

liberation of the concentration camps by the Allies and the destiny of those who survived. Prerequisite:

sophomore standing or departmental permission.

HI 450 Senior Research Seminar 3 cr.

This course is designed to provide history and integrated social science majors with a capstone

experience emphasizing the integration of knowledge acquired in previous courses on the major themes

of American, European, non-Western or global history. Students engage in the development and

production of a senior level research paper on a topic in history agreed upon in consultation with the

instructor. The paper will be grounded in both primary and secondary historical documentation.

Prerequisite: Senior standing or departmental permission.

HI 495 Internship (Junior/Senior Status) 3 cr.

This course requires students to complete an internship related to the academic discipline of history. Up

to 6 credits of internship can be applied to the major requirements; however, students can choose to take

more internship credits as elective credits. Prerequisite: Junior status.

223

INTELLIGENCE STUDIES

Mission Statement

Emphasizing an interdisciplinary approach, the intelligence studies program will prepare future

intelligence professionals for careers as analysts or operatives, in both the public and private sectors,

while fostering a spirit of inquiry and a commitment to life-long learning.

Program Description

Students may enter the Intelligence Studies program by declaring a major in Intelligence Studies.

Students in the Intelligence Studies program will complete the required coursework listed below. In

addition, they will complete the College’s Core Curriculum Requirements and round out their coursework

by choosing a variety of electives best reflecting their goals and interests as they prepare for a career in

intelligence. These courses will be chosen in consultation with the student’s academic adviser. Students

may also select a minor field of study designed to complement the Intelligence Studies program.

Program completion will include earning from three (3) to six (6) credits through an internship, and

submission of a capstone paper of no less than twenty (20) pages. The capstone will demonstrate the

student’s ability to produce a long form executive report, to identify and assess a significant issue related

to the intelligence profession and to present it in a manner consistent with the expectations of the

intelligence community.

Students who complete half the requirements for the major and have an overall GPA of 3.25 are eligible

for induction into the Notre Dame College chapter of the Order of the Sword and Shield (Omicron Sigma

Sigma), the national academic and professional honorary society for Intelligence, Homeland Security,

Emergency Management and all Protective Security disciplines.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the major in Intelligence Studies program will be able to:

• Write and deliver oral reports consistent with the expectations of the intelligence community.

• Identify, describe, and discuss the intelligence cycle and the intelligence process knowledgeably.

• Recognize the various federal agencies that make up the national intelligence community and discuss their respective missions.

• Identify professional ethics and how they apply to the intelligence profession.

• Demonstrate the ability to work collaboratively in diverse groups.

• Demonstrate intelligence skills, abilities and knowledge in a non-academic setting through an internship.

• Evaluate intelligence issues or challenges.

• Appraise contemporary or emerging threats, challenges or issues as they pertain to national security, homeland security, regional or international security, law enforcement or business.

224

INTELLIGENCE STUDIES MAJOR

45 Credits

Course Requirements: 33 credits

IP 150 Introduction to Intelligence

IP 250 Methods of Research and Analysis

IP 253 Writing for Intelligence

IP 350 Terrorism

IP 351 Competitive Intelligence

IP 352 Methods of Financial Investigation and Research

IP 353 Intelligence and National Security

IP 452 Strategic Intelligence

IP 455 Advanced Research and Analysis

IP 450 Senior Research Project

IP 495 Internship

Plus 12 credits in a foreign language

INTELLIGENCE STUDIES MINOR

21 Credits

Course Requirements: 9 credits

IP 150 Introduction to Intelligence

IP 250 Methods of Research and Analysis

IP 350 Terrorism

Plus 12 Credits (4 courses) From the Following:

IP 253 Writing for Intelligence

IP 351 Competitive Intelligence

IP 352 Methods of Financial Investigation and Research

IP 353 Intelligence and National Security

IP 452 Strategic Intelligence

IP 455 Advanced Research and Analysis

225

COURSE OFFERINGS

IP 150 Introduction to U.S. Intelligence 3 cr.

An overview of the scope, elements and history of intelligence activities, with special emphasis on the

American experience. Particular attention is paid to the role of intelligence in a democratic society.

IP 250 Methods of Research and Analysis 3 cr.

An integrated lecture and applications course that will develop basic skills in writing for intelligence,

analysis, presentation and technology. Prerequisite: IP 150.

IP 253 Writing for Intelligence 3 cr.

An introduction into the fundamentals of effective intelligence writing and presentation. Emphasis is

placed on the variety of forms of intelligence writing, briefing styles, and evaluation of intelligence

products for form and substance and application of various advanced analytic techniques. Prerequisites:

IP 150 and EN 100/101.

IP 350 Terrorism 3 cr.

An examination of the origins of terrorism and its evolution in order to develop an understanding of the

roots, development, and impact of contemporary worldwide terrorism, especially in the United States.

Special attention will be given to methods of recruitment, terrorist methodology and how terrorists use

traditional and social media to achieve their goals. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental

permission.

IP 351 Competitive (Business) Intelligence 3 cr.

Explores the actionable information needs of modern business for competitive intelligence and business

analysis with an emphasis on practical exercises and the use of open sources. Prerequisite: sophomore

standing or departmental permission.

IP 352 Methods of Financial Investigation & Research 3 cr.

An examination of the tools and some of the financial background used by accountants and others in

identifying financial fraud. Included is the examination of various types of records (bank, personal, etc.),

which are at the center of financial investigation and analysis. Although some attention is paid to “white

collar” crime, the course emphasizes the technical aspects involved in the investigation of financial crimes

and the analysis of financial data necessary to make a financial case. Prerequisite: sophomore standing

or departmental permission.

IP 353 Intelligence and National Security 3 cr.

An introduction to the process of national security decision-making in the United States with a special

emphasis on the role of intelligence in formulating policy. Included is an historical overview of national

security politics and practices since World War II, a description of major institutions and processes in

national security policy-making, and a survey of significant national security problems and their changing

nature in the 21st century. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

IP 450 Senior Research Seminar 3 cr.

This course is designed to provide intelligence studies majors with a capstone experience emphasizing

the integration of knowledge acquired in previous courses on the major ideas, actors, institutions, policies

and processes that shape the collection and assessment of intelligence in the United States. Students

engage in the development of a senior level research paper grounded in intelligence processes and

intelligence studies literature. Prerequisite: Senior standing or departmental permission.

226

IP 452 Strategic Intelligence 3 cr.

This course is divided into three parallel tracks that will cover strategic theory, the practice of strategic

intelligence, and the application of those principles to a “real life” problem. Students will participate

throughout the course as the member of a group in a large-scale estimative project. This project will

require a minimum of two graded papers and two graded presentations, as well as a variety of more

modest assignments. Prerequisite: junior standing or departmental permission.

IP 455 Advanced Research and Analysis 3 cr.

A continuation of the introductory course, which strives to develop enhanced skill levels, research

processes and analytical products. Prerequisites: IP 150, IP 250, IP 253, junior standing.

IP 495 Internship 3 cr.

The internship requirement provides students with field experience at an intelligence related agency or

company of their choice. Students work closely with NDC Career Services in completing both the on-site

and written requirements. Up to 6 credits of internship can be applied to the major requirements;

however, students can choose to take more internship credits as elective credits. Prerequisite: junior

standing

227

LEGAL STUDIES

The Bachelor’s degree in Legal Studies is focused on the individual learning the methodologies, skills and logic that will enable them to advance in the discipline of law. The Legal Studies Program at Notre Dame College recognizes that there is a pedagogical component to the program that re-enforces the mission of Notre Dame College and advances the strengths of a liberal arts education. In addition, the program is committed to introducing students to multiple disciplinary approaches to the study of law and legal institutions, as well as conveying important basic knowledge about the core features of the American legal system.

Program Student Learning Outcomes:

• Adopt an intentional interdisciplinary approach.

• Convey how law relates to social context.

• Integrate empirical and humanities-oriented perspectives.

• Promote engagement with social policy.

• Identify and evaluate arguments, synthesize ideas, and develop well-substantiated, coherent, and concise arguments, whether in oral or written form.

• Though the development of a historical overview, students will develop insights into how law has evolved through time, including the and geographical transformation of legal processes and systems.

• Experience the law in action through service learning, exposure to legal clinics, Moot Court, problem solving, and social policy engagement. Students critique legal and social policy issues.

• Develop skills necessary to evaluate and/or assess relevant jurisprudential, social science, and humanities materials related to law and legal institutions.

LEGAL STUDIES MAJOR

51 credits

Legal Studies Core: 51 credits

BU 473 Business Law I

CA 232 Professional Communication

CA 376 Intercultural Communication

CJ 131 American Criminal Justice

CJ 231 Courts and Justice

CJ 233 Criminal Law

CJ 234 Corrections in America

CJ 432 Ethics in Criminal Justice

EN 215 Argument in Rhetoric

EN 314 Rhetorical Grammar

EN 325 Legal Writing

PH 200 Critical and Creative Thinking

PH 355 Political Philosophy

PO 300 Moot Court

PO 315 Supreme Court and Constitutional Law

PO 350 Intro to Social Science Research

PO/CJ 450 Senior Research Project

PO/CJ 495 Internship

228

Electives:

This program allows for students who wish to go to TRI-C in the senior year for the paralegal program the

opportunity to use elective credits to fulfill requirement.

This program allows for students in 3+3 to move TH 450 and PO 450 earlier in their academic course of

study and attend law school after year 3 if they have met all other requirements.

Electives could include business courses related to law and human resources. It could also include

additional courses in communication, philosophy, criminal justice, political science, intelligence studies,

and cybersecurity.

229

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Mission Statement

The Political Science program will educate students in the nature of political inquiry and public life, foster

an appreciation of the importance of civic duty and obligations and the importance of an informed

citizenry in the political process.

Program Description

The study of political science provides students with an understanding of the political forces that shape

our lives. The political science major at Notre Dame College combines the study of government and the

political process with an academic and practical understanding of the creation and implementation of

public policies. Through several concentrations, this program offers an interdisciplinary approach to the

study of governments, politics and policy at local, state, national, and international levels.

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing a major in Political Science or Political Science with a Concentration in Public

Administration will be able to:

• Identify and explain leading theories, literature, and approaches to the subfields of political science (with a strong focus on policy implications and consequences).

• Formulate and analyze effective argumentation in written and oral forms for public service and policy solutions.

• Demonstrate a strong understanding and appreciation of the knowledge and civic responsibilities required for effective participation in public service and political life.

• Appreciate, comprehend, and critique political systems of underdeveloped, developing and developed countries.

• Analyze, assess, and discuss the development, implementation and evaluation of policy at the local, national, and international level.

• Develop and refine research, reading, writing, and critical thinking skills.

• Be prepared for graduate work in political science, law and policy studies as well as for work in politics, government, and certain fields within the private sector.

POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR

42 Credits

Requirements: 18 credits

Core Courses

PO 111 American Government and Politics

PO 210 State and Local Government and Politics

PO 220 Introduction to Political Thought

PO 350 Introduction to Social Science Research

PO 450 Senior Research Seminar

PO 495 Senior Practicum

In addition to the major core requirements, students must complete coursework in three additional areas:

American Politics, Comparative/International Relations and Public Policy/Public Administration.

American Politics: 6 credits

Two (2) of the following:

PO 315 Supreme Court and Constitutional Law

230

PO 317 American Presidency and Congress

PO 340 American Political Parties and Interest Groups

PO 345 Politics and the Media

Comparative Politics/International Relations: 6 credits

Two (2) of the following:

PO 311 Comparative Politics

PO 312 International Relations

PO 410 American Diplomacy

PO 411 International Law

Public Policy/Public Administration: 3 credits

One (1) of the following:

PO 313 Public Policy in America

PO 325 Public Administration: Concepts and Practices

NR 410 Health Care Policy

Plus Nine (9) additional credits in Political Science.

231

POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR: CONCENTRATION IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

54 Credits

The program in public administration is an interdisciplinary concentration within the department of History

and Political Science. The program is designed to give the students the necessary background that will

enable them to pursue careers in public service and non-profit organizations; it also provides a basis for

subsequent graduate work in MPA (Master of Public Administration) and other professional programs.

Students will take coursework from political science, business, and economics.

Course Requirements Political Science Core: 18 credits

PO 111 American Government and Politics

PO 210 State and Local Government and Politics

PO 220 Introduction to Political Thought

PO 350 Introduction to Social Science Research

PO 450 Senior Research Seminar

PO 495 Senior Practicum

Students will take the required core courses for the political science major as well as the following

additional courses from political science and business.

Required Additional Political Science Coursework: 12 credits

PO 313 Public Policy in America

PO 315 Supreme Court and Constitutional Law

PO 317 American Presidency and Congress

PO 325 Public Administration: Concepts and Practices

Required Business Coursework: 15 credits

BU 240 Management Principles

BU 341 Human Resource Management

BU 345 Organizational Behavior

BU 388 Business Ethics

BU 435 Business and Government

Required Economics Coursework: 9 credits

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

EC 432 Public Finance

POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR: CONCENTRATION IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

57 Credits

The international studies concentration provides students with the opportunity to pursue a focused

multidisciplinary study of international topics within a global context. International studies majors will be

immersed in the politics, culture and history of various parts of the world to appreciate the cultural

diversity of our increasingly boundless societies.

232

Students will take the required courses for Political Science/International Studies as well as four (4)

courses from history, two (2) from economics, foreign language (12 credits), plus two (2) courses from the

list of selected electives.

Political Science Requirements:

PO 111 American Government and Politics

PO 311 Comparative Politics

PO 312 International Relations

PO 410 American Foreign Policy

PO 411 International Law

PO 450 Senior Research Project

PO 495 Senior Practicum

History: 12 credits

Select four (4) courses:

HI 330 Africa: A Continental History

HI 332 The Transformation of Japan

HI 333 The Middle East: From Islam to Nationalism

HI 334 The Making of Modern China

HI 336 Latin America: A Regional History

IP 350 Terrorism

Economics Requirements: 6 credits

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics

Electives: 6 credits

Select two (2) courses:

BU 450 Global Marketing

EC 305 Comparative Economic Systems

EC 331 Money, Banking, and Global Financial Markets

EC 440 International Economics

EC 442 International Finance

TH 370 Religions of the World

Plus 12 hours of a foreign language or equivalent.

233

POLITICAL SCIENCE MINOR

18 Credits

Requirements: 9 credits

PO 111 Introduction to Politics and Government

PO 210 American Government

PO 312 International Relations

Plus Nine (9) additional credits (one selection from each subfield listed below):

American Politics:

PO 315 Supreme Court and Constitutional Law

PO 317 American Presidency and Congress

PO 340 American Political Parties and Interest Groups

PO 345 Politics and the Media

Comparative Politics/International Relations:

PO 311 Comparative Politics

PO 312 International Relations

PO 410 American Diplomacy

PO 411 International Law

Public Policy/Public Administration:

PO 313 Public Policy in America

PO 325 Public Administration: Concepts and Practices

NR 410 Health Care Policy

234

POLITICAL SCIENCE MINOR: CONCENTRATION IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS/STUDIES

21 Credits

Requirements: 12 credits

PO 111 American Government and Politics

PO 311 Comparative Politics

PO 312 International Relations

PO 410 American Foreign Policy

Plus nine (9) hours from the following courses:

BU 450 Global Marketing

EC 305 Comparative Economic Systems

EC 440 International Economics

EC 442 International Finance

HI 330 Africa: A Continental History

HI 332 The Transformation of Japan

HI 333 The Middle East: From Islam to Nationalism

HI 334 The Making of Modern China

HI 336 Latin America: A Regional History

IP 350 Terrorism

PO 411 International Law

TH 370 Religions of the World

Students may supplement their studies in this area with Literature courses such as EN 459 and EN 460.

COURSE OFFERINGS

PO 111 American Government and Politics 3 cr.

This course examines the American political system with emphasis on the fundamental principles, ideas,

institutions, and processes of modern government.

PO 210 State and Local Government and Politics 3 cr.

This course examines the institutions, processes, and intergovernmental relations at a state and local

level. Particular attention will be paid to contemporary issues and problems of state and local

governments.

PO 220 Introduction to Political Thought 3 cr.

This course examines the field of political science through an introduction to the major ideas and

concepts of political thought. Topics covered include: western political theory from pre-Socrates through

the enlightenment and modern times. Relationship of various thinkers to current political climate will also

be explored.

PO 300 Moot Court 3 cr.

This course will prepare students to participate in undergraduate moot court competitions, which simulate

the experience of arguing a constitutional case before the Supreme Court. Teams from Notre Dame

College will compete in local, regional, and national competitions. In the process, students will become

familiar with case law, develop analytical and rhetorical skills, and put them in contact with practicing

members of the legal community.

235

PO 311 Comparative Politics 3 cr.

This course examines one of the subfields of political science: comparative political analysis. Various

political systems are studied including: European, Asian, and African governmental systems. Prerequisite:

sophomore standing or departmental permission.

PO 312 International Relations 3 cr.

This course examines the basic factors which motivate nations in their contact with one another, including

the modern state system, nationalism and militarism. Problems arising from conflicting national policies,

international institutions, and implications for war and peace are discussed. Prerequisite: sophomore

standing or departmental permission.

PO 313 Public Policy in America 3 cr.

This course examines public policy and the policy making process at all levels of government. Emphasis

is on the roles of various participants in the executive and legislative branches as well as private

individuals and groups. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

PO/HI 315 Supreme Court and Constitutional Law 3 cr.

This course examines the judicial branch of the federal government and the interpretation of the

Constitution by the Supreme Court. This course utilizes a case study approach through landmark

decisions of the Supreme Court. The politics of the Court, judicial review, and the impact on American

government and society will also be examined. Prerequisite: junior standing or departmental permission.

PO 317 American Presidency and Congress 3 cr.

This course examines the structure and function of the executive and legislative branches of American

government. Emphasis is placed on conflict that arises between the President and Congress as well as

the role of leadership and policy. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

PO 325 Public Administration: Concepts and Practices 3 cr.

This course examines the field of public administration. It introduces the student to public service through

current administrative theories and their application to public bureaucracies. Emphasis is placed on

practices to improve the quality of public sector administration. Topics include: budgeting, personnel

administration, non-profit sector management, and performance measurement. This course is especially

designed for students interested in public sector employment. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or

departmental permission.

PO 340 American Political Parties and Interest Groups 3 cr.

This course examines the development, structure, and function of political parties and interest groups in

the United States. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

PO 345 Politics and the Media 3 cr.

This course examines the relationships between the press, news media, and political decision-makers.

Emphasis is on the impact the media has on government and society. Prerequisite: sophomore standing

or departmental permission.

PO 350 Introduction to Social Science Research 3 cr.

This course examines the research process through the logic of social science inquiry and contemporary

analysis techniques. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

236

PO/HI 410 American Diplomacy 3 cr.

This course examines the evolution of American foreign policy from isolationism to the assumption of

international responsibilities. Special attention will be paid to the increasing role of the executive in the

making of American foreign policy. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental permission.

PO 411 International Law 3 cr.

This course examines the evolution of international law and its role in international relations. The

historical development of systems of international law will be traced and major facets of international law,

including treaties, maritime law, the rules of war, and human rights issues will be examined. Prerequisite:

sophomore standing or departmental permission.

PO 415 Politics of Homeland Security 3 cr.

This course will examine the Homeland Security Enterprise (HSE) and the politics involved in the efforts

to ensure the safety and security of our nation. Topics presented include: all-hazards emergency

response and recovery, intelligence and counterterrorism, border security, transportation safety and

security, cybersecurity and critical infrastructure protection. Pre-requisite: Junior standing or

departmental permission.

PO 450 Senior Research Seminar 3 cr.

This course is designed to provide political science majors with a capstone experience emphasizing the integration of knowledge acquired in previous courses on the major ideas, actors, institutions, and processes that shape the formulation and execution of public policy in the United States. Students engage in the development and production of a senior level research paper grounded in political theory and public policy literature. Prerequisite: Senior standing or departmental permission.

PO 495 Internship (junior or senior status) 3 cr.

Up to 6 credits of internship can be applied to the major requirements; however, students can choose to

take more internship credits as elective credits.

COURSE OFFERINGS - Geography and Anthropology

GO 200 Introduction to World Geography 3 cr.

This course studies the physical, political and economic aspects of the geography of three major regions

of the world.

HI 210 Anthropology 3 cr.

Prehistoric and contemporary primitive society; implications for advanced societies.

237

SOCIAL WORK

Mission Department

The Department of Psychology has, as its mission, the preparation of students for service-oriented

careers through education in a variety of majors, with a strong emphasis on interdisciplinary studies. Our

major in Social Work will enable students to prepare for careers of responsibility and service.

Mission Statement

The social work program at Notre Dame College provides students with the theoretical, practical, and

professional knowledge in preparation for dynamic fields of employment within the field of social work.

Program Description

The social work program at Notre Dame College is designed to align with the curriculum principles

created by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE), this degree program will equip students with

the knowledge and skills needed to become a licensed social worker. The coursework provides hands-on

training and evidence-based practices in the areas of policy, advocacy, diversity, multiculturalism, and

human behavior in the social environment.

SOCIAL WORK MAJOR (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE)

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing the Bachelors of Science in Social Work will be able to:

• Engage in social work practice with diverse populations in a variety of settings

• Build practical skills and knowledge needed to be an ethical and competent social worker

• Learn values, knowledge, and skills necessary to meet human needs and improve the environment

• Become aware of their responsibility for continued professional growth and are committed to the alleviation of poverty, oppression, and discrimination

• Employ empirical evidence to inform, evaluate, and improve practice

• Possess knowledge and skills for working effectively with diverse and vulnerable populations

• Gain competencies to become a licensed social work with the ability to further their licensure through graduate school and become an independent licensed social worker.

Social Work Core Requirements (71 Credits)

PY 201 General Psychology

PY 222 Behavioral Science Statistics

PY 225 Multicultural Psychology

PY 251 Lifespan Development

PY 307 Behavioral Science Research Methods

SO 201 Introduction to Sociology

SW 201 Basic Generalist Practice

SW 300 Social Welfare Policy I

SW 301 Social Welfare Policy II

SW 312 Human Behavior & Social Environment I

SW 314 Human Behavior & Social Environment II

SW 326 Social Work Ethics

SW 304 Social Work Practice I

SW 305 Social Work Practice II

238

Final Year, requires completion of all Freshman through Junior year courses:

SW 334 Interventions I

SW 333 Integrative Seminar I

SW 341 Field Practicum I

SW 345 Field Seminar I

SW 434 Interventions II

SW 435 Integrative Seminar II

SW 441 Field Practicum II

SW 445 Field Seminar II

Recommended Coursework:

SW 324 Addictions & Substance Abuse Treatment

SW 328 Program Evaluation

COURSE OFFERINGS

SW 201 Basic Generalist Practice 3 cr.

The basic principle of generalist practice is that social workers are able to utilize a problem-solving

process to intervene with various size systems including individuals, families, groups, organizations, and

communities. They operate within a person-in-environment framework that includes conceptualizing

prevention and intervention within a process-oriented systems model in lieu of traditional models that

often limit interventions to the individual. Students will receive an Introduction to core concepts, value

base and ethical principles of the profession. Emphasis is given to the bio-ecological framework, person-

in-environment and systems theory. Students begin the process of professional self-awareness to identify

how their personal values and beliefs impact their interactions and practice. Prerequisites: SO 201 and

PY 201

SW 300 Social Welfare Policy I 3 cr.

This course is a 2-part curriculum that examines policy, values and beliefs, as well as social welfare in

terms of economics, politics, ideologies, and roots. In this semester a critical study of the income

maintenance system in the United States as a response to the problems of inequality of opportunity and

income, poverty, and income security will be examined. Students will demonstrate alternative approaches

of the social worker's role in the system. Prerequisite: EN 100, EN 101

SW 301 Social Welfare Policy II 3 cr.

This course is the second semester of a 2-part curriculum that examines policy, values and beliefs, as

well as social welfare in terms of economics, politics, ideologies, and roots. In the second semester a

critical study of the income maintenance system in the United States as a response to the problems of

inequality of opportunity and income, poverty, and income security will be examined. Students will

demonstrate alternative approaches of the social worker's role in the system. Prerequisite: SW 300

SW 304 Social Work Practice I 3 cr.

This course is 2 semesters in which the skills of the planned change approach are practiced with

multi-level client systems (individual, groups, families, communities, and organizations). In this course,

students practice relationship building, interviewing techniques, and case recording. Attention to the

evolution of social work practice from a historical and international perspective establishes the context for

239

this introduction to practice with individuals in the agency setting. Issues of ethical problem-solving,

evidence-based practice and professional identity will be integrated throughout the course. Students are

provided an overview of generalist social work practice with individuals, families, groups, organizations,

and communities. This course is designed to introduce core concepts, values, and ethical principles of the

profession as well as to provide basic skills, and knowledge related to generalist social work practice with

a broad array of client systems. Emphasis is given to the biological-psychological-social-spiritual

framework, person-in-environment, strengths perspective, and system theory. Students will learn

Integration and application of intervention strategies for beginning social work practice. Prerequisite: SW

201

SW 305 Social Work Practice II 3 cr.

This course will incorporate skills of the planned change approach that are practiced with multi-level client

systems (individual, groups, families, communities, organizations). The course focuses on concepts,

methods, and skills in social work practice with groups and families. Family development and dynamics

will be studied and social work intervention techniques with emphasis on planned change will be

examined. Through class discussions, exercises and group projects, students will apply their

understanding of group dynamics and family assessment and demonstrate social work practice skills with

groups and families. Prerequisite: SW 304

SW 312 Human Behavior and Social Environment I 3 cr.

This course is a 2-part curriculum that examines human behavior and social environment both micro and

macro practice. The course will review a general social systems approach as a conceptual framework.

This framework will provide understanding of culture and society, communities, organizations, groups,

families, and individuals as they develop over the lifespan utilizing application of theory and research to

social work from an individual perspective – micro practice. Prerequisite: SW 201, PY307, PY222, SW

300, and SW 301

SW 314 Human Behavior and Social Environment II 3 cr.

This course is a 2-part curriculum that examines human behavior and social environment both micro and

macro practice. This semester will address ecosystems perspective in understanding families, groups,

organizations and communities. It will focus on individuals and their transactions with each other and their

environment by utilizing application of theory and research to social work practice from an organizational

perspective – macro practice. Prerequisite: SW 312

SW 324 Addictions and Substance Abuse Treatment 3 cr.

This course introduces selected counseling approaches for substance use disorders. Students will be

given an overview of the causes of substance use disorders, assessment, diagnosis, and treatment

planning. Students will learn treatment theories and techniques applied to counseling substance abusers.

Selected theories include 12 Step approaches, cognitive and behavioral theories, family systems theory,

harm reduction, and motivational interviewing. Special attention is devoted to apply substance abuse

treatment models with diverse populations. Five elements covered include: Classification of drugs,

phases of treatment of addictions, basic individual and group treatment skills, contents of various

treatment approaches, and the treatment guidelines regarding working with special populations, including

women, adolescents, elderly, etc.

SW 326 Social Work Ethics 3 cr.

This course covers a range of topics from understanding the history of social work ethics to critical

thinking skills. There are three levels of course work; basic, intermediate, and advanced as well as an

240

emphasis on either direct or indirect practice. Course content includes the history and evolution of values

and ethics in social work, ethics theories, professional standards of practice (acceptable teaching

methods, resource materials, evidence-based research, and instructor qualifications are outlined), legal

requirements, self-awareness about ethical professional behavior, and an examination of ethical decision-

making processes. Prerequisites: SW 201

SW 328 Evaluations 3 cr.

This is an advanced research course that develops skills for evaluating social service programs. The

course assumes students have had prior courses in research methods and statistical analysis. This

course provides an understanding of theoretical concepts, techniques, and research findings for

evaluating a specific program, its implementation, and its effectiveness. Students will systematically

analyze program evaluation models and critically examine application of these models in the context of

social work practice and social welfare policy. Prerequisites: PY 222, PY 307, SW 312, SW 314, and

Scientific Inquiry

SW 334 Interventions I 3 cr.

This course is a 2-part series that identifies how communication theory and skills are applied to social

work with individuals, groups, communities, and agencies. Students will learn professional aspects of

beginning social work practice through instruction, role-playing, guest speakers, and guided field visits.

Additional focus will be on group work, mediation, conflict management, referrals, and ethical issues in

working with the clients. This course reinforces and applies social work knowledge, values, and skills

using the planned change approach and focuses on intervention strategies with communities and

organizations. Students practice generalist social work within a systems theory framework. Students learn

policy practice for advocacy and change strategies with agencies and communities. Particular attention

will be given to strategies of change with disenfranchised and minority populations. Students develop

knowledge and skills about the theory and practice of planned change in communities and organizations

using a generalist model of social work practice. Prerequisites: Senior standing

SW 335 Integrative Seminar I 3. cr.

This course will facilitate the development of the student as a professional social worker who can enter

the practice arena in any setting of practice, particularly by aligning Practicum with classroom instruction.

Students will be able to apply the knowledge and skills learned in the classroom, perform direct social

work practice skills, and act according to social work ethics and values. The seminars provide a

structured learning opportunity where students process their practice experiences and integrate social

work values, skills, and knowledge of generalist social work practice in a systems theory perspective with

the hands-on practice experience in the field practicum setting. Supervised field practice and learning

experiences emphasize the application of knowledge and skills in the areas of ethical and professional

behavior, diversity and difference, human rights and social, economic and environmental justice, research

informed practice, policy practice, and engagement, assessment, intervention and evaluation with

individuals, families, groups, organizations and communities. Learning is directed at the development and

demonstration of advanced competency skills. Topics and policies of social work and social welfare are

discussed, based in large part, on the experiences of students in the field through written logs, client

summaries, and classroom discussions of experiences including feelings about their social work practice.

Students are expected to promote sustainable social change through planned problem solving and

empowerment to enhance the well-being of others. Must be taken concurrently with SW 341 and SW 345.

Prerequisites: Senior standing

241

SW 341 Field Practicum I 6 cr.

This course will provide the student with empirically-based experience under the supervision of a licensed

practitioner. The student must complete 240 hours each semester under supervision and 16 hours weekly

is the minimum requirement. Documented hours along with assignments are a requirement for completion

of the learning contracts per semester. Must be taken concurrently with SW 335 and SW 345

Prerequisites: Senior standing

SW 345 Field Seminar I 2 cr.

This seminar course will outline the development of the student as a professional social worker who can

enter the practice arena in any setting of practice. The seminar complements the Field Practicum and

Integrative Seminar to provide a structured learning opportunity where students are able to provide

inquiry and gain clarity in their practice experiences and integration of their social work values, skills, and

knowledge of generalist social work practice in a systems theory perspective. The seminar also assists

students to expand their knowledge of the human services field beyond the confines of their own

placement. This seminar is an informational orientation seminar for Social Work majors to enhance their

understanding of social work as a profession. Must be taken concurrently with SW 341 and SW 335. Must

be taken with SW 335 and SW 341. Prerequisites: Senior standing

SW 434 Interventions II 3 cr.

This course will focus intervention strategies with communities and organizations. Students practice

generalist social work within a systems theory framework. Students learn policy practice for advocacy and

change strategies with agencies, communities, and organizations using a generalist model of social work

practice. Particular attention will be given to strategies of change with disenfranchised and minority

populations. This course will maintain an emphasis on assessment, planning, intervention, and evaluation

skills for macro-level practice. Prerequisites: SW 334

SW 435 Integrative Seminar II 3 cr.

This course will support the development of the student as a professional social worker, particularly by

aligning Practicum with classroom instruction. Students will continue to apply the knowledge and skills

learned in the classroom, perform direct social work practice skills, and act according to social work ethics

and values. The seminar provides a structured learning opportunity where students process their practice

experiences and integrate social work values, skills, and knowledge of generalist social work practice in a

systems theory perspective with the hands-on practice experience in the field practicum setting.

Supervised field practice and learning experiences emphasize the application of knowledge and skills in

the areas of ethical and professional behavior, diversity and difference, human rights and social,

economic and environmental justice, research informed practice, policy practice, and engagement,

assessment, intervention and evaluation with individuals, families, groups, organizations and

communities. Learning is directed at the development and demonstration of advanced competency skills.

Topics and policies of social work and social welfare are discussed, based in large part, on the

experiences of students in the field through written logs, client summaries, and classroom discussions of

experiences including feelings about their social work practice. Students are expected to promote

sustainable social change through planned problem solving and empowerment to enhance the well-being

of others. Must be taken concurrently with SW 441 and 445. Prerequisites: SW 335, SW 341, SW 345

SW 441 Field Practicum II 6 cr.

This Field Practicum will provide the student with empirically-based experience under the supervision of a

licensed practitioner. The student must complete 240 hours each semester under supervision and 16

hours weekly is the minimum requirement. Documented hours along with assignments are a requirement

242

for completion of the learning contracts per semester. Must be taken concurrently with SW 435 and SW

445. Prerequisites: SW 335, SW 345, and SW 341

SW 445 Field Seminar II 2 cr.

This seminar course will outline the development of the student as a professional social worker who can

enter the practice arena in any setting of practice. The seminar complements the Field Practicum and

Integrative Seminar to provide a structured learning opportunity where students are able to provide

inquiry and gain clarity in their practice experiences and integration of their social work values, skills, and

knowledge of generalist social work practice in a systems theory perspective. The seminar also assists

students to expand their knowledge of the human services field beyond the confines of their own

placement. This seminar is an informational orientation seminar for Social Work majors to enhance their

understanding of social work as a profession. Must be taken concurrently with SW 435 and SW 441.

Prerequisites: SW 335, SW 341, and SW 345

243

THEOLOGY

Program Student Learning Outcomes

Students completing a minor or course in Theology will be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of theology and its relevance to contemporary life.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the Christian faith and Roman Catholic tradition.

• Interpret Scripture according to historical-social critical methods.

• Apply principles of moral decision-making to real-life moral dilemmas.

• Demonstrate an understanding of Catholic social teaching principles and identify actions for justice.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the richness and diversity of world religions’ responses to questions about God, the meaning of life, suffering, and death.

THEOLOGY MINOR

18 Credits

Requirements:

One course on the Bible using the historical/critical method

Choose one:

TH 200 Gospel Portraits of Jesus

TH 205 Men and Women in the Bible

TH 321 Faces of God in the Hebrew Scriptures

TH 322 New Testament Theology

TH 325 An Arts Approach to the Bible

TH 373 Biblical Wisdom for People Today

TH 374 The Prophets: Spokespersons for God

Choose one doctrine course:

TH 301 Sacraments in Christian Life

TH 305 Faith and Atheism

TH 312 Church History

TH 332 Nature of the Church

TH 370 Religions of the World

TH 385 Science and Faith

TH 420 The Jesus of History, The Christ of Faith

TH 450 Social Justice: Issues and Action is included in the 18 credits.

TH 150 can be included in the 18 credits but is not required of all students.

Plus additional courses to total 18 credits.

244

COURSE OFFERINGS

TH 100 Keys to a Happier Life 1 cr.

This course introduces students to ancient religious practices that have scientific evidence for helping

people feel happier. There are also other benefits: happy people learn new ideas faster and remember

them longer and live longer. These effects can reduce stress and increase peaceful communication and

interactions in our society. This course fulfills one-credit Personal Growth requirement for Engaged

Responsibility.

TH 150 Living the Ultimate Questions 3 cr.

This course deals with the questions humans have asked since the beginning of humankind: what

happens after death? Is there a god? Why is there suffering in the world? These ultimate questions most

likely gave rise to religious rituals and beliefs. The course offers insights from major world religions while

focusing on Christianity’s answers, especially those found in the Bible and in Jesus.

TH 191, 192, 193, 194 Selected Topics 3 cr.

TH 200 Gospel Portraits of Jesus 3 cr.

A close reading and analysis of the four gospels in the New Testament. We look for the unique

portrayal—the verbal portrait of Jesus—presented by each of the gospel writers, also called evangelists.

The variety of portraits tells us that Jesus can be known spiritually in different ways by different people.

No prior knowledge of the Bible is necessary.

TH 205 Men and Women in the Bible 3 cr.

Guides students to discover the human side of biblical men and women in love and power relationships.

The dominating figures in both the Hebrew and the Christian Scriptures are male. Yet women played

major roles at the sides of Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Moses, David and Jesus. Literary forms and different

methods of biblical interpretation will be introduced. No prior knowledge of the Bible is necessary.

Sophomore status.

TH 210 God, Romance and Relationships 3 cr.

A seminar-style course exploring complex topics of human sexuality. The course will discuss traditional

Christian/Catholic approaches to human sexuality and how those approaches have changed over time.

Students will have the opportunity to engage in dialogue with the texts and their peers about how we

define and understand God, Romance, and Relationships.

TH 250 Spirituality: Finding Your Inner GPS 3 cr.

A practical course introducing students to spirituality and to ways of praying. Based on Christian tradition

and the Bible, the course will also open the riches of prayer and meditation, sacred texts, and spiritual

giants in world religions. Students will reflect on their own spirituality and practice ways of praying. In

short, they will learn how to care for their soul.

TH 301 Sacraments in Christian Life 3 cr.

Explores the concept of sacramentality. Traces the historical and theological development of liturgical

traditions of each of the seven sacraments. Emphasis is placed on the preparation for the liturgical

celebration of each sacrament. Special attention is given to the celebration of Eucharist and to the Rite

of Christian Initiation.

245

TH 305 Faith and Atheism 3 cr.

One of the distinctive features of Christianity and other monotheistic religions is belief in a personal,

infinite God. This course proposes to examine belief in the existence of God. Attention will be given to

important current topics, e.g., the relationship between faith and reason, the existence of God, the nature

of God-talk, the mystery of suffering, and contemporary dialogues with atheism and agnosticism.

TH 312 Church History 3 cr.

Traces the major movements in the growth of the Church and its influence in the world, from New

Testament times through the Fathers, the Middle Ages, the Reformation, colonial expansion, Vatican

Council II and the Church in the modern world.

TH 321 Faces of God in the Hebrew Scriptures 3 cr.

A study of Hebrew Scriptures that focuses on how the biblical authors understood and described the

actions of God in the lives of the Chosen People. Selected books and passages will consider the God of

Abraham, the God of the Exodus, the God of the Covenant, the Promised Land, the God of Job, and the

God who spoke through the prophets. This course considers the nature of divine revelation, some Jewish

history and literary forms in the chosen passages.

TH 322 New Testament Theology 3 cr.

New Testament writings in the context of the emerging Church, tracing the literary-historical evolution,

societal influences, and themes of the Gospels, Acts, and the Pauline and Johannine writings. Students

will also apply gospel wisdom to questions in their own lives.

TH 325 An Arts Approach to the Bible 3 cr.

An exploration of Hebrew and Christian scriptural themes, including creation, suffering and conversion,

from two perspectives: literary forms in the Bible and also imaginative expressions in music, visual art,

literature, and film. This course aims to open up the meaning of biblical stories and to encourage an

experience of the Sacred through the arts. No previous background in Scripture or the arts is necessary.

TH 332 Nature of the Church 3 cr.

Studies the nature of the Church as a sacrament of God’s presence in history. Examines the Church

experienced as institution, as community, as Catholic, renewing itself to minister to the modern world.

Also addressed: ecumenical efforts and the vision of the Church articulated in the Documents of Vatican

Council II and beyond.

TH 370 World Religions and Global Issues 3 cr.

A survey of the major religions in the world for the first half of the course. The second half studies current

global issues related to and/or caused by religions, along with interfaith work for justice, peace and

solutions to global problems. Pre-requisites: EN 100 and 101.

TH 373 Biblical Wisdom for People Today 3 cr.

A study of the Wisdom Movement in Israel, as seen in the books of Job, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes,

Sirach, Song of Songs, the Wisdom of Solomon, and the Wisdom psalms. The focus is on the relevance

of these texts to people’s lives today.

246

TH 374 The Prophets: Spokespersons for God 3 cr.

A study of biblical prophecy from its origins to Malachi with special emphasis on its relation to established

religion and government. Attention is given to an in-depth study of the literary forms and themes of the

“major prophets,” Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel, and selected “minor” voices.

TH 385 Science and Faith 3 cr.

One of the distinctive features of Catholicism is belief in God as the creator and sustainer of the universe.

This course proposes to examine belief in God and the uniqueness of human beings in relationship to

modern science. Attention will be given to important current topics, e.g., the different methods of biblical

interpretation and the development of theological traditions in dialogue with the physical sciences,

including big bang cosmology and biological evolution.

TH 391, 392, 393, 394 Selected Topics 1-3 cr.

TH 420 The Jesus of History, The Christ of Faith 3 cr.

By exploring the Gospels, students are introduced to the historic Jesus – the man and his ministry –

through contemporary methods of scripture study. Students will reflect on the Letters of St. Paul that form

the basis of a theological understanding of Jesus as the Son of God. Students will then examine creedal

and doctrinal statements forged by the early Church and subsequent Church Councils that answer Jesus’

timeless question, “Who do you say that I am?” Throughout the course, students are invited to explore

the same question personally as they learn about the Jesus of History and the Christ of Faith.

TH 450 Social Justice: Issues and Action 3 cr.

Fulfilling the Notre Dame mission, “to educate for global responsibility,” this course introduces students to

the Christian principles of social justice and their biblical base. Students will apply these principles to

issues such as world poverty, racism, sexism, and other justice issues. Students will then seek out forms

of action that are supported by faith-based principles. Junior status required.

247

Administration and Faculty

Administration

J. Michael Pressimone, Ed.D.

President

Culeen Carey

Senior Executive Director of Advancement

Beth Ford, M.Ed.

Vice President of Enrollment

D. Christopher Gill, Ph.D.

Dean of Students

Sandy Grassman, M.B.A.

Dean of Retention and Academic Support Services

Florentine Hoelker, Ph.D.

Dean of Online Programs and Strategic Initiatives

David Orosz, Ph.D.

Interim Provost and Dean of Faculty

Ted Steiner

Chief Mission Officer

Scott Swain

Director of Athletics

Carol Ziegler, SND, Ph.D.

Executive Administrative Assistant, Executive Director of the Abrahamic Center and Co-Chair Office of Institutional Effectiveness

248

Faculty

Sharon K. Balchak, Ph.D.

Professor of Biology, Division Chair of Science and Mathematics

Ph.D. Kent State University

M.S. John Carroll University

B.S. Notre Dame College

Linda Banville, M.S.N., R.N.

Assistant Professor & Clinical Coordinator, Nursing

M.S.N. Notre Dame College

B.S.N. Ursuline College

Michelle S. Berndsen, M.S.N., B.S.N., R.N., CCRN

Assistant Professor, Nursing

M.S.N. Kent State University

B.S.N. Ohio University

R.N. Fairview Hospital School of Nursing

Sarah K. Bolton, M.S.

Instructor & Lab Coordinator, Biology

M.S. John Carroll University

B.S. John Carroll University

James W. Chapple, Ed.D.

Associate Professor of Special Education

Ed.D. Ashland University

M.S. University of Toledo

B.S. Miami University

Michael J. Cackowski, M.S.

Assistant Professor of Mathematics

M.S. Mississippi State University

B.S. Kent State University

Pamela P. Cook, M.S.

Assistant Professor, Professional Education

M.S. University of Dayton

M.S. Cleveland State University

B.A. University of Michigan

Sue E. Corbin, Ph.D.

Associate Professor, Accreditation Chair, & Division Chair of Professional Education

Ph.D., M.A., B.A. Kent State University

Peter Corrigan, M.B.A.

Assistant Professor, Entrepreneurship

M.B.A. Case Western Reserve

B.A. Wake Forest University

Kelley Cronin, Ph.D.

Professor & Title III Emergency Management Program Curriculum Specialist

Ph.D., M.A., B.S. University of Akron

249

Matthew D. Crowley, M.B.A., CISSP, CCSP, CM

Assistant Professor of Cybersecurity

M.B.A. Temple University

B.S. Case Western Reserve University

Debra Dacone, D. Min.

Assistant Professor, Theology

D. Min. Aquinas Institute of Theology

M.A. St. Mary Seminary and Graduate School of Theology

B.A. Baldwin Wallace College

Estamarie Fairchild, M.B.A.

Assistant Professor of Management/Information Systems

B.A., M.B.A. Baldwin-Wallace College

Lisa Flaherty, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor & Department Head of Communication & Public Relations

B.A. Cleveland State University

M.A. University of Wyoming

Ph.D. Kent State University

Elizabeth A. Frey, M.B.A., C.P.A.

Assistant Professor, Accounting

M.B.A. John Carroll University

B.S. University of Richmond

Michele M. Fry, M.S., M.A.

Visiting Instructor in Psychology

M.A. Clarks Summit University

M.S. Clarks Summit University

B.S. Clarks Summit University

Alicia M. Gallucci, M.M.

Assistant Professor & Co-Director of Performing Arts

M.M. Cleveland State University

B.M. Kent State University

Sandra E. Golden, Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Professional Education

Ph.D. Kent State University

M.Ed., M.A. Cleveland State University

B.S. Dyke College

Allison M. Gorczyca, M.S.N.

Visiting Instructor, Nursing

M.S.N. Notre Dame College

B.S.N. Notre Dame College

Sandra Grassman, M.B.A.

Interim Dean of Academics & Associate Professor of Management Information Systems

M.B.A. Kent State University

B.A. Hiram College

250

Laura R. Hammel, Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Communications and Public Relations

Ph.D. Cleveland State University

M.B.A. Baldwin Wallace University

M.A. Ursuline College

B.S. Miami University

Karita Ivancic, S.N.D., D. Min.

Associate Professor of Theology

D. Min. St. Mary Seminary and Graduate School of Theology

M.A. in Religious Studies from John Carroll University

M.M.E. Indiana University

B.A. Notre Dame College

Crystal L. Johnson, M.A.

Instructor & Director of Community Relations and Partnerships

M.A. The University of Cincinnati

B.S. The University of Cincinnati

Mary Ann Jondle, Ph.D.

Visiting Instructor, Biology

Ph.D. University of Toledo

M.S. University of Michigan

B.A. College of Mount St. Joseph

Sriram Kasturi, Ph.D.

Instructor & Lab Coordinator, Chemistry

Ph.D., University of Delhi

M.Sc. Kakatiya University

B.Sc. Andhra University

Daniel Kellerman, Ph.D.

Visiting Instructor, Biology & Chemistry

Ph.D. Case Western Reserve University

B.Sc. Northern Arizona University

Sharon Kerschner, M.B.A.

Associate Professor, Marketing

M.B.A. Cleveland State University

B.A. Cleveland State University

Amy Kesegich, Ph.D.

Associate Professor of English, Department Head of English

Ph.D. Case Western Reserve University

M.A. Bowling Green State University

B.A. Baldwin-Wallace College

John W. King, Ph.D.

Associate Professor of National Security & Intelligence Studies

Ph.D. State University of New York at Albany

M.S. Northeastern University

B.A. University of Southern Maine

251

David Kirby, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry

Ph.D. The Pennsylvania State University

B.S. Saint Francis University

Gregory P. Knapik, Ph.D., D.N.P., P.M.H.N.P

Assistant Professor, Nursing

Ph.D. Kent State University/University of Akron

D.N.P. Frances Payne Bolton School of Nursing, CWRU

M.A. Ashland Theological Seminary

M.S. Kent State University

M.S.N. Kent State University

B.A. Lake Erie College

Jason K. Koler, M.S.

Part-time Assistant Professor & Tile III Cybersecurity Curriculum Specialist

M.D.F.M. Champlain College

B.A. Park University

Robert Kolin M.P.O.D., M.S.M.

Visiting Instructor, Healthcare Administration

M.P.O.D., M.S.M. Case Western Reserve

B.B.A, Baldwin Wallace College

Michael D. Krueger, M.M.

Assistant Professor, Co-Director of Performing Arts, Director of Instrumental Studies

M.M. Butler University

B.A. Southern Illinois University

Ronald E. Matthews, Jr., Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of History and Political Science

Ph.D. Kent State University

M.S. University of Kentucky

B.S. University of Florida

Anthony J. Mauceri, M.B.A.

Assistant Professor of Management & Division Chair of Business Administration

M.B.A. Case Western Reserve University

A. Gregory Moore, Ph.D.

Professor & Title III Grant Activity Director and Intelligence Studies Curriculum Specialist

M.A. Ph.D., Kent State University

B.A. Ashland College

Donna M. Morlani, M.S.

Associate Professor of Mathematics, Department Head of Mathematics, & Faculty Athletic Representative

M.S. Cleveland State University

B.S. Kent State University

252

David Orosz, Ph.D.

Interim Dean of Faculty, Marie Goetz Geier Distinguished Professor of STEM, Professor of Biochemistry, Department Head of Chemistry

Ph.D. Medical College of Ohio, Toledo, Ohio

B.A. Hiram College

Kenneth Palko, M.A.

Associate Professor of Philosophy, Division Chair for Arts and Humanities, Department Head of Philosophy

M.A. Cleveland State University

B.B.A. Kent State University

Lynn M. Papesch, M.S.N., R.N.

Assistant Professor, Nursing

M.S.N. Walden University

B.S.N. Ursuline University

Michele Polak, Ph.D.

Associate Professor, Director of Composition

Ph.D. Miami University

M.A. Ohio University

B.A. Cleveland State University

John Przybys, M.B.A.

Assistant Professor, Sports Management

M.B.A., B.A. University of Findlay

Jane Gallagher-Quade, M.A., M.B.A.

Assistant Professor, Management Information Systems

M.A. Case Western Reserve University

M.B.A. Lake Erie College

B.S. Cleveland State University

Elizabeth A. Ritz, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Professional Education & Director of Graduate Profession Education Program

Ph.D. Kent State University

M.A. Baldwin Wallace University

B.S. Kent State University

Jacqueline A. Robinson, Ph.D., M.B.A., M.S.N., ACNS-BC, R.N., CCRN, CHSE

Associate Professor and Director of the Shaughnessy Center for Nursing Innovation & Education

Ph.D. University of Toledo

M.B.A. Baldwin Wallace University

M.S.N. Kent State University

B.S. University of Toledo

Roslyn Scheer-McLeod, M.A.

Associate Professor of Health Science/Psychology

Advanced Studies at Kent State University, University of Cincinnati, Gestalt Institute

M.A. John Carroll University

M.A. University of Michigan

B.S.E. City College of New York

253

Licensed Professional Counselor, State of Ohio

National Certified Counselor, National Board of Certified Counselors

W. Reed Simon, M.F.A.

Associate Professor of Fine Arts, Department Head of Fine Arts/Graphic Arts/Game Design

M.F.A. Pratt Institute of Art

B.F.A. Cleveland Institute of Art

Amy D. Stringer, Ph.D., L.I.S.W.-S

Assistant Professor of Psychology

Ph.D. Walden University

M.S.W., B.S. The Ohio State University

Natalie Strouse, M.B.A.

Associate Professor of Accounting

M.B.A., B.B.A. Cleveland State University

Certified Public Accountant, State of Ohio

Fulbright Scholar 2006-07

Colleen Sweeney, Ph.D., J.D., M.S.N., R.N.

Interim Division Chair, Associate Professor of Nursing, Director of Graduate Nursing Program

Ph.D. Loyola University of Chicago

J.D. Cleveland-Marshall College of Law

M.S.N. University of Akron

Diploma in Nursing, St Vincent Charity Hospital School of Nursing

Carolyn E. Troha, Ph.D.

Associate Professor of Mathematics

Ph.D. University of Kentucky

M.A. University of Kentucky

B.S. College of William and Mary

Ovidiu Lucian Vatamanu, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor, Economics & Finance

Ph.D. University of Galati

M.A. Institute of Business Administration

Margaret F. Williams, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor, Biology

Ph.D. Case Western Reserve

B.A. Alfred University

Antoinette Y. Willis, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor of Social Work

Ph.D. Walden University

M.S.W. Cleveland State University

B.A. Lafayette College

Daniel E. Zawacki, M.A.

Instructor of English

M.A. The University of Akron

B.A. The University of Akron

254

Board of Trustees

Officers:

Terri Bradford Eason, Chair, Senior Director of Gift Planning and Professional Advisor Relations, The

Cleveland Foundation

Gino A. Scipione, Vice Chair, Partner, Cohen & Company

Geoffrey J. Ritts, Vice Chair, Partner, Jones Day

Michael Pressimone, Ed.D., President, Notre Dame College

Members:

Daniel Clark, CEO, United Nations Insurance Agency Inc.

Kenneth M. Donohue, Sr., retired HUD Federal Inspector General and retired U.S. Secret Service;

currently consultant for The Mikadon Group, Washington, DC

Terri Bradford Eason, Director of Gift Planning, The Cleveland Foundation

Richard Garcia, Chief Financial Officer, OEConnection

Stephanie Glueck, President, Notre Dame College Alumni Association

Sanjiv K. Kapur, Partner, Jones Day

Michelle Marie Kelly, SND, Director, Academic Success Center – Notre Dame Cathedral Latin

Nancy McBride, M.D., retired Endocrinologist Cleveland Clinic Foundation

Jack Myslenski, retired Executive, Parker Hannifin

Bethany L. Pugh, Managing Director, PFM Financial Advisors LLC

Michael Pressimone, Ed.D., President, Notre Dame College

Geoffrey J. Ritts, Vice Chair, Partner, Jones Day

Gino A. Scipione, Vice Chair, Partner, Cohen & Company

May L. Wykle, retired Dean, Frances Payne Bolton School of Nursing, Case Western Reserve University

Emeriti:

Kathleen Andrews ’59, Vice Chair, Andrews McMeel Universal

John J. Betchkal, retired Executive, General Electric

Edward B. Brandon, retired Chair & CEO, National City Corp.

Kathleen Burke, Magistrate Judge, Northern Ohio District

Frederick W. Clarke, Executive Vice President, Arisdyne Systems Inc.

Mac Donley, President & CEO, Donley’s Inc.

Margaret Gorman, Provincial Superior of the Sisters of Notre Dame USA

Rita Mary Harwood, SND, Secretary, Parish Life & Development, Diocese of Cleveland

Stella A. Hetzer ’59, Secretary/Treasurer, Fluid Line Products Inc.

Mary Jean Hoelke, SND, Director, Elementary Education Ministries, Sisters of Notre Dame

255

Joyce E. Koreman ’60, Community Volunteer/Activist

Joan McCarthy, Owner, MJM Services

Peter R. Osenar, Consultant

Andrew P. Roth, retired President, Notre Dame College

Michael Shaughnessy, retired President, Color Matrix Corp.

Harold B. Todd, retired Executive Vice President, National City Corp.

Stephen M. Todd, Area Managing Partner, Ernst & Young, LLP

John C. Webb, President, Trend Dynamics